ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)
EN(H4DO)(diag)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Basic Diagnostic Procedure
PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ENGINE START FAILURE.
1.

Ask the customer when and how the trouble occurred using the interview check list. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Check List for Interview

2.

Start the engine.

Does the engine start?

2

Check “Diagnostics with Phenomenon”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon

2. CHECK ILLUMINATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.

Check the illumination status of malfunction indicator light. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Warning Light Illumination Pattern

Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?

3

Check “Warning Light Illumination Pattern”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Warning Light Illumination Pattern

3. CHECK COMMUNICATION STATUS.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to the data link connector.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON, and run the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool.

- SUBARU SELECT MONITOR

  For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Help” of application.

- General scan tool

  For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.

Does Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool communicate with vehicle normally?

4

Check the LAN system. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

4. CHECK DTC.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC displayed on Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool?

Record DTC and freeze frame data, then repair the trouble cause. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

After repair, go to the next step.

5

- Repair the related parts.

- If DTC is not shown on display although the malfunction indicator light illuminates, perform the diagnosis of malfunction indicator light circuit or combination meter. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Warning Light Illumination Pattern

5. FINAL CHECK.
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Execute the inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Check the readiness code of [Engine] using Subaru Select Monitor and confirm that the diagnosis is completed. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC displayed on Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool?

Check the connection of connector. If there is no faulty connector, perform the diagnosis for the displayed DTCs. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>LIST

Finish the diagnosis.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Check List for Interview
CHECK
1. CHECK LIST NO. 1

Check the following item when problem has occurred.

Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.

Customer’s name |  | Engine No. |
Date of purchase |  | Fuel type |
Date of repair |  | Odometer reading | km
V.I.N. |  | miles
Weather | Fine Cloudy Rainy Snowy Various/Others:
Ambient air temperature | °C (°F) |
Hot Warm Cool Cold
Place | Highway Suburbs Inner city Uphill Downhill Rough road Other:
Engine temperature | Cold Warming-up After warming-up Any temperature Other:
Engine speed | rpm |
Vehicle speed | km/h (MPH) |
Driving conditions | Not affected At starting While idling At racing While accelerating While cruising While decelerating While turning (RH/LH)
Headlight | ON / OFF | Rear defogger | ON / OFF
Blower | ON / OFF | Audio | ON / OFF
A/C compressor | ON / OFF | Rear entertainment system | ON / OFF
Radiator fan | ON / OFF | Car phone | ON / OFF
FRONT WIPER | ON / OFF | Wireless device | ON / OFF
Rear wiper | ON / OFF |
Engine oil type
Grade Viscosity
Use of additives (engine oil): Yes / No
Part name
Wrong fuel filled: Yes / No
Date of filling Fuel type
Use a service station different from a usual one: Yes / No
Date of filling Fuel type
Use of additives (fuel): Yes / No
Part name

2. CHECK LIST NO. 2

Check the following item about the vehicle’s state when the malfunction indicator light turns on.

Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.

a) Other warning lights or indicators illuminate: Yes / No
Fuel level warning light Charge warning light Engine coolant temperature warning light Oil pressure warning light ATF temperature warning light or Sport indicator light Driver’s control center differential indicator light ABS warning light VDC warning light Cruise indicator light SI-CRUISE warning light Immobilizer indicator light STEERING warning light Electronic parking brake warning light Glow indicator light Sedimenter warning light Auto Start Stop indicator light Auto Start Stop OFF indicator light Other:
b) Fuel level
Lack of fuel: Yes / No Indicator position of fuel gauge: Experienced running out of fuel: Yes / No
c) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords: Yes / No
What:
d) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses: Yes / No
What:
e) Installing of other parts except genuine parts: Yes / No
What: Where:
f) Occurrence of noise: Yes / No
From where: What kind:
g) Occurrence of smell: Yes / No
From where: What kind:
h) Intrusion of water into engine compartment or passenger compartment: Yes / No
i) Troubles occurred
Engine does not start Engine stalls during idling. Engine stalls while driving. Engine speed decreases. Engine speed does not decrease. Rough idling Poor acceleration Back fire After fire Does not shift. Excessive shift shock

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > General Description
CAUTION
1.

Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the ECM, main relay and fuel pump relay.

- Do not use electrical test equipment on the airbag system circuits.

- Be careful not to damage the airbag system wiring harness when servicing the ECM, TCM, main relay and fuel pump relay.

2.

Never connect the battery in reverse polarity. Doing so will damage the ECM instantly, and other parts will also be damaged.

3.

Do not disconnect the battery cables while the engine is running. A large counter electromotive force will be generated in the generator, and this voltage may damage electronic parts such as ECM etc.

4.

After connecting the battery terminals, wait for at least 10 seconds before tuning the ignition switch to ON. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE>BATTERY>GROUND TERMINAL REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION

5.

When disconnecting the connectors of the electrical components, always be sure to turn the ignition switch to OFF. Clear the memory after connecting the connectors. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

6.

When measuring the voltage or resistance of individual sensors or all electrical control modules, use a tapered pin with a diameter of 0.6 mm (0.024 in) or less and touch it to the tip of terminal.

Never insert the tapered pin into the terminal because it deforms inside which may lead to a malfunction.

When replacing the ECM, be careful not to use the ECM of wrong specification to avoid any damage on the fuel injection system.

When replacing the ECM of the models with immobilizer, immobilizer system must be registered. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “REGISTRATION MANUAL FOR IMMOBILIZER”.

7.

Take care not to allow water to get into the connectors when servicing or washing the vehicle in rainy weather. Avoid exposure to water even if the connectors are waterproof.

8.

Use the body ground terminal for the grounding point when measuring voltage and resistance inside the passenger compartment.

9.

Use the engine ground terminal or engine assembly for the grounding point when measuring the voltage and resistance in engine compartment.

10.

All parts related to the engine control system are precision parts. Do not drop or otherwise apply impact. Do not reuse the parts that are dropped accidentally.

11.

Observe the following cautions when installing a radio in vehicle.

- The antenna must be kept as far apart as possible from the ECM. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Electrical Component Location>LOCATION > BODY

- The antenna feeder must be placed as far apart as possible from the ECM and engine control system harness.

- Carefully adjust the antenna for correct matching.

- When mounting a large power type radio, pay special attention to the three items mentioned above.

- Incorrect installation of the radio may affect the operation of ECM.

12.

When disconnecting the fuel tube, release the fuel pressure. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel>PROCEDURE > RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE

13.

Warning lights may illuminate when performing driving test with jacked-up or lifted-up condition, but this is not a system malfunction. The reason for this is the rotating speed difference between the front and rear wheels. When engine control system diagnosis is finished, perform the VDC memory clearance procedure of self-diagnosis function. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > General Description
INSPECTION

Before performing diagnostics, check the following item which might affect engine problems.

1. BASIC INSPECTION
1.

Check the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery>INSPECTION

2.

Check the condition of the main and other fuses, and harnesses and connectors. Also check for proper grounding.

3.

Make sure that the engine ground terminal has no contamination, corrosion or looseness and is properly connected to the engine.

2. CHECK NON-PERMANENT OCCURRENCE MALFUNCTIONS
1.

Clear the memory. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

2.

Perform the reproduction test.

3.

Perform visual inspection of the connectors and the respective terminals and check the connection.

4.

Check that excessive force is not applied to the wiring harness and connector.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > General Description
NOTE

- The on-board diagnostic (OBD) system detects and indicates a fault in various inputs and outputs of the complex electronic control. Malfunction indicator light in the combination meter indicates occurrence of a fault or trouble.

- Further, against any failure of sensors that would cause the vehicle to stop running, the fail-safe function is provided to ensure the minimal drivability.

- The OBD system incorporated with the vehicles within this type of engine complies with OBD-II regulations. The OBD system monitors the components and the system malfunction listed in “Engine Section” which affects on emissions.

- When the system decides that a malfunction occurs, malfunction indicator light illuminates. At the same time of the malfunction indicator light illumination or blinking, a DTC and a freeze frame engine conditions are stored into on-board computer.

- The OBD system stores freeze frame engine condition data (engine load, engine coolant temperature, fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle speed, etc.) into on-board computer when it detects a malfunction.

- Freeze frame engine condition data are stored until the DTCs are cleared. However when such malfunctions as fuel trim fault and misfire are detected with the freeze frame engine condition data stored, they are rewritten into those related to the fuel trim fault and misfire.

- When the malfunction does not occur again for three consecutive driving cycles∗, malfunction indicator light is turned off, but DTC remains at on-board computer.

  ∗: One driving cycle means the period between the ignition switch ON and the ignition switch OFF after driving.

- When performing diagnosis, connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to the vehicle.

- When the ignition is turned ON or the engine is started immediately after replacing the battery or connecting the terminals, DTCs may be detected. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE>BATTERY>GROUND TERMINAL REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION

  Confirm this by asking the user.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > General Description
PREPARATION TOOL
1. SPECIAL TOOL

ILLUSTRATION | TOOL NUMBER | DESCRIPTION | REMARKS
| — | SUBARU SELECT MONITOR 4 | Used for setting of each function and troubleshooting for electrical system. For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Help” of application.
| 18252AA000 | CRANKSHAFT SOCKET | Used for rotating crankshaft.
| 18460AA180 | CHECK BOARD | Used for measuring voltage and resistance of ECM terminals.

2. GENERAL TOOL

TOOL NAME | REMARKS
Oscilloscope | Used for measuring the sensor.
DST-i | Used together with Subaru Select Monitor 4.
General scan tool (SAE J1978) | Used for troubleshooting the electrical system.

3. HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>REMOVAL

Make sure that the lock is released before moving the lever in order to avoid damaging the connector.

3.

Connect the ECM connector to the check board.

4.

Connect the ECM connector (C) to ECM.

Use the measurement connector (B) with part label (A) when measuring the voltage, current and resistance. If you mistakenly insert a taper pin for measurement into the ECM connector (C), do not use the check board again, otherwise a malfunction may (poor contact, etc.) occur on the vehicle.

(A) | Part label | (B) | Measurement connector | (C) | ECM connector

- To prevent damage to the connector, when connecting the connector to ECM, insert the connector straight in until it stops, and while maintaining the position, lock the lever. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSTALLATION

- Affix the check board the using tape (B) so that it may not contact the hose (A) of A/C.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > General Description
SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (18) | Main relay | (35) | Engine oil temperature sensor
(2) | Ignition coil | (19) | Fuel pump relay | (36) | Leak check valve ASSY
(3) | Crankshaft position sensor | (20) | Fuel filter | (37) | Tumble generator valve actuator
(4) | Intake camshaft position sensor | (21) | Fuel pump | (38) | Parking/neutral position switch
(5) | Exhaust camshaft position sensor | (22) | Front catalytic converter | (39) | Accelerator pedal position sensor
(6) | Electronic throttle control sensor | (23) | Rear catalytic converter | (40) | EGR cooler
(7) | Fuel injector | (24) | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor | (41) | High-pressure fuel pump
(8) | Engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) | (25) | Rear oxygen sensor | (42) | High-pressure fuel pressure sensor
(9) | Engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) | (26) | Radiator fan relay | (43) | Transmission control module (TCM)
(10) | Thermo control valve ASSY | (27) | Radiator fan | (44) | VDC control module and hydraulic control unit (VDCCM&H/U)
(11) | Manifold absolute pressure and intake air temperature sensor | (28) | Combination meter | (45) | ABS wheel speed sensor
(12) | Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor | (29) | Air filter | (46) | Data link connector
(13) | Purge control solenoid valve | (30) | Fuel level sensor | (47) | To IG 1 relay
(14) | Knock sensor | (31) | Resonator chamber | (48) | A/C compressor
(15) | PCV valve | (32) | EGR control valve | (49) | A/C relay
(16) | Air cleaner | (33) | Intake oil control solenoid valve | (50) | A/C control panel
(17) | Canister | (34) | Exhaust oil control solenoid valve |  |

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (8) | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor | (14) | Fuel pressure sensor
(2) | Starter | (9) | High-pressure fuel pump | (15) | Fuel injector RH
(3) | Fuel tank | (10) | Engine coolant temperature sensor | (16) | Crankshaft position sensor
(4) | Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor | (11) | Oil pressure sensor | (17) | Fuel filter
(5) | Fuel injector LH | (12) | Electronic throttle control sensor | (18) | Pressure regulator
(6) | Camshaft position sensor LH | (13) | Camshaft position sensor RH | (19) | Fuel pump
(7) | Rear oxygen sensor |  |  |  |

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Electrical Component Location
LOCATION
1. ENGINE UNIT

(1) | Fuel pressure sensor | (7) | High-pressure fuel pump | (13) | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor
(2) | Engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) | (8) | Rear catalytic converter | (14) | Engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet)
(3) | Manifold absolute pressure sensor | (9) | Rear oxygen sensor | (15) | Intake oil control solenoid
(4) | Knock sensor | (10) | Intake camshaft position sensor | (16) | Exhaust oil control solenoid
(5) | Throttle position sensor | (11) | Exhaust camshaft position sensor |  |
(6) | Crankshaft position sensor | (12) | Front catalytic converter |  |

(1) | Tumble generator valve actuator | (4) | Thermo control valve assembly | (7) | Fuel injector
(2) | Purge control solenoid valve | (5) | Engine oil temperature sensor | (8) | Ignition coil
(3) | EGR control valve | (6) | Oil pressure sensor |  |

2. BODY

(1) | Drain filter ASSY | (6) | Engine control module (ECM) | (11) | Air flow sensor
(2) | Leak check valve assembly | (7) | M/B | (12) | Relay holder
(3) | Fuel pump | (8) | Battery sensor | (13) | Accelerator pedal position sensor
(4) | Canister | (9) | Active grille shutter | (14) | Data link connector
(5) | Combination meter | (10) | Starter | (15) | Push button ignition switch (model with push button start)

3. FUSE AND RELAY

(A) | Relay holder | (B) | M/B | (C) | Forward
(1) | — | (8) | — | (15) | Fuel pump relay
(2) | Sub fan relay | (9) | — | (16) | Main relay
(3) | — | (10) | — | (17) | Main fan relay 2
(4) | — | (11) | — | (18) | —
(5) | — | (12) | — | (19) | Starter relay
(6) | — | (13) | — | (20) | Starter cut relay
(7) | — | (14) | — | (21) | Main fan relay 1
∗ Only shows parts required for engine diagnosis.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Control Module I/O Signal
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

Description | Connector No. | Terminal No. | Signal (V) | Note
Ignition SW ON After warm-up (at engine OFF) | Engine ON After warm-up (at idle)
Crankshaft position sensor | Signal | E158 | 66 | 5 | 0 or 5 | Waveforms 1 and 8
Power supply | E158 | 40 | 5 | 5 | —
Ground | E158 | 68 | 0 | 0 | —
Intake camshaft position sensor | RH | E158 | 78 | 0 or 5 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 1
LH | E158 | 77 | 0 or 5 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 1
Exhaust camshaft position sensor | RH | E158 | 65 | 0 or 5 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 1
LH | E158 | 64 | 0 or 5 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 1
Camshaft position sensor ground | E158 | 51 | 0 | 0 | —
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor | (+) signal | E158 | 3 | 2.8 — 3.2 | 2.8 — 3.2 | Waveform 2
(−) signal | E158 | 4 | 1.3 — 3.1 | 2.4 — 2.7 | Waveform 2
Heater signal | E158 | 88 | Battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Waveform 4
Shield | E158 | 45 | 0 | 0 | —
Rear oxygen sensor | (+) signal | B134 | 33 | 2.7 — 3.0 | Waveform | Waveform 3
(−) signal | B134 | 44 | 1.9 — 2.0 | Waveform | Waveform 3
Heater signal | B134 | 22 | Battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Waveform 4
Air flow sensor | Signal | B134 | 32 | 0 or 5 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 12
Power supply | B134 | 53 | 5 | 5 | —
Intake air temperature sensor signal | B134 | 43 | 0.3 — 4.6 | 0.3 — 4.6 | —
Engine coolant temperature sensor | (Inlet) Signal | E158 | 55 | 1 — 1.4 | 1 — 1.4 | —
(Outlet) Signal | E158 | 59 | 0.8 — 1.4 | 0.8 — 1.4 | —
Engine oil temperature sensor signal | E158 | 46 | 1 — 1.4 | 1 — 1.4 | —
Thermo control valve assembly | Signal | E158 | 17 | 0.4 — 4.3 | 0.4 — 4.3 | —
Motor (+) | E158 | 82 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Drive frequency: 800 Hz
Motor (−) | E158 | 91 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Drive frequency: 800 Hz
Manifold absolute pressure sensor signal | E158 | 69 | 3.5 — 4.8 | 1.4 — 2.1 | —
Knock sensor 1 | Signal | E158 | 5 | 2.4 — 2.6 | 2.1 — 2.8 | —
Ground | E158 | 18 | 0 | 0 | —
Knock sensor 2 | Signal | E158 | 6 | 2.4 — 2.6 | 2.4 | —
Ground | E158 | 19 | 0 | 0 | —
Knock sensor | Shield | E158 | 16 | 0 | 0 | —
Accelerator pedal position sensor | Main signal | B134 | 66 | Fully closed: 0.3 — 1.1 Fully open: 2.3 — 3.8 | Fully closed: 0.3 — 1.4 Fully open: 2.4 — 3.8 | Waveforms 2, 3, 5 and 6
Main power supply | B134 | 51 | 5 | 5 | —
Main ground | B134 | 55 | 0 | 0 | —
Sub signal | B134 | 64 | Fully closed: 0.3 — 1.1 Fully open: 2.3 — 3.8 | Fully closed: 0.3 — 1.4 Fully open: 2.3 — 3.8 | —
Sub power supply | B134 | 52 | 5 | 5 | —
Sub ground | B134 | 65 | 0 | 0 | —
Tumble generator valve RH | Position signal | E158 | 28 | Waveform | Waveform | Waveform 5
Motor open | E158 | 102 | Waveform | Waveform | Waveform 5
Motor closed | E158 | 111 | Waveform | Waveform | Waveform 5
Tumble generator valve LH | Position signal | E158 | 42 | Waveform | Waveform | Waveform 6
Motor open | E158 | 101 | Waveform | Waveform | Waveform 6
Motor closed | E158 | 110 | Waveform | Waveform | Waveform 6
Intake oil control solenoid | RH | E158 | 99 | Battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Waveform 7
LH | E158 | 100 | Battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Waveform 7
Exhaust oil control solenoid | RH | E158 | 108 | Battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Waveform 7
LH | E158 | 109 | Battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Waveform 7
Purge control solenoid valve | E158 | 9 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | Operating: 0
Leak check valve assembly | Switching valve | B134 | 11 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | Operating: 0
Pressure sensor | B134 | 62 | 1 — 4 | 1 — 4 | When ignition switch is turned to ON: atmospheric pressure
Vacuum pump | B134 | 10 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | Operating: 0
Ignition coil | #1 | E158 | 10 | 0 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 8
#2 | E158 | 11 | 0 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 8
#3 | E158 | 12 | 0 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 8
#4 | E158 | 13 | 0 | 0 or 5 | Waveform 8
Fuel pressure sensor | Signal 1 | E158 | 56 | 1 — 1.6 | 1 | —
Signal 2 | E158 | 50 | 3 — 3.6 | 3 — 3.6 | —
High-pressure fuel pump | (+) signal | E158 | 105 | — | — | Measurement prohibited
(−) signal | E158 | 114 | — | — | Measurement prohibited
Fuel injector | #1 (+) | E158 | 87 | 2 — 3 | — | Measurement is prohibited while the engine is running.
#1 (−) | E158 | 96 | 2 — 3 | —
#2 (+) | E158 | 86 | 2 — 3 | —
#2 (−) | E158 | 95 | 2 — 3 | —
#3 (+) | E158 | 84 | 2 — 3 | —
#3 (−) | E158 | 93 | 2 — 3 | —
#4 (+) | E158 | 85 | 2 — 3 | —
#4 (−) | E158 | 94 | 2 — 3 | —
EGR control valve | Signal 1 | E158 | 98 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | —
Signal 2 | E158 | 97 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | —
Signal 3 | E158 | 107 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | —
Signal 4 | E158 | 106 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | —
Electronic throttle control sensor | Main signal | E158 | 29 | Approx. 0.7 | Approx. 0.6 — 1.2 | Fully closed: Approx. 0.6 — 1.2 Fully open: Approx. 3.8 — 4.4
Sub signal | E158 | 43 | Approx. 1.6 | Approx. 1.5 — 1.7 | Fully closed: Approx. 1.4 — 2 Fully open: Approx. 4 — 4.6
Shield | E158 | 44 | 0 | 0 | —
Motor (+) | E158 | 83 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Drive frequency: 500 Hz
Motor (−) | E158 | 92 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | Drive frequency: 500 Hz
Power supply | E158 | 27 | 5 | 5 | —
Ground | E158 | 30 | 0 | 0 | —
Self-shutoff relay control | B134 | 12 | 0 | 0 | —
Starter relay control | B134 | 2 | Waveform | Waveform | Model without push button start Waveform 9 Model with push button start Waveform 11
Starter cut relay control | B134 | 24 | Waveform | Waveform | Model without push button start Waveform 9 Model with push button start Waveforms 10 and 11
Fuel pump relay control | B134 | 31 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 | ON: 0 OFF: Battery voltage
Main fan relay control | B134 | 30 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | ON: 0
Sub fan relay control | B134 | 19 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | ON: 0
Ignition switch | B134 | 56 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | Model with push button start Waveform 11
Neutral position switch | B134 | 39 | ON: 0 OFF: Battery voltage | 0 | —
Delivery mode switch | B134 | 57 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | When fuse is installed: 0
Oil level switch | E158 | 35 | 0 | 0 | Oil level LOW: Battery voltage
Starter switch | B134 | 25 | Waveform | Waveform | Model without push button start Waveform 9 Model with push button start Waveform 10
Starter switch 2 | B134 | 27 | Waveform | Waveform | Model without push button start Waveform 9 Model with push button start Waveform 10
Accessory cut request | B134 | 34 | Waveform | Waveform | Model with push button start Waveform 10
Engine speed output | B134 | 21 | Waveform | Waveform | Model with push button start Waveform 11
Brake switch 1 (Brake switch) | B134 | 36 | When brake pedal is depressed: 0 When brake pedal is released: Battery voltage | When brake pedal is depressed: 0 When brake pedal is released: Battery voltage | —
Brake switch 2 (Stop light switch) | B134 | 38 | When brake pedal is depressed: Battery voltage When brake pedal is released: 0 | When brake pedal is depressed: Battery voltage When brake pedal is released: 0 | —
Cruise control main switch | B134 | 35 | ON: 0 OFF: 5 | ON: 0 OFF: 5 | Model without EyeSight
Cruise control command switch | B134 | 40 | When operating nothing: 3.5 — 4.5 When operating RES/ACC: 2.5 — 3.5 When operating SET/COAST: 0.5 — 1.5 When operating CANCEL: 0 — 0.5 | When operating nothing: 3.5 — 4.5 When operating RES/ACC: 2.5 — 3.5 When operating SET/COAST: 0.5 — 1.5 When operating CANCEL: 0 — 0.5 | Model without EyeSight
DC/DC converter boost command | B134 | 7 | 0 or battery voltage | 0 or battery voltage | —
Starter diagnosis input | B134 | 45 | 6 — 10 | 6 — 10 | —
DC/DC converter voltage monitor | B134 | 63 | 0 — 16 | 0 — 16 | —
TCM start command input | E158 | 36 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | —
LIN communication | B134 | 17 | — | — | —
Immobilizer communication | B134 | 6 | — | — | —
CAN communication | HI | B134 | 3 | — | — | —
LO | B134 | 14 | — | — | —
Control module power supply | B134 | 67 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | —
B134 | 68 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | —
Backup power supply | B134 | 1 | Battery voltage | Battery voltage | Ignition switch OFF: Battery voltage
Sensor power supply | E158 | 41 | 5 | 5 | —
Ground | Body | B134 | 50 | 0 | 0 | —
Sensor | B134 | 54 | 0 | 0 | —
E158 | 58 | 0 | 0 | —
Engine 1 | B134 | 71 | 0 | 0 | —
Engine 2 | B134 | 72 | 0 | 0 | —
Engine 3 | B134 | 69 | 0 | 0 | —
Engine 4 | B134 | 70 | 0 | 0 | —

- After engine is warmed up, attach the check board for measurement.

- Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

- Turn the A/C to OFF.

- Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

- Waveforms vary depending on a measurement environment and vehicle condition.

- Oscilloscope waveform illustrated here is an example for reference. Noise and chattering in waveform are omitted.

1. Waveform 1

   Measured terminal | Crankshaft position sensor signal (E158) No. 66 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Intake camshaft position sensor RH (E158) No. 78 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Intake camshaft position sensor LH (E158) No. 77 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Exhaust camshaft position sensor RH (E158) No. 65 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Exhaust camshaft position sensor LH (E158) No. 64 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | While engine idling

2. Waveform 2

   Measured terminal | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (+) signal (E158) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (−) signal (E158) No. 4 (−) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Accelerator pedal position sensor main signal (B134) No. 66 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | (a) Accelerator pedal fully closed (b) Accelerator pedal fully opened

3. Waveform 3

   Measured terminal | Rear oxygen sensor signal (B134) No. 33 (+) — Rear oxygen sensor (−) signal (B134) No. 44 (−):
   Accelerator pedal position sensor main signal (B134) No. 66 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | (a) Accelerator pedal fully closed (b) Accelerator pedal fully opened

4. Waveform 4

   Measured terminal | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater signal (E158) No. 88 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Rear oxygen sensor heater signal (B134) No. 22 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | While engine idling

5. Waveform 5

   Measured terminal | Tumble generator valve RH position signal (E158) No. 28 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Tumble generator valve RH motor open (E158) No. 102 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Tumble generator valve RH motor closed (E158) No. 111 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Accelerator pedal position sensor main signal (B134) No. 66 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | (a) Accelerator pedal fully closed (b) Accelerator pedal fully opened

6. Waveform 6

   Measured terminal | Tumble generator valve LH position signal (E158) No. 42 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Tumble generator valve LH motor open (E158) No. 101 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Tumble generator valve LH motor closed (E158) No. 110 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Accelerator pedal position sensor main signal (B134) No. 66 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | (a) Accelerator pedal fully closed (b) Accelerator pedal fully opened

7. Waveform 7

   Measured terminal | Intake oil control solenoid RH (E158) No. 99 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Intake oil control solenoid LH (E158) No. 100 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Exhaust oil control solenoid RH (E158) No. 108 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Exhaust oil control solenoid LH (E158) No. 109 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | While engine idling

8. Waveform 8

   Measured terminal | Crankshaft position sensor signal (E158) No. 66 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Ignition coil #1 (E158) No. 10 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Ignition coil #2 (E158) No. 11 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Ignition coil #3 (E158) No. 12 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Ignition coil #4 (E158) No. 13 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | While engine idling

9. Waveform 9

   Measured terminal | Starter switch (B134) No. 25 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Starter switch 2 (B134) No. 27 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Starter cut relay control (B134) No. 24 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Starter relay control (B134) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
   Measuring condition | When engine is started

10. Waveform 10

    Measured terminal | Starter switch (B134) No. 25 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Starter switch 2 (B134) No. 27 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Starter cut relay control (B134) No. 24 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Accessory cut request (B134) No. 34 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Measuring condition | When engine is started

11. Waveform 11

    Measured terminal | Starter cut relay control (B134) No. 24 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Starter relay control (B134) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Engine speed output (B134) No. 21 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Ignition switch (B134) No. 56 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Measuring condition | When engine is started

12. Waveform 12

    Measured terminal | Air flow sensor signal (B134) No. 32 (+) — Engine ground 3 (B134) No. 69 (−):
    Measuring condition | While engine idling

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Inspection Mode
PROCEDURE

It is possible to diagnose the DTC by performing the indicated inspection mode. After correcting the DTC, perform a necessary inspection mode and make sure that the function is resumed correctly and the DTC is recorded.

1. INSPECTION MODE 1

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
B1571 | REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY (IMMOBILIZER CM TO ECM) | — | —
B1572 | IMM CIRCUIT EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT | — | —
B1576 | ECM EEPROM | — | —
B1577 | IMMOBILIZER CM EEPROM | — | —
B1578 | METER | — | —
P0010 | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1 | — | 1
P0013 | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1 | — | 1
P0020 | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2 | — | 1
P0023 | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2 | — | 1
P0031 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 1
P0032 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 1
P0037 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P0038 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P0072 | AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" LOW | — | 1
P0073 | AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" HIGH | — | 1
P0102 | MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P0103 | MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P0107 | MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P0108 | MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P0112 | INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 | — | 1
P0113 | INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 | — | 1
P0117 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P0118 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P0122 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P0123 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P0131 | A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 1
P0132 | A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 1
P0191 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | — | 2
P0192 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 | — | 1
P0193 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 | — | 1
P0197 | ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P0198 | ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P0222 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P0223 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P0327 | KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR | — | 1
P0328 | KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR | — | 1
P0332 | KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2 | — | 1
P0333 | KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2 | — | 1
P0335 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT | — | 1
P0336 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | — | 2
P0340 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR | — | 1
P0341 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR | — | 1
P0345 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 2 | — | 1
P0346 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 2 | — | 1
P0351 | IGNITION COIL "A" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 1
P0352 | IGNITION COIL "B" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 1
P0353 | IGNITION COIL "C" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 1
P0354 | IGNITION COIL "D" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 1
P0365 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 1 | — | 1
P0366 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | — | 1
P0390 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 2 | — | 1
P0391 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 2 | — | 1
P0458 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) PURGE CONTROL VALVE "A" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 2
P0512 | STARTER (SWITCH) REQUEST CIRCUIT | — | 1
P0560 | SYSTEM VOLTAGE | — | 1
P0604 | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR | — | 1
P0605 | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR | — | 1
P0606 | CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR | — | 1
P060A | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MONITORING PROCESSOR PERFORMANCE | — | 1
P060B | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE A/D PROCESSING PERFORMANCE | — | 1
P0616 | STARTER RELAY "A" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P0617 | STARTER RELAY "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P062F | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE EEPROM ERROR | — | 1
P065A | GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE | — | 1
P0685 | ECM/PCM POWER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 2
P0700 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST) | — | 1
P081A | STARTER DISABLE CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P0A3B | GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR OVER TEMPERATURE | — | 1
P1160 | THROTTLE RETURN SPRING | — | 1
P1192 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P1193 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P1235 | HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT | — | 1
P1C00 | BATTERY MONITOR MODULE "A" PERFORMANCE | — | 1
P2008 | TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1 | — | 1
P2009 | TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 | — | 1
P2011 | TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2 | — | 1
P2012 | TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2 | — | 1
P2016 | TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 | — | 1
P2017 | TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 | — | 1
P2021 | TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2 | — | 1
P2022 | TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2 | — | 1
P2101 | THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | — | 1
P2102 | THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P2103 | THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P2109 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR "A" MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE | — | 1
P2119 | THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL THROTTLE BODY RANGE/PERFORMANCE | — | 1
P2122 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P2123 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P2127 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P2128 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P2135 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A"/"B" VOLTAGE CORRELATION | — | 1
P2138 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D"/"E" VOLTAGE CORRELATION | — | 1
P2184 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P2185 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P2401 | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P2419 | EVAP SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P24BA | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P24BB | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P2530 | IGNITION SWITCH RUN POSITION CIRCUIT | — | 1
P2682 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P26A6 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P26A7 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
U0073 | Control Module Communication Bus Off | — | 1
U0077 | LIN COMMUNICATION BUS "ECM/PCM" OFF | — | 1
U0101 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM | — | 1
U0122 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0131 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH POWER STEERING CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0140 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH BODY CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0151 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0155 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0164 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HVAC CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0284 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER MODULE "A" | — | 1
U0402 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM TCM | — | 1
U0416 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0420 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM POWER STEERING CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0422 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0423 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0424 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM HVAC CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U0452 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U1120 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUTOSTART STOP CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U1235 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH EyeSight | — | 1
U1433 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM EyeSight | — | 1
U1469 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM AUTOSTART STOP CONTROL MODULE | — | 1
U1712 | LOST LIN COMMUNICATION WITH BATTERY "1" MONITOR MODULE | — | 1
U171F | LOST LIN COMMUNICATION WITH GENERATOR | — | 1

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Start the engine, and run the engine at idle for 10 seconds or more.

4.

Read the readiness code of [Engine Control System] using Subaru Select Monitor and check that the concerned self-diagnosis is completed. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)

5.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2. INSPECTION MODE A

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0087 | FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO LOW BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 1
P0088 | FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO HIGH BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 1
P0128 | COOLANT THERMOSTAT (COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE) | — | 2
P013A | O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P013E | O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P0141 | O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P014C | A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 2
P014D | A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 2
P015A | A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 2
P015B | A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 2
P0171 | SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P0172 | SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P0300 | RANDOM/MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P0301 | CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P0302 | CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P0303 | CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P0304 | CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P0459 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) PURGE CONTROL VALVE "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 2
P0562 | SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW | — | 1
P0563 | SYSTEM VOLTAGE HIGH | — | 1
P2096 | POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P2097 | POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode B as well. | 2
P2195 | A/F /O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 2
P2196 | A/F /O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 2
P2270 | O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P2271 | O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2

When performing inspection mode A on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive for 20 minutes or more at a constant speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more.

4.

Stop the vehicle and idle for one minute.

5.

Read the readiness code of [Engine Control System] using Subaru Select Monitor and check that the concerned self-diagnosis is completed. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)

6.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

3. INSPECTION MODE B

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0087 | FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO LOW BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 1
P0088 | FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO HIGH BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 1
P0134 | A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 1
P0137 | O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P0138 | O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P0140 | O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P0171 | SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2
P0172 | SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2
P0300 | RANDOM/MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2
P0301 | CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2
P0302 | CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2
P0303 | CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2
P0304 | CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2
P0500 | VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT | — | 1
P0506 | IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - LOWER THAN EXPECTED | — | 2
P0507 | IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - HIGHER THAN EXPECTED | — | 2
P059F | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" PERFORMANCE/STUCK OFF | [Ambient Temperature]: 3 — 33°C (37.4 — 91.4°F) | 2
P05A0 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" STUCK ON | 2
P05A1 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" POSITION SENSOR MINIMUM/MAXIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE | 2
P05A2 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | 1
P05A6 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" SUPPLY VOLTAGE CIRCUIT/OPEN | 1
P05C0 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER MODULE "A" OVER TEMPERATURE | 1
P062D | FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | — | 1
P0851 | PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW | — | 2
P0852 | PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 2
P1261 | CYLINDER 1 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 1
P1262 | CYLINDER 2 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 1
P1263 | CYLINDER 3 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 1
P1264 | CYLINDER 4 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN | — | 1
P162A | STARTER INTERLOCK INTERNAL CIRCUIT | — | 1
P2096 | POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2
P2097 | POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 | Complete diagnosis with inspection mode A as well. | 2

When performing inspection mode B on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more.

4.

Stop the vehicle and idle for ten minutes.

5.

Read the readiness code of [Engine Control System] using Subaru Select Monitor and check that the concerned self-diagnosis is completed. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)

6.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

4. INSPECTION MODE F

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0111 | INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | 6 hours or more have elapsed since ignition switch is OFF under a completely warmed up condition. For models with block heater, at least 6 hours must have elapsed without operating the block heater. | 2

When performing inspection mode F on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

With the ignition switch ON (engine stopped), read the values in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] and [Intake Air Temp.]. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

If the values from step 3) satisfy the following conditions, idle the engine for two minutes or more.

Condition:

|Engine coolant temperature — Intake air temperature| ≤ 5°C (9°F)

- If the conditions are not satisfied, turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait until the parameters are satisfied.

- Hold the select lever in “P” range or “N” range at idling.

5.

Drive according to the drive pattern described below.

(A) | Vehicle speed | (B) | Elapsed time |  |
(1) | Idle the engine for 2 minutes or more. | (4) | Drive for 30 seconds or more at a constant speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more. | (6) | Drive for 30 seconds or more at a constant speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more.
(2) | Drive for a total period of 15 minutes or more at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more. | (5) | Stop the vehicle and idle for 30 seconds or more. | (7) | Stop the vehicle and idle for 30 seconds.
(3) | Stop the vehicle and idle for 30 seconds or more. |  |  |  |

- In pattern (2), it is acceptable to decelerate to less than 80 km/h (50 MPH) or to stop the vehicle depending on the traffic conditions. Drive the vehicle at 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more until the total driving time reaches or exceeds 15 minutes.

- There is no given transition time between idling and cruising.

- Driving at constant speed only on a downhill causes smaller engine load and may result in failure to obtain a right diagnostic result.

- If the ignition switch is turned to OFF during inspection mode F, perform this driving cycle again after satisfying the conditions listed in the table.

6.

Read the readiness code of [Engine Control System] using Subaru Select Monitor and check that the concerned self-diagnosis is completed. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)

7.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

5. INSPECTION MODE H

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0071 | AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE | 6 hours or more have elapsed since ignition switch is OFF under a completely warmed up condition. For models with block heater, at least 6 hours must have elapsed without operating the block heater. | 2
P0116 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | 2
P0196 | ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE | 2
P050A | COLD START IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE | — | 2
P050B | COLD START IGNITION TIMING PERFORMANCE | — | 2
P2183 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | — | 2
P24B9 | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | 60 seconds or more have elapsed since ignition switch is OFF. | 2

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

With the ignition switch ON (engine stopped), read the values in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] and [Intake Air Temp.]. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

If the values from step 3) satisfy the following conditions, idle the engine for two minutes or more.

Condition:

|Engine coolant temperature — Intake air temperature| ≤ 5°C (9°F)

- If the conditions are not satisfied, turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait until the parameters are satisfied.

- Hold the select lever in “P” range or “N” range at idling.

5.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

6. INSPECTION MODE I

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0455 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (LARGE LEAK) | [Engine Coolant Temperature 1]: 5 — 45° (41 — 113°F) [Intake Air Temperature]: 5 — 50°C (41 — 122°F) | 2
P0456 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK) | 2
P1451 | EVAP SYSTEM CLOG DETECTED (PIPE) | 2
P2402 | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | 1
P2404 | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP SENSE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | 2
P2420 | EVAP SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | 1

When performing inspection mode I on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Be careful of the state of the battery when performing the inspection mode I consecutively. Performing the inspection mode I consecutively without the engine running may cause a low battery voltage and battery discharge.

- If it is necessary to perform inspection mode I consecutively, drive the vehicle under the following conditions to release accumulated evaporating gas. Performing the inspection mode I consecutively without starting the engine causes a large amount of evaporating gas to accumulate in the canister, which hinders an accurate diagnosis.

  - After engine is warmed up

  - Drive for 10 minutes or more at a speed of 48 km/h (30 MPH) or more (duration of drive can be an accumulation)

- To obtain an accurate diagnostic result, perform the procedures according to the following points.

  - Do not refuel gas immediately before performing inspection mode I. There will be a large amount of evaporating gas immediately after refuel, which may cause a less accurate diagnostic performance.

  - Do not shake the vehicle while performing inspection mode I. Shaking the vehicle causes evaporating gas to increase inside the fuel tank, which may cause a less accurate diagnostic performance.

  - Do not perform any service operation including installation or removal of parts or connectors while performing inspection mode I. Performing service operation could affect on the functions of related parts, which may cause a less accurate diagnostic performance.

- Perform MODE $08 when using a general scan tool.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Prepare PC with Subaru Select Monitor installed.

3.

Connect the USB cable to the DST-i and the USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor).

The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.

4.

Connect the diagnosis cable to DST-i.

5.

Connect the DST-i to the data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver’s side).

Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.

6.

Start the PC.

7.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and run the “PC application for Subaru Select Monitor”.

8.

On [Start] screen, select [Generic OBDII].

9.

On [Select System] screen, select [Evaporative System Leak Test].

10.

On [Evaporative System Leak Test] screen, select [Evaporative System Leak Test].

11.

On [Evaporative System Leak Test is running. Press Cancel to exit this function.] screen, click the [OK] button to perform evaporative system leak test.

12.

When [Conditions have been enabled to control this function. Turn the ignition switch off to terminate the test.] display appears, wait for 30 minutes without clicking the [OK] button.

Do not leave the vehicle for an extended period of time after the test is complete. This may cause early deterioration of the battery or discharged battery.

- Clicking [OK] button brings [Evaporative System Leak Test] display back, although the test is continuing.

- The Subaru Select Monitor screen does not change after the evaporative system leak test is complete or when the test is aborted by turning off the ignition switch.

- If [Test conditions are not correct] screen is displayed, use the Subaru Select Monitor to check that the values of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] and [Intake Air Temp.] meet the criteria. If the conditions are satisfied, clear the memory. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

13.

After 30 minutes passed from the start of step 12), click the [OK] button to return to the [Evaporative System Leak Test] display.

14.

Return to the [OBD System] screen, and select [OBD Mode test results].

15.

Check TID $C1 — $CA of MID $3C in [OBD Mode test results].

Perform MODE $06 and check when using a general scan tool.

Result of on-board monitor test

Display | Details | Remarks
$0000 is stored in all Val. | During the evaporative system leak test, the test conditions were not met and the test was canceled. | Once the test conditions are met, perform the test again.
All Val. are stored with values and OK is set to all the results. | Evaporative system leak test is completed correctly. | While the ignition switch is ON, read the pending code using the Subaru Select Monitor.
Some results were no good. | The evaporative system leak test completed successfully but the results were faulty. | While the ignition switch is ON, read the pending code using the Subaru Select Monitor.

16.

When the evaporative system leak test is completed correctly, read the pending code with the ignition switch turned to ON position. If the DTC is recorded, check the appropriate DTC. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- Perform MODE $07 when using a general scan tool.

- The pending code will be cleared by turning ignition switch to OFF.

7. INSPECTION MODE J

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P2610 | ECM/PCM ENGINE OFF TIMER PERFORMANCE | — | 2

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Idle the engine for 15 minutes or more.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

4.

After at least 10 hours passed from the start of step 3), read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

8. INSPECTION MODE N

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0016 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR A | [Engine Coolant Temperature 1]: 80°C (176°F) or more | 2
P0017 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR B | 2
P0018 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 2 SENSOR A | 2
P0019 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 2 SENSOR B | 2

When performing inspection mode N on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Check the data in condition column of table by using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool.

- SUBARU SELECT MONITOR

  For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

- General scan tool

  For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.

4.

While the conditions in the list are satisfied, race the engine at the speed of approx. 2500 rpm for 40 seconds or more.

5.

Start to move the vehicle, then accelerate the vehicle to vehicle speed 50 km/h (31.1 MPH) or more.

6.

When the speed reaches 50 km/h (31.1 MPH) or more, release the accelerator pedal and brake pedal to decelerate the vehicle without shifting the gear. At this time, select an appropriate gear beforehand so that the engine speed falls within the range from 2500 rpm to 1900 rpm for 5 seconds or more.

- The vehicle speed does not matter so long as the engine speed can maintain from 2500 rpm to 1900 rpm for 5 seconds or more.

  Example: On a downhill grade, it can be performed with a low speed gear and at a low vehicle speed.

- When it is performed with the electrical load such as the air conditioner, etc. turned OFF or the vehicle driven on a downhill grade, the engine speed decreases slowly. Therefore, the continuous time can be maintained easily.

7.

Bring the vehicle to a stop in a safe place, and idle it for 5 minutes or more.

Driving method while vehicle is driven to a stop at safe place is not restricted.

8.

Read the readiness code of [Engine Control System] using Subaru Select Monitor and check that the concerned self-diagnosis is completed. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)

9.

With the vehicle idling, read the temporary diagnostic code of DTC using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- If the DTC is not displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool display screen, the trouble is resolved.

(A) | 2500 rpm | (C) | 40 seconds or more | (E) | 5 minutes or more
(B) | 1900 rpm | (D) | 5 seconds or more |  |

9. INSPECTION MODE O

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0441 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) INCORRECT PURGE FLOW | — | 2

When performing inspection mode O on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive according to the drive pattern described below.

(A) | Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed of 60 km/h (37 MPH) or more for at least 5 minutes in fully warm-up condition. | (C) | Drive the vehicle at a constant vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator pedal for at least 30 seconds. | (E) | Sec.
(B) | Decelerate with the throttle fully closed for at least 3 seconds. | (D) | Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) |  |

4.

Park the vehicle on a safe place.

Driving method while vehicle is driven to a stop at safe place is not restricted.

5.

With the vehicle idling, read the temporary diagnostic code of DTC using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- If the DTC is not displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool display screen, the trouble is resolved.

10. INSPECTION MODE T

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P000A | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1 | [Engine Coolant Temperature 1]: 70°C (158°F) or more | 2
P000B | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1 | 2
P000C | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2 | 2
P000D | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2 | 2
P0011 | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | 2
P0014 | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | 2
P0021 | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2 | 2
P0024 | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2 | 2

When performing inspection mode T on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive according to the drive pattern described below.

(1) | 0 km/h (0 MPH) | (4) | 80 km/h (49.7 MPH) | (7) | 30 — 60%
(2) | 20 km/h (12.4 MPH) | (5) | 0% | (8) | Vehicle speed
(3) | 60 km/h (37.3 MPH) | (6) | 20% | (9) | Accelerator pedal opening angle
(A) | Start the engine. | (D) | While maintaining vehicle speed at 60 km/h (37.3 MPH) as a reference, repeat the accelerator opening 0% (5 seconds) ←→ 20% (5 seconds) for 20 minutes or more. | (G) | Stop the engine.
(B) | Idle the engine for at least three minutes. | (E) | Fully release the accelerator pedal to decelerate the vehicle for at least 5 seconds. |  |
(C) | Accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37.3 MPH). | (F) | Stop the vehicle. (Driving method while vehicle is driven to a stop at safe place is not restricted) |  |

In pattern (D), it is acceptable to stop the vehicle depending on the traffic conditions. Drive the vehicle with the accelerator opening angle of 0% (5 seconds) ←→ 20% (5 seconds) for an accumulated duration of 20 minutes or more.

4.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

11. INSPECTION MODE U

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0401 | EGR ABNORMAL (EGR AMOUNT TOO SMALL) | — | 2
P0402 | EGR "A" FLOW EXCESSIVE DETECTED | — | 2

When performing inspection mode U on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive according to the drive pattern described below.

(1) | Vehicle speed 60 km/h (37.3 MPH) | (3) | Vehicle speed 40 km/h (24.9 MPH) | (4) | Engine speed 1300 rpm or more
(2) | Deceleration for 10 seconds or more (There is no restriction to the driving operation) |  |  |  |
(A) | Start the engine. | (C) | Accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37.3 MPH). (There is no restriction to the driving operation.) | (E) | With the accelerator pedal fully closed, decelerate the vehicle speed while taking at least 10 seconds and maintaining the vehicle speed at 40 km/h (24.9 MPH) or more as well as the engine speed 1300 rpm or more.
(B) | Idle the engine for 20 seconds or more. | (D) | Drive at a constant speed. (Step (D) may be omitted according to road conditions.) | (F) | Park the vehicle and stop the engine. (Driving method while vehicle is driven to a stop at safe place is not restricted.)

4.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

12. INSPECTION MODE V

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0420 | CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD BANK 1 | — | 2

When performing inspection mode V on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive according to the drive pattern described below.

(1) | Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH) | (2) | Vehicle speed 60 km/h (37 MPH) |  |
(A) | Start the engine. | (D) | Drive for 10 seconds at a constant speed of 60 km/h (37 MPH). | (G) | Accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37 MPH).
(B) | Idle the engine for at least five minutes. | (E) | From the state where the vehicle speed is 60 km/h (37 MPH), change the accelerator opening angle to 0% to perform fuel cut for at least 5 seconds. | (H) | From the state where the vehicle speed is 60 km/h (37 MPH), change the accelerator opening angle to 0% to stop the vehicle with fuel cut for at least 5 seconds.
(C) | Accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37 MPH). | (F) | Drive the vehicle with 10 to 20% of the accelerator opening angle for at least 10 seconds. | (I) | Idle the engine for 20 seconds or more.

- The condition of acceleration or constant driving can be changed according to different traffic conditions.

- If diagnostic values have not been input after driving, repeat the cycle from step (C) without stopping the engine.

4.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

13. INSPECTION MODE W

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P1492 | COIL 1 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P1493 | COIL 1 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P1494 | COIL 2 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P1495 | COIL 2 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P1496 | COIL 3 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P1497 | COIL 3 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1
P1498 | COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | — | 1
P1499 | COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | — | 1

When performing inspection mode W on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive according to the drive pattern described below.

(1) | 0 km/h (0 MPH) | (3) | Vehicle speed | (4) | Time
(2) | 45 km/h (27 MPH) |  |  |  |
(A) | Idle the engine for five seconds or more. | (C) | Vehicle speed exceeds 45 km/h (27 MPH). | (E) | Deceleration (There is no specified deceleration method)
(B) | Accelerating | (D) | Driving time (There is no restriction for the time) |  |

4.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

14. INSPECTION MODE X

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P2004 | TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 1 | — | 1
P2005 | TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 2 | — | 1
P2006 | TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 1 | — | 1
P2007 | TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 2 | — | 1

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Start the engine.

4.

Shift the select lever to “P” range, and let the engine race for 10 seconds or more.

Keep Engine speed at 3500 rpm or more.

5.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

15. INSPECTION MODE Y

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P013B | O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2
P013F | O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | — | 2

When performing inspection mode Y on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive according to the drive pattern described below.

(1) | Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH) | (2) | Vehicle speed 60 km/h (37 MPH) | (3) | 10 seconds
(A) | Start the engine. | (D) | Drive the vehicle at a constant speed of 60 km/h (37 MPH). | (G) | Drive the vehicle at a constant speed of 60 km/h (37 MPH).
(B) | Idle the engine for at least five minutes. | (E) | From the state where the vehicle speed is 60 km/h (37 MPH), change the accelerator opening angle to 0% to perform fuel cut for 10 seconds. | (H) | Slow down and stop the vehicle.
(C) | Accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37 MPH). | (F) | Accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37 MPH). |  |

- The condition of acceleration or constant driving can be changed according to different traffic conditions.

- If diagnostic values have not been input after driving, repeat the cycle from step (C) without stopping the engine.

- Cruise control should not be used.

4.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

16. INSPECTION MODE Z

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P0030 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | — | 2
P0068 | MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION | — | 2
P0101 | MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | — | 2
P219C | CYLINDER 1 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE | — | 2
P219D | CYLINDER 2 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE | — | 2
P219E | CYLINDER 3 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE | — | 2
P219F | CYLINDER 4 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE | — | 2

When performing inspection mode Z on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive according to the drive pattern described below.

(1) | 0 km/h (0 MPH) | (2) | 60 km/h (37 MPH) | (3) | 88 km/h (55 MPH)
(A) | Shift the select lever to “P” range, and let the engine idle for 10 seconds or more. | (D) | Decelerate the vehicle speed to 60 km/h (37 MPH) with fully closed throttle. | (G) | Stop vehicle with the throttle fully closed.
(B) | Accelerate with the throttle half-open to 88 km/h (55 MPH) or more. | (E) | Drive for 20 seconds or more at 60 km/h (37 MPH) or less. | (H) | Vehicle speed
(C) | Drive for 20 seconds or more at 88 km/h (55 MPH) or more. | (F) | Accelerate with the throttle half-open to 88 km/h (55 MPH) or more. | (I) | Sec.

4.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

17. INSPECTION MODE AA

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P1449 | EVAP SYSTEM CLOG DETECTED (AIR FILTER) | — | 2

When performing inspection mode AA on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

Perform the inspection mode after warming up the engine except that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is specified.

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Drive 3 times according to the drive pattern described below.

(1) | 0 km/h (0 MPH) | (2) | 60 km/h (37 MPH) |  |
(A) | Accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37 MPH). (Sudden acceleration prohibited) | (C) | Decelerating | (E) | Driving duration
(B) | Drive the vehicle at a constant speed for 3 minutes. | (D) | Vehicle speed

4.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

18. INSPECTION MODE AC

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P26A5 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | [Engine Coolant Temperature 1]: 0°C (32°F) or more | 2

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Start the engine and let it idle.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait for approx. 3 minutes or more.

5.

Turn the ignition switch to ON, and read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

19. INSPECTION MODE AD

DTC | Item | Condition | Number of driving cycles on the detecting condition
P26A3 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE | Battery voltage: 10.9 V or more [Engine Coolant Temperature 1]: 90°C (194°F) or more | 2

1.

Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 — 40 L (5.3 — 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)].

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the blower fan switch to OFF.

4.

Start the engine and let it idle.

5.

Turn the blower fan switch to ON and wait for at least 10 seconds.

6.

Turn the blower fan switch to OFF and wait for at least 10 seconds.

7.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Warning Light Illumination Pattern
PROCEDURE

1. Activation of malfunction indicator light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Warning Light Illumination Pattern>ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
↓
2. Malfunction indicator light does not come on ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Warning Light Illumination Pattern>MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON
↓
3. Malfunction indicator light does not go off ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Warning Light Illumination Pattern>MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Warning Light Illumination Pattern
ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
1.

When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), the malfunction indicator light in the combination meter illuminates.

If the malfunction indicator light does not illuminate, perform diagnostics of the malfunction indicator light circuit or the combination meter circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Warning Light Illumination Pattern>MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON

2.

After starting the engine, the malfunction indicator light goes out. If it does not go off, any of the engine and emission control system has malfunction.

(1) | No faulty
(2) | Trouble occurs
(3) | ON
(4) | OFF
(5) | Ignition switch ON
(6) | Engine start

3.

If the diagnostic system detects a misfire which could damage the catalyst, the malfunction indicator light will blink at a cycle of 1 Hz.

(1) | ON
(2) | OFF
(3) | Ignition switch ON
(4) | Engine start
(5) | Misfire start
(6) | 1 second

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Warning Light Illumination Pattern
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON

Trouble symptom:

When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), malfunction indicator light does not illuminate.

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to Combination Meter section. COMBINATION METER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Warning Light Illumination Pattern
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF

Diagnosis:

The malfunction indicator light circuit is shorted.

Trouble symptom:

Although malfunction indicator light comes on when the engine runs, DTC is not shown on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool display.

1. CHECK DTC.

Read the DTC of [Engine] and LAN system using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC of engine or LAN system displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Check the combination meter system. COMBINATION METER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Data Monitor
OPERATION

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

- For details on the data monitor, refer to the list. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Data Monitor>LIST

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Data Monitor
LIST

Some items are not displayed according to the specifications.

Display | Contents | Note (at idling) | Unit
Engine Speed | Value calculated from crankshaft position sensor output value. | 675 | rpm
Air Flow Rate from Mass Air Flow Sensor | Value calculated from air flow sensor output value. | 2.5 or 0.3 | g/s or lb/min
Mass Air Flow Average | Value calculated from air flow sensor output value. | 2.5 or 0.3 | g/s or lb/min
Vehicle Speed Sensor | Value calculated from vehicle speed sensor output value. | 0 | km/h or MPH
Throttle Opening Angle | Throttle valve opening angle (in percentage) calculated from throttle position sensor output value. | 13 | %
Accel. Opening Angle | Accelerator pedal opening angle (in percentage) calculated from accelerator pedal position sensor output value. | 0 | %
A/F Sensor #1 | Actual lambda value calculated from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor output value. | 1 | —
Ignition Timing Advance for #1 Cylinder | Ignition timing control value for No. 1 cylinder. Calculated from rotation speed, manifold pressure, intake air temperature, water temperature, and data from knock sensor etc. | 5.5 | °
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 | Value calculated from engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) output value. | 96 or 204.8 | °C or °F
Engine Coolant Temperature 2 | Value calculated from engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) output value. | 86 or 186.8 | °C or °F
Coolant Circulation Valve Control Mode | Thermo-control valve assembly control mode status is displayed. | Temperature Control Mode | —
Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle | Actual opening angle calculated from thermo-control valve assembly opening angle sensor voltage. | −40 — −50 (When A/C OFF) | deg
Coolant Circulation Valve Angle Sensor Voltage | Thermo-control valve assembly opening angle sensor voltage. | 1.3 — 1.4 (When A/C OFF) | V
Coolant Circulation Valve Target Angle | Target valve opening angle of thermo-control valve assembly calculated by ECM. | −40 — −50 (When A/C OFF) | deg
Coolant Circulation Valve Duty Ratio | Output Duty to open the valve of thermo-control valve assembly. | −20 — 20 | %
Coolant Circulation Valve Request Status | Judged based on blower fan ON/OFF. | OFF | —
Short Term Fuel Trim (B1) | Air fuel ratio correction control value for the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. | 0.8 | %
Long Term Fuel Trim (B1) | Air fuel ratio learning control value for the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. | 1.6 | %
Learned Ignition Timing | Ignition timing learning value. Advance angle amount or retard angle amount when knocking occurs. | 0 | deg
Mani. Absolute Pressure | Value calculated from the manifold pressure sensor. | 32, 240.1, 9.5, 4.6 or 128.5 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Bank 1 - Sensor 2 present at that location | Rear oxygen sensor output voltage value. | 0.7 | V
VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R | AVCS advance angle amount for the RH bank on the intake side. | 0 | deg
VVT Advance Target Angle Amount R | AVCS target advance angle amount for the RH bank on the intake side. This value is compared with the AVCS advance angle amount R to judge if the intake AVCS is operating properly. Response delays during the transition time. | 0 | deg
VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L | AVCS advance angle amount for the LH bank on the intake side. | 0 | deg
VVT Advance Target Angle Amount L | AVCS target advance angle amount for the LH bank on the intake side. This value is compared with the AVCS advance angle amount L to judge if the intake AVCS is operating properly. Response delays during the transition time. | 0 | deg
Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R | AVCS retard angle amount for the RH bank on the exhaust side. | 0 | deg
Ex VVT Retard Target Angle R | AVCS target retard angle amount for the RH bank on the exhaust side. This value is compared with the AVCS retard angle amount R to judge if the exhaust AVCS is operating properly. Response delays during the transition time. | 0 | deg
Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L | AVCS retard angle amount for the LH bank on the exhaust side. | 0 | deg
Ex VVT Retard Target Angle L | AVCS target retard angle amount for the LH bank on the exhaust side. This value is compared with the AVCS retard angle amount L to judge if the exhaust AVCS is operating properly. Response delays during the transition time. | 0 | deg
VVT Initial Position Learning Value #1 | AVCS initial position learning value for the RH bank on the intake side. Controls the angle against a standard angle. Deviation learning is performed based on this standard value. | 79.3 | °CA
VVT Initial Position Learning Value #2 | AVCS initial position learning value for the LH bank on the intake side. Controls the angle against a standard angle. Deviation learning is performed based on this standard value. | 83.1 | °CA
VVT Ex Initial Position Learning Value #1 | AVCS initial position learning value for the RH bank on the exhaust side. Controls the angle against a standard angle. Deviation learning is performed based on this standard value. | 109.5 | °CA
VVT Ex Initial Position Learning Value #2 | AVCS initial position learning value for the LH bank on the exhaust side. Controls the angle against a standard angle. Deviation learning is performed based on this standard value. | 108.3 | °CA
Number of Cleaning Executions for VVT Self-recovery | Number of times that the intake AVCS oil control valve cleaning is performed. | — | Time
Number of Cleaning Executions for Ex VVT Self-recovery | Number of times that the exhaust AVCS oil control valve cleaning is performed. | — | Time
Control module voltage | ECM input power supply voltage. | 14.176 | V
Target engine speed | ECM target engine speed. | 675 | rpm
Target Equivalence Ratio | Target air fuel ratio (lambda). It usually becomes 1 aiming at a theoretical air fuel ratio. | 0.996 | —
Oil Temperature | Value calculated from the engine oil temperature sensor output value. | 96 or 204.8 | °C or °F
Intake Air Temp. | Value calculated from the intake air temperature sensor output value. | 50 or 122 | °C or °F
Ambient air temperature | Value that ECM estimates by using input values from the engine coolant temperature sensor or the intake air temperature sensor etc. | — | °C or °F
Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal | Data value of the ambient temperature input to the combination meter via CAN. Ambient temperature used for diagnosis. | — | °C or °F
Ambient Temperature for Control | Data value of the ambient temperature input to the combination meter via CAN. Ambient temperature used for control. | — | °C or °F
Calculated LOAD Value | Current rate of air amount. Value assuming that the air amount at the current engine speed with the throttle fully open is 100%. | 15.3 | %
Absolute Load Value | Percentage of current intake air amount against the maximum air intake amount of the engine. For non-turbo engine, the value can be close to 95%, but will never be 100%. For turbo engine, this value may exceed 100% due to a boost pressure. | 14.9 | %
Barometric Pressure | Value calculated from atmospheric pressure sensor output value. | 101, 757.7, 29.8, 15 or 405.5 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Mani. Relative Pressure | Value calculated from manifold pressure sensor output value. (Absolute value) (Intake manifold absolute pressure – Atmospheric pressure) | −69, −517.6, −20.4, −10 or -277 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Target Throttle Opening Angle | Target throttle opening angle calculated by ECM. | 16 | deg
Actual Throttle Opening Angle | Actual throttle opening angle. Calculated by ECM based on the throttle sensor input value. | 16 | deg
Commanded Throttle Actuator Control | Control value of the target throttle opening angle calculated by ECM. Target value of opening angle in percentage when 0% means fully closed and 100% means fully open. | 0 | %
Relative Throttle Position | Current throttle opening angle in percentage against the throttle voltage (full range) that has reflected the full close point learning value. The value will be approx. 70% at full open. | 1.6 | %
Throttle Motor Voltage | Power supply voltage of the throttle motor. Input value to ECM. | 14.2 | V
Main-Throttle Sensor | Voltage value of the main throttle position sensor. Input value to ECM. | 0.66 | V
Sub-Throttle Sensor | Voltage value of the sub throttle position sensor. Input value to ECM. | 1.52 | V
Throttle Motor Duty | Throttle motor control duty ratio. ECM output value. | −14 | %
Main-Accelerator Sensor | Voltage value of the main accelerator pedal position sensor. Input value to ECM. | 0.66 | V
Sub-Accelerator Sensor | Voltage value of the sub accelerator pedal position sensor. Input value to ECM. | 0.66 | V
Idle Mass Air Flow | Air volume correction value to maintain the target rotation speed in each water temperature. Corrects air volume when the water temperature changes. It includes values of the feedback correction amount and the learning value. | 3 or 0.4 | g/s or lb/min
Idle Mass Air Flow Feedback correct | Air volume compensation value of ISC as a feedback correction to stabilize the idling speed. | 0 | g/s or lb/min
ISC Learning Value | Learning control value of ISC. After warming up, learning control is executed to reduce the ISC feedback correction to zero, in order to stabilize the engine speed. | 0.55 or 0.1 | g/s or lb/min
Idle A/C load correct | Air volume correction value when the air conditioner is turned on. ECM corrects the air volume against the target rotation speed when the air conditioner is turned ON. | 0.86 or 0.1 | g/s or lb/min
Electric Load Feedback Val | Air volume correction value when an electric load is turned on. ECM corrects the air volume against the set target rotation speed when the electric load is turned ON. | 0.10 or 0.01 | g/s or lb/min
Idle dirty throttle correct | Calculates the ISC learning values on a long-term basis, and judges as an ISC dirty throttle correction when the learning value increases gradually. When carbon or other dirt accumulates on the ISC throttle and make the throttle dirty, air volume decreases when the throttle is fully closed. The ECM increases the amount of compensation air to keep the rotation speed. | 0 | g/s or lb/min
Fuel Rail Pressure A | Fuel pressure sensor output value set to the high pressure fuel line. Output value to ECM. | 3970, 29782.4, 1172.5, 575.6 or 15937.5 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Fuel Rail Pressure B | Fuel pressure sensor output value set to the high pressure fuel line. Input value to ECM. | 4050, 30382.6, 1196.2, 587.2 or 16258.6 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A | Target fuel pressure for high pressure fuel line calculated by ECM. | 4000, 30007.5, 1181.4, 580 or 16057.9 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure B | Target fuel pressure for high pressure fuel line calculated by ECM. | 4000, 30007.5, 1181.4, 580 or 16057.9 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Fuel Level Input | Fuel level sensor output value. Input value to ECM. Total value of main and sub. | — | %
Fuel Increase 1 at the High Temperature Restart | Fuel injection compensation coefficient at restarting with high coolant temperature. | 0 | —
Judgment Flag of Heavy Fuel | Result of heavy mass fuel judgment. | Non Heavy Fuel | —
Commanded Evaporative Purge | Evaporative purge rate displayed by the OBD. | 0 | %
CPC Valve Duty Ratio | Purge control solenoid valve control duty ratio. ECM output value. | 0 | %
Purge Density Learn Value | Leaning value of the evaporation gas density purged from the canister. ECM displays the estimated leaning value. | 0 | %
Evap Purge Flow | Purge ratio when the evaporation gas is purged from the canister. ECM performs a duty drive to the purge solenoid valve. The amount of gas actually purged will vary depending on the vacuum pressure difference before/after the solenoid valve. Purge ratio displayed here shows current purge amount in percentage against the maximum purge amount when the maximum vacuum pressure is applied. | 0 | %
ALT Duty | Value of duty ratio converted from command voltage value sent from ECM to generator. | 69 | %
Alternator control mode | Control mode of the electric power generation voltage by the alternator. Low: Mode that controls the battery charge Mid: Mode where the battery is not charged and discharged High: Mode that fixes the voltage when the battery is charged or when an electric load is turned on ExHigh: Mode where the battery is charged during deceleration Low (Start): Mode that gradually increases the voltage at start Low (Acceleration): Mode that suppresses power generation load when slightly stronger acceleration was judged Smart: Mode that inhibits the excessive charging while retaining target SOC P.Generation Stop (IS): Mode that suppresses the vehicle current consumption during Auto Start Stop | High, Mid or Smart | —
Battery Terminal Voltage | Voltage value between battery terminals input from the battery sensor. | 14 | V
Battery Charge/Discharge Current | Battery charge/discharge current value input from the battery sensor. When the value is positive: The current flows to a direction that the battery is charged. When the value is negative: The current flows to a direction that the battery is discharged. | 3.6 | A
Estimated Battery Temperature | Battery temperature input from the battery sensor. | 45 or 113 | °C or °F
Remaining battery capacity | Remaining amount of battery estimated by ECM. | 89 | %
Knocking Correction | Retard angle amount when knocking occurs. Partially learning value of ignition timing learning value. | 0 | deg
Fuel system for Bank 1 | Feedback status of air fuel ratio. Open: Feedback is stopped Closed: Feedback control is being performed | Cl_normal | —
A/F Sensor #1 Current | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor output current value. Input value to ECM. | −0.2 — 0.2 | mA
A/F Sensor #1 Resistance | Value calculated from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor output value. | 50 | ohm
A/F Correction #3 | Sub correction value of A/F feedback control. | 0 | %
Rear O2 Sensor Input Voltage | Rear oxygen sensor (+) output voltage value. Input value to ECM. | 2 — 2.7 | V
Rear O2 Sensor Offset Voltage | Rear oxygen sensor (−) output voltage value. Input value to ECM. | 2 | V
O2 Sensor Impedance | Oxygen sensor element impedance value Input value to ECM. | 71 | ohm
No. of EGR steps | Number of EGR valve steps. Number of stepping motor steps. ECM output value. | 0 | STEP
Commanded EGR | Target value as EGR setting value calculated by ECM. | 0 | %
EGR Error | Percentage of the difference in actual EGR steps as compared to the target EGR steps. Both a positive value and a negative value mean that it doesn’t fulfill the target. When the value is positive: It opens more than the target value. When the value is negative: It opens smaller than the target value. | 0 | %
Load Value | Engine load value. | 0.25 | g/rev
TGV Position Sensor R | Tumble generator valve position sensor RH output value. Input value to ECM. | 3.12 | V
TGV Position Sensor L | Tumble generator valve position sensor LH output value. Input value to ECM. | 0.82 | V
TGV Output | Drive signal to tumble generator valve motor. Set to “ON” when the tumble generator valve is activated (when the duty output is other than 0%). ECM output value. | OFF | —
TGV Drive | Tumble generator valve drive status. Set to “Open” when the tumble generator valve is open. ECM control status. | Close | —
OCV Duty R | Control duty ratio of the intake side oil control solenoid on the RH bank. ECM output value. | 40 — 60 | %
OCV Duty L | Control duty ratio of the intake side oil control solenoid on the LH bank. ECM output value. | 40 — 60 | %
OCV Current R | Actual current value of the intake side oil control solenoid on the RH bank. Input value to ECM. | 550 — 850 | mA
OCV Current L | Actual current value of the intake side oil control solenoid on the LH bank. Input value to ECM. | 550 — 850 | mA
Exh. OCV Duty R | Control duty ratio of the exhaust side oil control solenoid on the RH bank. ECM output value. | 40 — 60 | %
Exh. OCV Duty L | Control duty ratio of the exhaust side oil control solenoid on the LH bank. ECM output value. | 40 — 60 | %
Exh. OCV Current R | Actual current value of the exhaust side oil control solenoid on the RH bank. Input value to ECM. | 550 — 850 | mA
Exh. OCV Current L | Actual current value of the exhaust side oil control solenoid on the LH bank. Input value to ECM. | 550 — 850 | mA
Roughness Monitor #1 | #1 cylinder roughness monitor count value. | 0 | —
Roughness Monitor #2 | #2 cylinder roughness monitor count value. | 0 | —
Roughness Monitor #3 | #3 cylinder roughness monitor count value. | 0 | —
Roughness Monitor #4 | #4 cylinder roughness monitor count value. | 0 | —
Cylinder Monitor #1 | Calculates the rotation speed between certain angles on the #1 cylinder. If the rotation speed is low compared to monitor values of other cylinders, it means that the combustion is not ideal in that cylinder. | — | rpm
Cylinder Monitor #2 | Calculates the rotation speed between certain angles on the #2 cylinder. If the rotation speed is low compared to monitor values of other cylinders, it means that the combustion is not ideal in that cylinder. | — | rpm
Cylinder Monitor #3 | Calculates the rotation speed between certain angles on the #3 cylinder. If the rotation speed is low compared to monitor values of other cylinders, it means that the combustion is not ideal in that cylinder. | — | rpm
Cylinder Monitor #4 | Calculates the rotation speed between certain angles on the #4 cylinder. If the rotation speed is low compared to monitor values of other cylinders, it means that the combustion is not ideal in that cylinder. | — | rpm
Completed Flag of Cylinder Discrimination | Flag for completion of cylinder judgment If this flag is not ON, it is possible to judge that the crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor are faulty. | Completed | —
Active Grille Shutter Position | Pulse count value of active grille shutter position. When fully open: 100% When fully closed: 0% | — | —
Active Grille Shutter Mechanical Break Status | Mechanical error status of the active grille shutter. During the calibration procedure, if a linkage of the active grille shutter is off, calibration is not performed. Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | Normal | —
Active Grille Shutter Sensor Error Status | Judges a malfunction of the active grille shutter opening angle sensor. Judges the sensor malfunction on the pulse counter. Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | Normal | —
Active Grille Shutter Voltage Error Status | Judges a malfunction of the power source voltage supplied to the active grille shutter. Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | Normal | —
Active Grille Shutter Control Circuit Error Status | Judges a malfunction of the active grille shutter internal circuit (drive motor). Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | Normal | —
Active Grille Shutter Stuck Error Status | Judges an abnormal stuck of the active grille shutter. Detects the status where the operation failed because of any foreign matter or ice clogging in the active grille shutter. | Normal | —
Active Grille Shutter Temperature Error Status | Detects internal temperature of the active grille shutter. The judgment is performed to check if the temperature is excessively high. Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | Normal | —
Active Grille Shutter Communication Error Status | Communication is performed between the active grille shutter and ECM, and judges the abnormality of the communication status. | Normal | —
Active Grille Shutter Position Commanded Status | Active grille shutter drive instruction status. Shutter open: Opened Shutter closed: Closed | — | —
Active Grille Shutter Calibration in progress | Status of the active grille shutter calibration. Active grille shutter performs the calibration when the ignition is ON. Set to “ON” when the calibration was performed. | OFF | —
Active Grille Shutter Calibration Commanded Status | Commands from ECM to the active grille shutter. | OFF | —
Active Grille Shutter Calibration Status | Status of the active grille shutter calibration. When completed: Complete When not completed: Incomplete Always completed when there is no abnormality in the active grille shutter. | Complete | —
Active Grille Shutter Warning Status | Warning signal of the active grille shutter. When the active grille shutter has a malfunction, signal is sent to the combination meter to illuminate the warning light. | OFF | —
Active Grille Shutter Control Status 1 | Status such as operating factors (air conditioner, radiator fan etc.) or frozen judgment of the active grille shutter controlled by the ECM. | — | —
Active Grille Shutter Control Status 2 | Status such as operating factors (air conditioner, radiator fan etc.) or frozen judgment of the active grille shutter controlled by the ECM. | — | —
Trip Count | Time stamp information. Number of times the ignition is ON since the vehicle was manufactured. The number of ignition ON is also recorded when a trouble code is recorded, so the comparison with that number will show you how many times the ignition has turned on since the diagnostic code was recorded. | — | Time
Count | Time stamp information. Each unit individually counts the elapsed time since the ignition is turned to ON. Master integrated unit and ECM synchronize with the master time. When synchronized: “Common” When not synchronized: “Originally” | Common | —
Time Count | Time stamp information. Elapsed time after ignition ON. When a trouble code is recorded, the elapsed time after ignition ON is also recorded. | — | ms
Time Since Engine Start | Elapsed time after starting the engine. | — | sec
Timer after start | Elapsed time after starting the engine. This value is used for control. | — | sec
Accumulation Time After Engine Run | Cumulative time after starting the engine. For models with Auto Start Stop, cumulative time after the first engine start. Time is not accumulated while the engine stops due to the Auto Start Stop system. | — | sec
Initial Engine Oil Temp | Oil temperature when starting the engine, which is input to ECM from the oil temperature sensor. | — | °C or °F
Initial Engine Coolant Temp. | Water temperature when starting the engine, which is input to ECM from the water temperature sensor. | — | °C or °F
Initial Intake Air Temp. | Intake air temperature when starting the engine, which is input to ECM from the intake air temperature sensor. | — | °C or °F
Engine Starting Time | Time needed since the cranking started till the judgment of engine start is complete. | — | ms
Start Mask Control Check 1 | Information that shows whether the start prohibition control is executed on the engine side when starting. Values other than zero mean that the control is executed and the engine start is prohibited. | — | —
Engine Startup Mode | Mode at engine starting. 00 = Initial start, 01 = Normal restart, 02 = Short term engine stall restart, 03 = Auto Start Stop restart, 04 = Change mind restart | 0 | —
IG OFF Elapsed Time | The time the vehicle has been left since the engine stopped. This value can be used to check how long the vehicle has been left with the ignition switch ON after the engine stopped. | — | sec
Distance traveled since DTC(s) cleared | Travel distance after DTC clear. | — | km or mile
Engine run time while MIL is illuminated | Engine operating time from when the malfunction indicator light illuminated till when it went off. | — | min
Engine run time since DTC(s) cleared | Elapsed time after DTC clear. | — | min
Number of Warm-ups since DTC(s) cleared | Number of warm ups after DTC clear. 1 cycle is the time from the cold start till warmed up and stop. (Engine start after a warm-up is not counted.) | — | Time
Distance Traveled While MIL is Illuminated | Travel distance after the warning light illuminated. | — | km or mile
Odometer | Value of the total cumulative travel distance that ECM calculates from the vehicle speed separately from the odometer in the combination meter. Small difference from the odometer will be possible, but if there is a big difference, ECM or the combination meter may need to be replaced. | — | km
Maximum Engine Speed at the time of Misfire detection caused by out of Fuel | Maximum engine speed during fuel cut by a fuel run-out judgment. | 0 | rpm
Maximum Intake Air Amount at the time of Misfire detection caused by out of Fuel | Maximum air amount during fuel cut by a fuel run-out judgment. | 0 | g/s or lb/min
Number of Misfire detection caused by out of Fuel | Number of the occurrences of fuel run-out judgment. | 0 | Time
Estimated Total Mileage at the time of first Misfire detection caused by out of Fuel | Estimated cumulative travel distance during fuel cut by a fuel run-out judgment. | 0 | km or mile
Engine Speed at the time of Detection to avoid Preignition caused by out of Fuel | Engine speed at the time of pre-ignition avoidance judgment when the fuel runs out. | 0 | rpm
Intake Air Mass at the time of Detection to avoid Preignition caused by out of Fuel | Amount of air at the time of pre-ignition avoidance judgment when the fuel runs out. | 0 | g/s or lb/m
Number of Preignition Detection caused by out of Fuel | Number of the occurrences of pre-ignition avoidance judgment when the fuel runs out. | 0 | Time
Estimated Total Mileage at the time of first Detection to avoid Preignition caused by out of Fuel | Estimated cumulative travel distance at the time of the first pre-ignition avoidance judgment when the fuel runs out. | 0 | km or mile
Fuel Cut Elps Time | Elapsed time after experienced high rotation speed. | 0 | sec
Final Injection Mode | Number of injections to cylinder in one cycle. | 1-Stage Injection | —
Split Ratio of Fuel Injection 1 | Injection rate at first fuel injection in one cycle. | 100 | %
Split Ratio of Fuel Injection 2 | Injection rate at second fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | %
Split Ratio of Fuel Injection 3 | Injection rate at third fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | %
Split Ratio of Fuel Injection 4 | Injection rate at fourth fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | %
Final valid Injection Quantity | For direct injection engine, fuel injection is performed several times in one cycle. And this is the total injection amount value of that multiple stage injection. | 11.25 | mm3/st
1st Final Injection Time of Direct Injector | Injection time at first fuel injection in one cycle. | 2.14 | ms
2nd Final Injection Time of Direct Injector | Injection time at second fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | ms
3rd Final Injection Time of Direct Injector | Injection time at third fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | ms
4th Final Injection Time of Direct Injector | Injection time at fourth fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | ms
Starting Timing of 1st final Direct Injection | Timing of starting first fuel injection in one cycle. | 280 | °CA
Starting Timing of 2nd final Direct Injection | Timing of starting second fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | °CA
Starting Timing of 3rd final Direct Injection | Timing of starting third fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | °CA
Starting Timing of 4th final Direct Injection | Timing of starting fourth fuel injection in one cycle. | 0 | °CA
Flag Control of Catalyst rapid Warming-up reflect Ignition Timing | Flag that represents the execution status of catalyst warming-up control. ON = Under execution, OFF = Not executed | ON | —
Memorized Cruise Speed | Cruise control system target vehicle speed. (Set speed) | 0 | km/h or MPH
Catalyst Temperature (B1-S1) | Estimated temperature of the front catalytic converter. | 305.1 or 581.2 | °C or °F
Type of fuel currently being utilized by the vehicle | Fuel information recorded in the ECM. Not the fuel information currently used. | GAS | —
Auto Trans Neutral Drive Status | Neutral condition. Information input from the inhibitor switch. | NEUT | —
Evap System Vapor Pressure | Evaporative emission control system pressure value. Pressure sensor output value. | 101.43, 760.9, 30, 14.7 or 407.2 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
X mode | ON or OFF status in X mode. | OFF | —
SI Drive mode(Display) | SI-DRIVE mode status. ECM output value. Displayed only on models with SI-DRIVE. | I or S | —
Neutral Position Switch | Neutral switch signal. P or N range signal for AT. Input value to ECM. | Neutral | —
ETC Motor Relay | Drive signal to the electronic throttle motor relay. Set to “ON” when the drive signal is output. ECM output value. | ON | —
Stop Light Switch | Stop light switch signal. Set to “ON” when the stop light illuminates. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Brake Switch | Brake switch signal. Set to “ON” when the brake pedal is depressed. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Idle Switch Signal | Idle signal. Set to “Idle” while idling. | Idle | —
Ignition Switch | Ignition switch signal. Set to “ON” when the ignition switch is ON. | ON | —
A/C Compressor Signal | A/C compressor drive signal. Set to “ON” when the drive signal is output. ECM output value. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Radiator Fan Relay #1 | Radiator fan relay drive signal. Set to “ON” when the drive signal is output. ECM output value. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Radiator Fan Relay #2 | Radiator fan relay drive signal. Set to “ON” when the drive signal is output. ECM output value. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
A/C Switch | Air conditioner switch signal. Set to “ON” when the air conditioner switch of the heater control is ON. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Variable Load Compressor Torque Value | Load value of the variable capacity air compressor. The value that the air conditioner CM estimates and outputs. | 0 | Nm
Starter Switch | Starter switch signal. Set to “ON” when the starter is ON. Input value to ECM. | OFF | —
Rear Defogger SW | Rear defogger switch input signal. Set to “ON” when the switch is ON. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Blower Fan SW | Blower fan switch input signal. Set to “ON” when the switch is ON. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Light Switch | Light switch input signal. Set to “ON” when the switch is ON. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Front Fog Light Switch | Front fog light switch input signal. Set to “ON” when the switch is ON. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Wiper Switch | Wiper switch input signal. Set to “ON” when the switch is ON. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Delivery Mode Connector | Delivery mode terminal fuse installation status. Shows the status of delivery mode. | OFF | —
Rear O2 Rich Signal | Rear oxygen sensor output value. Displays “Rich” when the air fuel ratio of rear oxygen sensor is rich. Displays “Lean” when the air fuel ratio of rear oxygen sensor is lean. | Rich/Lean | —
Knocking Signal | Knock sensor output signal. Judges if a knocking occurs or not. Input value to ECM. | OFF | —
Crankshaft Position Sig. | Crankshaft position sensor output signal. Set to “ON” when the engine is running. Input value to ECM. | ON | —
Camshaft Position Sig. | Camshaft position sensor output signal. Set to “ON” when the engine is running. Input value to ECM. | ON | —
Ban of Torque Down | Torque down prohibition notification signal to the vehicle dynamics control (VDC) module. Set to “OFF” when the prohibition signal is output. ECM output value. | ON | —
Request Torque Down VDC | Torque down request signal transmitted from the vehicle dynamics control (VDC) module. Set to “ON” when the request signal is sent. Input value to vehicle dynamics control (VDC) module. | OFF | —
Torque Permission Signal | Torque down permission notification signal to the transmission control module. Set to “ON” when the permission signal is output. ECM output value. | ON | —
SET/COAST Switch | Cruise control system SET/COAST SW signal. Set to “ON” when the switch is operated. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
RESUME/ACCEL Switch | Cruise control system RESUME/ACCEL SW signal. Set to “ON” when the switch is operated. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Main Switch | Cruise control system main switch signal. Set to “ON” when the switch is operated. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
distance change SW | Distance change switch signal. Displayed only on models with EyeSight. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
CC Cancel SW | Cruise control cancel switch signal of the cruise control system. Set to “ON” when the switch is operated. Input value to ECM. | OFF (When set to OFF) | —
Fuel Pump Relay | Fuel pump relay drive signal. Set to “ON” when the drive signal is output. ECM output value. | ON | —
All Cylinders Fuel cut | Status under the fuel injection amount control where the fuel injection is cut off in all cylinders. | OFF | —
Immobilizer Fuel Cut Status | Status where the fuel injection is cut off by the command from immobilizer. | OFF | —
Shift Pattern Demand for Low Water Temperature | Shift pattern request sent from ECM to the transmission CM. When the water temperature is low, shift pattern change to the low speed side is requested to raise the catalyst temperature faster. | OFF | —
Emphasized idle stop request | Request signal for prohibiting the Auto Start Stop coordinate control. Output signal from ECM to TCM. (Model with Auto Start Stop) | OFF | —
Oil level switch | Oil level switch signal. Set to “LOW level” when the amount of engine oil decreases. Input value to ECM. | HIGH level | —
ELCM switching valve | Leak check valve assembly switching valve drive signal. Set to “Close” when closing the switching valve. ECM output value. | Open | —
ELCM pump | Leak check valve assembly pump drive signal. Set to “ON” when the leak check valve assembly decompression pump is activated. ECM output value. | OFF | —
AT turbine speed | Turbine rotation speed of the transmission. Turbine rotation speed is input from the transmission CM via CAN. | 675 | rpm
Lock up status | Lock-up status of the transmission. Lock up status is input from the transmission CM via CAN. | OPEN | —
Current Gear Position | Gear status. 00 = P and N range, 0E = R range, 0D = Auto neutral state, 06 = 6th, 05 = 5th, 04 = 4th, 03 = 3rd, 02 = 2nd, 01 = 1st | 0 | —
P/N Signal | P/N status of the transmission. P/N range status is input from the transmission CM via CAN. | — | —
Trailer signal | Trailer towing status. Signal that indicates the presence of trailer towing is input via the integrated unit. | — | —
Starter Relay | Starter relay control flag | OFF | —
Starter cut relay | Starter cut relay control flag ON = Starter cut is active OFF = Starter cut is not active | ON | —
Starter relay diagnosis A/D value | Starter cut relay diagnosis input voltage | 8.2 | V
Restart Commanded Signal | Restart command signal Set to “ON” at restarting. | OFF | —
Audio Supply Voltage | Audio supply voltage value | 14.2 | V
DC/DC Converter Voltage Boost Request | DC/DC boost output ON/OFF command. | OFF | —
Hard Cut Circuit Monitor Signal | Hard cut monitor signal flag | Low | —
Ignition Control Check 1 | Detailed status of the engine ignition control information. | 90 | —
Ignition Control Check 2 | Detailed status of the engine ignition control information. | 75 | —
Alternator control check 1 | Detailed status of charge control. | 91 | —
Alternator control check 2 | Detailed status of charge control. | 90.1 | —
Alternator control check 3 | Detailed status of charge control. | 10.35 | —
Alternator control check 4 | Detailed status of charge control. | 8.97 | —
Alternator control check 5 | Detailed status of charge control. | 100 | —
Alternator control check 6 | Detailed status of charge control. | 0 | —
Alternator control check 7 | Detailed status of charge control. | 14.2 | —
Alternator control check 8 | Detailed status of charge control. | 64 | —
Alternator control check 9 | Detailed status of charge control. | 0 | —
Alternator control check 10 | Detailed status of charge control. | 2 | —
Alternator Control Check 11 | Detailed status of charge control. | — | —
Alternator Control Check 12 | Detailed status of charge control. | — | —
Alternator Control Check 13 | Detailed status of charge control. | 2.71 | —
Alternator Control Check 14 | Detailed status of charge control. | 9552 | —
Alternator Mechanical Error Status | Status where alternator is judged as having mechanical trouble. | OFF | —
Alternator Electrical Output Error Status | Status where alternator is judged as having electric abnormality. | OFF | —
Alternator High Temperature Error Status | Status where alternator is judged as having high temperature malfunction. | OFF | —
Alternator Communication Error Status | Status where alternator is judged as having communication failure. | OFF | —
Regulator Temperature | Alternator regulator temperature value. | — | °C or °F
Imbalance Check 1 #1 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Imbalance Check 1 #2 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Imbalance Check 1 #3 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Imbalance Check 1 #4 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Imbalance Check 2 #1 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Imbalance Check 2 #2 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Imbalance Check 2 #3 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Imbalance Check 2 #4 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Imbalance Check 3 R | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | OFF | —
Imbalance Check 4 R | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | 0 | —
Analytical Engine Speed | Data for analysis | 0 | rpm
Analytical Load Value | Data for analysis | 0 | g/rev
Analytical Engine Coolant Temperature | Data for analysis | −40 or −40 | °C or °F
Analytical Ambient Temperature | Data for analysis | −40 or −40 | °C or °F
Analytical Barometric Pressure | Data for analysis | 0 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Analytical Manifold Relative Pressure | Data for analysis | −128, −960.2, −37.8, −18.6 or −513.9 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Analytical Ignition Timing Advance for #1 Cylinder | Data for analysis | −64 | °CA
Analytical Vehicle Speed | Data for analysis | 0 | km/h or MPH
Analytical Estimated Total Mileage | Data for analysis | 0 | km or mile
Analytical A/C Compressor Signal | Data for analysis | OFF | —
Analytical Maximum Number of Ignition Timing Advance | Data for analysis | 0 | Time
Analytical Number of Ignition Timing Advance | Data for analysis | 0 | Time
Analytical Minimum Manifold Negative Pressure | Data for analysis | −128, −960.2, −37.8, −18.6 or −513.9 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Analytical Number of Brake Booster Pressure | Data for analysis | 0 | Time
Analytical Ignition Control Check 2 | Data for analysis | 0 | —
Analytical Ignition Control Check 1 | Data for analysis | −45 | —
Analytical Knocking Correction | Data for analysis | −32 | deg
Analytical Intake Air Temperature | Data for analysis | −40 or −40 | °C or °F
Analytical ISC Learning Value | Data for analysis | −300 or −508 | g/s or lb/min
Analytical Idle dirty throttle correct | Data for analysis | −300 or −508 | g/s or lb/min
Analytical VVT Advance Angle Amount R | Data for analysis | −50 | °CA
Analytical Exhaust VVT Retard Angle R | Data for analysis | −50 | °CA
Analytical TGV Drive | Data for analysis | Close | —
Analytical Idle Mass Air Flow | Data for analysis | 0 | g/s or lb/min
Analytical Brake Booster Relative Pressure | Data for analysis | −128, −960.2, −37.8, −18.6 or −513.9 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Analytical Fuel Rail Pressure | Data for analysis | 0 | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Analytical A/F Sensor #1 | Data for analysis | 0 | —
ETC Functional Safety Check 1 | ETC malfunction information memory 1 | 0 | —
ETC Functional Safety Check 2 | ETC malfunction information memory 2 | 0 | —
ETC Functional Safety Check 3 | ETC malfunction information memory 3 | 0 | —
Functional Safety Check 1 | Function safety/malfunction information memory 1 | 0 | —
Functional Safety Check 2 | Function safety/malfunction information memory 2 | 0 | —
Functional Safety Check 3 | Function safety/malfunction information memory 3 | 0 | —
Functional Safety Check 4 | Function safety/malfunction information memory 4 | 0 | —
Functional Safety Check 5 | Function safety/malfunction information memory 5 | 0 | —
Functional Safety Check 6 | Function safety/malfunction information memory 6 | 0 | —
Functional Safety Check 7 | Function safety/malfunction information memory 7 | 0 | —
Robust Check 1 | Execution judgment for engine stall avoidance control. | OFF | —
Robust Check 2 | Operation count of engine stall avoidance control. | 0 | Time
Robust Check 3 | Success count of engine stall avoidance control. | 0 | Time
Crush Detection Signal | Collision detection signal input value to ECM. ON = Collision detection, OFF = Collision not detected | OFF | —
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Status | Malfunction indicator light illumination status. When judged as abnormal, an illumination command signal is sent from ECM to the combination meter. | OFF | —
Number of DTCs | The number of trouble codes recorded in the ECM. | 0 | —
O2 Sensor #11 | Installation status of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. | Supported | —
O2 Sensor #12 | Installation status of the rear oxygen sensor. | Supported | —
Short term fuel trim #12 | Air fuel ratio correction control value of the rear oxygen sensor. | 0 | %
A/F Sensor #11 | Air fuel ratio calculated from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor output value. (Lambda) | 1.001 | —
A/F Sensor #11 | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor output voltage. | 2.193 | V
A/F Sensor #11 | Air fuel ratio calculated from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor output value. (Lambda) | 1.001 | —
A/F Sensor #11 | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor current value. | 0 | mA
Absolute Throttle Position B | Shows the sub throttle sensor voltage value in % against the full-range 5 V throttle sensor output voltage. | 30.6 | %
Accelerator Pedal Position D | Shows the main accelerator sensor voltage value in % against the full-range 5 V throttle sensor output voltage. | 13.3 | %
Accelerator Pedal Position E | Shows the sub accelerator sensor voltage value in % against the full-range 5 V throttle sensor output voltage. | 13.3 | %
Relative Accelerator Pedal Position | Accelerator opening angle with a full close point learning value taken into consideration. | 0 | %
Misfire monitoring supported | Support status of the misfire diagnosis. | YES | —
Misfire monitoring ready | Status of the misfire diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | YES | —
Fuel system monitoring(Supp) | Support status of the fuel system diagnosis. | YES | —
Fuel system monitoring(Rdy) | Status of the fuel system diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | YES | —
Comprehensive component monitoring supported | Support status of the component diagnosis. | YES | —
Comprehensive component monitoring ready | Status of the component diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | YES | —
Catalyst monitoring supported | Support status of the catalyst diagnosis. | YES | —
Catalyst monitoring ready | Status of the catalyst diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Heated catalyst monitoring supported | Support status of the heated catalyst diagnosis. | NO | —
Heated catalyst monitoring ready | Status of the heated catalyst diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | N/A | —
Evaporative purge system(Supp) | Support status of the evaporative purge system diagnosis. | YES | —
Evaporative purge system(Rdy) | Status of the evaporative purge system diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Secondary air system(Supp) | Support status of the secondary air system diagnosis. | NO | —
Secondary air system(Rdy) | Status of the secondary air system diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | N/A | —
A/C system refrigerant(Supp) | Support status of the A/C system refrigerant diagnosis. | NO | —
A/C system refrigerant(Rdy) | Status of the A/C system refrigerant diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | N/A | —
Oxygen sensor monitoring supported | Support status of the oxygen sensor diagnosis. | YES | —
Oxygen sensor(Rdy) | Status of the oxygen sensor diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
O2 Heater Diagnosis(Supp) | Support status of the oxygen sensor heater diagnosis. | YES | —
O2 Heater Diagnosis(Rdy) | Status of the oxygen sensor heater diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | YES | —
EGR system(Supp) | Support status of the EGR diagnosis. | YES | —
EGR system(Rdy) | Status of the EGR diagnosis. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Misfire monitoring enabled | Shows whether or not the execution condition of misfire diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | YES | —
Misfire monitoring completed | Shows whether or not the continuous misfire diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Fuel system monitoring(Enable) | Shows whether or not the execution condition of fuel system diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | YES | —
Fuel system monitoring(Comp) | Shows whether or not the fuel system diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Comprehensive component monitoring enabled | Shows whether or not the execution condition of component diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | YES | —
Comprehensive component monitoring completed | Shows whether or not the component diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Catalyst monitoring | Shows whether or not the execution condition of catalyst diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | YES | —
Catalyst monitoring completed | Shows whether or not the catalyst diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Heated catalyst monitoring | Shows whether or not the execution condition of heated catalyst diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | N/A | —
Heated catalyst monitoring completed | Shows whether or not the heated catalyst diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | N/A | —
Evaporative purge system(Enable) | Shows whether or not the execution condition of evaporative purge system diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | NO | —
Evaporative purge system(Comp) | Shows whether or not the evaporative purge system diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Secondary air system(Enable) | Shows whether or not the execution condition of the secondary air system diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | N/A | —
Secondary air system(Comp) | Shows whether or not the secondary air system diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | N/A | —
A/C system refrigerant(Enable) | Shows whether or not the execution condition of A/C system refrigerant diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | N/A | —
A/C system refrigerant(Comp) | Shows whether or not the A/C system refrigerant diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | N/A | —
Oxygen sensor monitoring | Shows whether or not the execution condition of oxygen sensor diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | YES | —
Oxygen sensor monitoring completed | Shows whether or not the oxygen sensor diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
O2 Heater Diagnosis(Enable) | Shows whether or not the execution condition of oxygen heater diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | YES | —
O2 Heater Diagnosis(Comp) | Shows whether or not the oxygen heater diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
EGR system(Enable) | Shows whether or not the execution condition of EGR diagnosis is met. YES: Diagnosis can be executed. NO or N/A: Diagnosis cannot be executed or is not supported. | YES | —
EGR system(Comp) | Shows whether or not the EGR diagnosis is completed. YES or N/A: Diagnosis is completed or not supported. NO: Diagnosis is not completed. | NO | —
Generic OBDII | Shows the OBD regulation to be followed. This is the information recorded in the ECM, and it does not mean that the unit automatically judges the compliance to the OBD regulations. | OBD/OBD2 | —

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Freeze Frame Data
NOTE
1. FREEZE FRAME DATA

ECM records the engine status at detection when it detects DTCs. (Freeze frame data)

Freeze frame data is recorded on up to a second detected DTC, and not recorded on a third detected DTC and later.

- As the freeze frame data is recorded with DTC detected, permanent monitoring cannot be performed.

- For the first detected DTC, time series freeze frame data is recorded. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Freeze Frame Data>NOTE > TIME SERIES FREEZE FRAME DATA

- When performing diagnosis, you can utilize the freeze frame data to guess the vehicle status when the DTC was detected.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data>OPERATION

  (A) | First detected DTC | (C) | Third detected DTC or later | (E) | Past
  (B) | Second detected DTC | (D) | Current | (F) | Time series freeze frame data

2. TIME SERIES FREEZE FRAME DATA

ECM obtains freeze frame data every 0.5 seconds. When DTC is detected, freeze frame data of [Detect], [1 before], [History2] and [History3] is saved. (Time series freeze frame data)

- You can utilize the time series freeze frame data for diagnosis by checking the status of data changes three times earlier than the DTC was detected.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data>OPERATION

  (A) | [Detect] | (D) | [History3] | (F) | Past
  (B) | [1 before] | (E) | Current | (G) | 0.5 sec.
  (C) | [History2] |  |  |  |

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Freeze Frame Data
OPERATION

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

- For details on freeze frame data, refer to the list. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Freeze Frame Data>LIST

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Freeze Frame Data
LIST

Some items are not displayed according to the specifications.

Display | Contents | Unit
Engine Speed | Value calculated from crankshaft position sensor output value. | rpm
Air Flow Rate from Mass Air Flow Sensor | Value calculated from air flow sensor output value. | g/s or lb/min
Mass Air Flow Average | Value calculated from air flow sensor output value. | g/s or lb/min
Vehicle Speed Sensor | Value calculated from vehicle speed sensor output value. | km/h or MPH
Throttle Opening Angle | Throttle valve opening angle (in percentage) calculated from throttle position sensor output value. | %
Accel. Opening Angle | Accelerator pedal opening angle (in percentage) calculated from accelerator pedal position sensor output value. | %
A/F Sensor #1 | Actual lambda value calculated from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor output value. | —
Ignition Timing Advance for #1 Cylinder | Ignition timing control value for No. 1 cylinder. Calculated from rotation speed, manifold pressure, intake air temperature, water temperature, and data from knock sensor etc. | °
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 | Value calculated from engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) output value. | °C or °F
Engine Coolant Temperature 2 | Value calculated from engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) output value. | °C or °F
Coolant Circulation Valve Control Mode | Thermo-control valve assembly control mode status is displayed. | —
Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle | Actual opening angle calculated from thermo-control valve assembly opening angle sensor voltage. | deg
Coolant Circulation Valve Angle Sensor Voltage | Thermo-control valve assembly opening angle sensor voltage. | V
Coolant Circulation Valve Target Angle | Target valve opening angle of thermo-control valve assembly calculated by ECM. | deg
Coolant Circulation Valve Duty Ratio | Output Duty to open the valve of thermo-control valve assembly. | %
Coolant Circulation Valve Request Status | Judged based on blower fan ON/OFF. | —
Short Term Fuel Trim (B1) | Air fuel ratio correction control value for the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. | %
Long Term Fuel Trim (B1) | Air fuel ratio learning control value for the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. | %
Mani. Absolute Pressure | Value calculated from manifold pressure sensor output. | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Bank 1 - Sensor 2 present at that location | Rear oxygen sensor voltage value. | V
VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R | AVCS advance angle amount for the RH bank on the intake side. | deg
VVT Advance Target Angle Amount R | AVCS target advance angle amount for the RH bank on the intake side. This value is compared with the AVCS advance angle amount R to judge if the intake AVCS is operating properly. Response delays during the transition time. | deg
VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L | AVCS advance angle amount for the LH bank on the intake side. | deg
VVT Advance Target Angle Amount L | AVCS target advance angle amount for the LH bank on the intake side. This value is compared with the AVCS advance angle amount L to judge if the intake AVCS is operating properly. Response delays during the transition time. | deg
Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R | AVCS retard angle amount for the RH bank on the exhaust side. | deg
Ex VVT Retard Target Angle R | AVCS target retard angle amount for the RH bank on the exhaust side. This value is compared with the AVCS retard angle amount R to judge if the exhaust AVCS is operating properly. Response delays during the transition time. | deg
Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L | AVCS retard angle amount for the LH bank on the exhaust side. | deg
Ex VVT Retard Target Angle L | AVCS target retard angle amount for the LH bank on the exhaust side. This value is compared with the AVCS retard angle amount L to judge if the exhaust AVCS is operating properly. Response delays during the transition time. | deg
Number of Cleaning Executions for VVT Self-recovery | Number of times that the intake AVCS oil control valve cleaning is performed. | Time
Number of Cleaning Executions for Ex VVT Self-recovery | Number of times that the exhaust AVCS oil control valve cleaning is performed. | Time
Control module voltage | ECM input power supply voltage. | V
Target Equivalence Ratio | Target air fuel ratio. (Lambda). It usually becomes 1 aiming at a theoretical air fuel ratio. | —
Oil Temperature | Value calculated from the engine oil temperature sensor output value. | °C or °F
Intake Air Temp. | Value calculated from the intake air temperature sensor output value. | °C or °F
Ambient air temperature | Value that ECM estimates by using input values from the engine coolant temperature sensor or the intake air temperature sensor etc. | °C or °F
Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal | Data value of the ambient temperature input to the combination meter via CAN. Ambient temperature used for diagnosis. | °C or °F
Ambient Temperature for Control | Data value of the ambient temperature input to the combination meter via CAN. Ambient temperature used for control. | °C or °F
Calculated LOAD Value | Current rate of air amount. Value assuming that the air amount at the current engine speed with the throttle fully open is 100%. | %
Absolute Load Value | Percentage of current intake air amount against the maximum air intake amount of the engine. For non-turbo engine, the value can be close to 95%, but will never be 100%. For turbo engine, this value may exceed 100% due to a boost pressure. | %
Barometric Pressure | Value calculated from atmospheric pressure sensor output value. | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Actual Throttle Opening Angle | Actual throttle opening angle. Calculated by ECM based on the throttle sensor input value. | deg
Commanded Throttle Actuator Control | Control value of the target throttle opening angle calculated by ECM. Target value of opening angle in percentage when 0% means fully closed and 100% means fully open. | %
Relative Throttle Position | Current throttle opening angle in percentage against the throttle voltage (full range) that has reflected the full close point learning value. The value will be approx. 70% at full open. | %
Idle Mass Air Flow | Air volume correction value to maintain the target rotation speed in each water temperature. Corrects air volume when the water temperature changes. It includes values of the feedback correction amount and the learning value. | g/s or lb/min
Idle Mass Air Flow Feedback correct | Air volume compensation value of ISC as a feedback correction to stabilize the idling speed. | g/s or lb/min
ISC Learning Value | Learning control value of ISC. After warming up, learning control is executed to reduce the ISC feedback correction to zero, in order to stabilize the engine speed. | g/s or lb/min
Idle A/C load correct | Air volume correction when the air conditioner is turned on. ECM corrects the air volume against the target rotation speed when the air conditioner is turned ON. | g/s or lb/min
Electric Load Feedback Val | Air volume correction value when an electric load is turned on. ECM corrects the air volume against the set target rotation speed when the electric load is turned ON. | g/s or lb/min
Idle dirty throttle correct | Calculates the ISC learning values on a long-term basis, and judges as an ISC dirty throttle correction when the learning value increases gradually. When carbon or other dirt accumulates on the ISC throttle and make the throttle dirty, air volume decreases when the throttle is fully closed. The ECM increases the amount of compensation air to keep the rotation speed. | g/s or lb/min
Fuel Rail Pressure A | Fuel pressure sensor output value set to the high pressure fuel line. Input value to ECM. | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Fuel Rail Pressure B | Fuel pressure sensor output value set to the high pressure fuel line. Input value to ECM. | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A | Target fuel pressure for high pressure fuel line calculated by ECM. | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure B | Target fuel pressure for high pressure fuel line calculated by ECM. | kPa, mmHg, inHg, psi or inH2O
Fuel Level Input | Fuel level sensor output value. Input value to ECM. Total value of main and sub. | %
Fuel Increase 1 at the High Temperature Restart | Fuel injection compensation coefficient at restarting with high coolant temperature. | —
Judgment Flag of Heavy Fuel | Result of heavy mass fuel judgment. | —
Commanded Evaporative Purge | Evaporative purge rate displayed by the OBD. | %
Purge Density Learn Value | Leaning value of the evaporation gas density purged from the canister. ECM displays the estimated leaning value. | %
Evap Purge Flow | Purge ratio when the evaporation gas is purged from the canister. ECM performs a duty drive to the purge solenoid valve. The amount of gas actually purged will vary depending on the vacuum pressure difference before/after the solenoid valve. Purge ratio displayed here shows current purge amount in percentage against the maximum purge amount when the maximum vacuum pressure is applied. | %
ALT Duty | Value of duty ratio converted from command voltage value sent from ECM to generator. | %
Alternator control mode | Control mode of the electric power generation voltage by the alternator. Low: Mode that controls the battery charge Mid: Mode where the battery is not charged and discharged High: Mode that fixes the voltage when the battery is charged or when an electric load is turned on ExHigh: Mode where the battery is charged during deceleration Low (Start): Mode that gradually increases the voltage at start Low (Acceleration): Mode that suppresses power generation load when slightly stronger acceleration was judged Smart: Mode that inhibits the excessive charging while retaining target SOC P.Generation Stop (IS): Mode that suppresses the vehicle current consumption during Auto Start Stop | —
Battery Terminal Voltage | Voltage value between battery terminals input from the battery sensor. | V
Battery Charge/Discharge Current | Battery charge/discharge current value input from the battery sensor. When the value is positive: The current flows to a direction that the battery is charged. When the value is negative: The current flows to a direction that the battery is discharged. | A
Estimated Battery Temperature | Battery temperature input from the battery sensor. | °C or °F
Remaining battery capacity | Remaining amount of battery estimated by ECM. | %
Fuel system for Bank 1 | Feedback status of air fuel ratio. Open: Feedback is stopped Closed: Feedback control is being performed | —
A/F Sensor #1 Resistance | Value calculated from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor output value. | ohm
Rear O2 Sensor Input Voltage | Rear oxygen sensor (+) output voltage value. Input value to ECM. | V
Rear O2 Sensor Offset Voltage | Rear oxygen sensor (−) output voltage value. Input value to ECM. | V
O2 Sensor Impedance | Oxygen sensor element impedance value Input value to ECM. | ohm
No. of EGR steps | Number of EGR valve steps. Number of stepping motor steps. ECM output value. | STEP
Commanded EGR | Target value as EGR setting value calculated by ECM. | %
EGR Error | Percentage of the difference in actual EGR steps as compared to the target EGR steps. Both a positive value and a negative value mean that it doesn’t fulfill the target. When the value is positive: It opens more than the target value. When the value is negative: It opens smaller than the target value. | %
Load Value | Engine load value. | g/rev
TGV Drive | Tumble generator valve drive status. Set to “Open” when the tumble generator valve is open. ECM control status. | —
Cylinder Monitor #1 | Calculates the rotation speed between certain angles on the #1 cylinder. If the rotation speed is low compared to monitor values of other cylinders, it means that the combustion is not ideal in that cylinder. | rpm
Cylinder Monitor #2 | Calculates the rotation speed between certain angles on the #2 cylinder. If the rotation speed is low compared to monitor values of other cylinders, it means that the combustion is not ideal in that cylinder. | rpm
Cylinder Monitor #3 | Calculates the rotation speed between certain angles on the #3 cylinder. If the rotation speed is low compared to monitor values of other cylinders, it means that the combustion is not ideal in that cylinder. | rpm
Cylinder Monitor #4 | Calculates the rotation speed between certain angles on the #4 cylinder. If the rotation speed is low compared to monitor values of other cylinders, it means that the combustion is not ideal in that cylinder. | rpm
Completed Flag of Cylinder Discrimination | Flag for completion of cylinder judgment If this flag is not ON, it is possible to judge that the crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor are faulty. | —
Active Grille Shutter Position | Pulse count value of active grille shutter position. When fully open: 100% When fully closed: 0% | —
Active Grille Shutter Mechanical Break Status | Mechanical error status of the active grille shutter. During the calibration procedure, if a linkage of the active grille shutter is off, calibration is not performed. Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | —
Active Grille Shutter Sensor Error Status | Judges a malfunction of the active grille shutter opening angle sensor. Judges the sensor malfunction on the pulse counter. Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | —
Active Grille Shutter Voltage Error Status | Judges a malfunction of the power source voltage supplied to the active grille shutter. Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | —
Active Grille Shutter Control Circuit Error Status | Judges a malfunction of the active grille shutter internal circuit (drive motor). Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | —
Active Grille Shutter Stuck Error Status | Judges an abnormal stuck of the active grille shutter. Detects the status where the operation failed because of any foreign matter or ice clogging in the active grille shutter. | —
Active Grille Shutter Temperature Error Status | Detects internal temperature of the active grille shutter. The judgment is performed to check if the temperature is excessively high. Judgment is done by the active grille shutter and the status is sent to ECM. | —
Active Grille Shutter Communication Error Status | Communication is performed between the active grille shutter and ECM, and judges the abnormality of the communication status. | —
Active Grille Shutter Position Commanded Status | Active grille shutter drive instruction status. Shutter open: Opened Shutter closed: Closed | —
Active Grille Shutter Calibration in progress | Status of the active grille shutter calibration. Active grille shutter performs the calibration when the ignition is ON. Set to “ON” when the calibration was performed. | —
Active Grille Shutter Calibration Commanded Status | Commands from ECM to the active grille shutter. | —
Active Grille Shutter Calibration Status | Status of the active grille shutter calibration. When completed: Complete When not completed: Incomplete Always completed when there is no abnormality in the active grille shutter. | —
Active Grille Shutter Warning Status | Warning signal of the active grille shutter. When the active grille shutter has a malfunction, signal is sent to the combination meter to illuminate the warning light. | —
Active Grille Shutter Control Status 1 | Status such as operating factors (air conditioner, radiator fan etc.) or frozen judgment of the active grille shutter controlled by the ECM. | —
Active Grille Shutter Control Status 2 | Status such as operating factors (air conditioner, radiator fan etc.) or frozen judgment of the active grille shutter controlled by the ECM. | —
Trip Count | Time stamp information. Number of times the ignition is ON since the vehicle was manufactured. The number of ignition ON is also recorded when a trouble code is recorded, so the comparison with that number will show you how many times the ignition has turned on since the diagnostic code was recorded. | Time
Count | Time stamp information. Each unit individually counts the elapsed time since the ignition is turned to ON. Master integrated unit and ECM synchronize with the master time. When synchronized: “Common” When not synchronized: “Originally” | —
Time Count | Time stamp information. Elapsed time after ignition ON. When a trouble code is recorded, the elapsed time after ignition ON is also recorded. | ms
Time Since Engine Start | Elapsed time after starting the engine. | sec
Initial Engine Oil Temp | Oil temperature when starting the engine, which is input to ECM from the oil temperature sensor. | °C or °F
Initial Engine Coolant Temp. | Water temperature when starting the engine, which is input to ECM from the water temperature sensor. | °C or °F
Initial Intake Air Temp. | Intake air temperature when starting the engine, which is input to ECM from the intake air temperature sensor. | °C or °F
Engine Starting Time | Time needed since the cranking started till the judgment of engine start is complete. | ms
Start Mask Control Check 1 | Shows whether the start prohibition control is executed on the engine side when the engine is started. Values other than zero mean that the control is executed and the engine start is prohibited. | —
Engine Startup Mode | Mode at engine starting. 00 = initial start 01 = Normal start 02 = Short term engine stall restart 03 = Idling stop restart 04 = Change mind restart | —
IG OFF Elapsed Time | The time the vehicle has been left since the engine stopped. This value can be used to check how long the vehicle has been left with the ignition switch ON after the engine stopped. | sec
Fuel Cut Elps Time | Elapsed time after experienced high rotation speed. | sec
Final Injection Mode | Number of injections to cylinder in one cycle. | —
Final valid Injection Quantity | For direct injection engine, fuel injection is performed several times in one cycle. And this is the total injection amount value of that multiple stage injection. | mm3/st
Starting Timing of 1st final Direct Injection | Timing of starting first fuel injection in one cycle. | °CA
Starting Timing of 2nd final Direct Injection | Timing of starting second fuel injection in one cycle. | °CA
Starting Timing of 3rd final Direct Injection | Timing of starting third fuel injection in one cycle. | °CA
Starting Timing of 4th final Direct Injection | Timing of starting fourth fuel injection in one cycle. | °CA
Catalyst Temperature (B1-S1) | Estimated temperature of the front catalytic converter. | °C or °F
Auto Trans Neutral Drive Status | Neutral condition. Information input from the inhibitor switch. | —
X mode | ON or OFF status in X mode. | —
SI Drive mode(Display) | SI-DRIVE mode status. ECM output value. Displayed only on models with SI-DRIVE. | —
Stop Light Switch | Stop light switch signal. Set to “ON” when the stop light illuminates. Input value to ECM. | —
Idle Switch Signal | Idle signal. Set to “Idle” while idling. | —
Ignition Switch | Ignition switch signal. Set to “ON” when the ignition switch is ON. | —
A/C Compressor Signal | A/C compressor drive signal. Set to “ON” when the drive signal is output. ECM output value. | —
Variable Load Compressor Torque Value | Load value of the variable capacity air compressor. The value that the air conditioner CM estimates and outputs. | Nm
Starter Switch | Starter switch signal. Set to “ON” when the starter is ON. Input value to ECM. | —
AT turbine speed | Turbine rotation speed of the transmission. Turbine rotation speed is input from the transmission CM via CAN. | rpm
Lock up status | Lock-up status of the transmission. Lock up status is input from the transmission CM via CAN. | —
Current Gear Position | Gear status. 00 = P, N range 0E = R range OD = Auto neutral status 06 = 6th 05 = 5th 04 = 4th 03 = 3rd 02 = 2nd 01 = 1st | —
P/N Signal | P/N status of the transmission. P/N range status is input from the transmission CM via CAN. | —
Trailer signal | Trailer towing status. Signal that indicates the presence of trailer towing is input via the integrated unit. | —
Alternator Control Check 13 | Detailed status of charge control. | —
Alternator Mechanical Error Status | Status where alternator is judged as having mechanical trouble. | —
Alternator Electrical Output Error Status | Status where alternator is judged as having electric abnormality. | —
Alternator High Temperature Error Status | Status where alternator is judged as having high temperature malfunction. | —
Alternator Communication Error Status | Status where alternator is judged as having communication failure. | —
Regulator Temperature | Alternator regulator temperature. | °C or °F
Imbalance Check 1 #1 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 1 #2 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 1 #3 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 1 #4 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 2 #1 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 2 #2 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 2 #3 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 2 #4 | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 3 R | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Imbalance Check 4 R | Detailed information of diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders. (Compliance with OBD regulations) | —
Robust Check 1 | Execution judgment for engine stall avoidance control. | —
Robust Check 2 | Operation count of engine stall avoidance control. | Time
Robust Check 3 | Success count of engine stall avoidance control. | Time
Crush Detection Signal | Collision detection signal input value to ECM. ON = Collision detection, OFF = Collision not detected | —
O2 Sensor #11 | Installation status of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. | —
O2 Sensor #12 | Installation status of the rear oxygen sensor. | —
Short term fuel trim #12 | Air fuel ratio correction control value of the rear oxygen sensor. | %
A/F Sensor #11 | Air fuel ratio calculated from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor output value. (Lambda) | —
A/F Sensor #11 | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor output voltage. | V
A/F Sensor #11 | Air fuel ratio calculated from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor output value. (Lambda) | —
A/F Sensor #11 | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor current value. | mA
Absolute Throttle Position B | Shows the sub throttle sensor voltage value in % against the full-range 5 V throttle sensor output voltage. | %
Accelerator Pedal Position D | Shows the main accelerator sensor voltage value in % against the full-range 5 V throttle sensor output voltage. | %
Accelerator Pedal Position E | Shows the sub accelerator sensor voltage value in % against the full-range 5 V throttle sensor output voltage. | %

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Active Test
OPERATION

After executing the system operation check mode, clear the memory. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Help” of application.

1.

On [Start] screen, select [Diagnosis].

2.

On [Vehicle selection] screen, enter vehicle information and select [OK].

3.

On [Main Menu] screen, select [Each System].

4.

On [Select System] screen, select [Engine Control System].

5.

On [Select Function] screen, select [Active Test].

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Active Test
LIST

Active test items | Contents | Execution condition
Fuel Pump Relay | ON/OFF of the fuel pump can be set. | Ignition switch ON (engine OFF)
CPC Solenoid Valve | ON/OFF of the purge control solenoid valve can be set.
Radiator Fan Relay | ON/OFF of the radiator fan relay can be set.
ELCM switching valve | ON/OFF of the leak check valve assembly switching valve can be set.
ELCM pump | ON/OFF of the leak check valve assembly vacuum pump can be set.
Coolant Circulation Valve Control | The thermo-control valve opening angle can be set.
Fuel Pump Control (OFF Drive) | Fuel pump can be set to OFF. | Idling
Fixed Idle Ignition Timing | Ignition timing is set depending on the engine speed. | Idling
Idle Speed Control | Idle speed can be set. | Idling
Injection Stop Mode (Injector 1) Injection Stop Mode (Injector 2) Injection Stop Mode (Injector 3) Injection Stop Mode (Injector 4) | Injector of each cylinder can be set to stop the fuel injection. | Idling
Injection Quantity Control | The amount of fuel injection can be set. | Idling
EGR Valve Control (Step) | STEP number of the EGR control valve can be set. | Idling
Alternator control | Alternator control mode can be set to one of the followings: Low mode Middle mode High mode ExHigh mode | Idling
Active Grille Shutter Control∗ | Open ←→ close of the active grille shutter can be set. | Ignition switch ON (engine OFF) Experienced 20 seconds or more of the elapsed time after starting engine (when replacing ECM)
Compression monitor | Compression can be measured. | Ignition switch ON (engine OFF) Accelerator pedal is fully depressed

∗: After replacing ECM or active grille shutter, be sure to perform this procedure.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Work Support
OPERATION
1.

On [Start] screen, select [Diagnosis].

2.

On [Vehicle selection] screen, enter vehicle information and select [OK].

3.

On [Main Menu] screen, select [Each System].

4.

On [Select System] screen, select [Engine Control System].

5.

On [Select Function] screen, select [Work Support].

6.

On [Work Support] screen, select an appropriate function.

7.

Perform the procedures shown on the display screen.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Help” of application.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Work Support
LIST

Work support item | Contents | REMARKS
Simple Roughness Monitor | Engine speed and misfiring counter for each cylinder can be displayed. | Calculates in range of engine speed (300 rpm to 2000 rpm) Interval of data update is 60 ms at minimum (at 2000 rpm)
High-Grade Roughness Monitor (without harness) | Standard deviation, engine speed, etc. can be calculated based on the pulse data of crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor, and the value and graph can also be displayed. | Calculates in range of engine speed (300 rpm to 2000 rpm) Interval of data update is 60 ms at minimum (at 2000 rpm)
Entry VIN | V.I.N can be registered. | Ignition switch ON (engine OFF)
Engine Coolant Air Purge Mode | The thermo-control valve circuit can be set to partial throttle in order to fill the engine coolant. | Setting is allowed when the following conditions are established. [Engine Coolant Temperature 1]: Less than 80°C (176°F) Idling status Select lever is in “P” or “N” range.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)
OPERATION

- The readiness code shows self-diagnosis status of each DTC. The DTCs displayed here are either not yet self-diagnosed or self-diagnosed but not completed. After the self-diagnosis is complete, DTC will no longer be displayed regardless of the diagnostic result.

- Self-diagnosis is executed every time when the ignition switch is turned to ON. Therefore, even after the self-diagnosis is complete and nothing is displayed on the readiness code display, if you turn the ignition switch to ON again after turning it OFF, some DTCs may be displayed on the readiness code display.

- After you repair a DTC and perform the inspection mode, use the readiness code to check if the self-diagnosis of the DTC is completed. If the concerned DTC is displayed, the self-diagnosis of the DTC is not complete. Perform the inspection mode again.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Help” of application.

1.

On [Start] screen, select [Diagnosis].

2.

On [Vehicle selection] screen, input the target vehicle information and select [OK].

3.

On [Main Menu] screen, select [Each System].

4.

On [Select System] screen, select [Engine Control System], and then select [Next].

5.

On [Select Function] screen, select [DTC].

6.

On [DTC] screen, select [All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)].

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
OPERATION

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- For details on DTCs, refer to the list. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>LIST

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
LIST

DTC | Item | Note
B1571 | REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY (IMMOBILIZER CM TO ECM) | IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY (IMMOBILIZER CM TO ECM) KEYLESS ACCESS WITH PUSH BUTTON START(DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY (IMMOBILIZER CM TO ECM)
B1572 | IMM CIRCUIT EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT | IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1572 IMM CIRCUIT EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT KEYLESS ACCESS WITH PUSH BUTTON START(DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1572 IMM CIRCUIT EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT
B1576 | ECM EEPROM | IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM KEYLESS ACCESS WITH PUSH BUTTON START(DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
B1577 | IMMOBILIZER CM EEPROM | IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM KEYLESS ACCESS WITH PUSH BUTTON START(DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM
B1578 | METER | IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC B1578 METER
P000A | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P000A "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1
P000B | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P000B "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1
P000C | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P000C "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2
P000D | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P000D "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2
P0010 | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0010 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1
P0011 | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0011 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1
P0013 | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0013 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1
P0014 | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0014 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1
P0016 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR A | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0016 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR A
P0017 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR B | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0017 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR B
P0018 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 2 SENSOR A | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0018 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 2 SENSOR A
P0019 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 2 SENSOR B | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0019 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 2 SENSOR B
P0020 | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0020 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2
P0021 | "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0021 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2
P0023 | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0023 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2
P0024 | "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0024 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2
P0030 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0030 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P0031 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0031 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P0032 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0032 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P0037 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0037 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P0038 | A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0038 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P0068 | MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION
P0071 | AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0071 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P0072 | AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0072 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" LOW
P0073 | AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0073 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" HIGH
P0087 | FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO LOW BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0087 FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO LOW BANK 1
P0088 | FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO HIGH BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0088 FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO HIGH BANK 1
P0101 | MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P0102 | MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW
P0103 | MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
P0107 | MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
P0108 | MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
P0111 | INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1
P0112 | INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1
P0113 | INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1
P0116 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0116 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P0117 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
P0118 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
P0122 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT LOW
P0123 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
P0128 | COOLANT THERMOSTAT (COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE) | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
P0131 | A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0131 A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P0132 | A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0132 A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P0134 | A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0134 A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P0137 | O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P0138 | O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P013A | O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P013A O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P013B | O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P013B O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P013E | O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P013E O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P013F | O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P013F O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P0140 | O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P0141 | O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0141 O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P014C | A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P014C A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P014D | A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P014D A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P015A | A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P015A A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P015B | A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P015B A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P0171 | SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
P0172 | SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
P0191 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0191 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1
P0192 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0192 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1
P0193 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0193 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1
P0196 | ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P0197 | ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW
P0198 | ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
P0222 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT LOW
P0223 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT HIGH
P0300 | RANDOM/MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0300 RANDOM/MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED
P0301 | CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED
P0302 | CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED
P0303 | CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED
P0304 | CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED
P0327 | KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0327 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR
P0328 | KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0328 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR
P0332 | KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0332 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2
P0333 | KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0333 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2
P0335 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT
P0336 | CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P0340 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR
P0341 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR
P0345 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 2
P0346 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0346 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 2
P0351 | IGNITION COIL "A" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0351 IGNITION COIL "A" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
P0352 | IGNITION COIL "B" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0352 IGNITION COIL "B" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
P0353 | IGNITION COIL "C" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0353 IGNITION COIL "C" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
P0354 | IGNITION COIL "D" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0354 IGNITION COIL "D" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
P0365 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0365 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 1
P0366 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0366 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1
P0390 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0390 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 2
P0391 | CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0391 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 2
P0401 | EGR ABNORMAL (EGR AMOUNT TOO SMALL) | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0401 EGR ABNORMAL (EGR AMOUNT TOO SMALL)
P0402 | EGR "A" FLOW EXCESSIVE DETECTED | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0402 EGR "A" FLOW EXCESSIVE DETECTED
P0420 | CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD BANK 1
P0441 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) INCORRECT PURGE FLOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0441 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) INCORRECT PURGE FLOW
P0455 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (LARGE LEAK) | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0455 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (LARGE LEAK)
P0456 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK) | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0456 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)
P0458 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) PURGE CONTROL VALVE "A" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0458 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) PURGE CONTROL VALVE "A" CIRCUIT LOW
P0459 | EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) PURGE CONTROL VALVE "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0459 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) PURGE CONTROL VALVE "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
P0500 | VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT
P0506 | IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - LOWER THAN EXPECTED | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0506 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - LOWER THAN EXPECTED
P0507 | IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - HIGHER THAN EXPECTED | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0507 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
P050A | COLD START IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P050A COLD START IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
P050B | COLD START IGNITION TIMING PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P050B COLD START IGNITION TIMING PERFORMANCE
P0512 | STARTER (SWITCH) REQUEST CIRCUIT | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0512 STARTER (SWITCH) REQUEST CIRCUIT
P0560 | SYSTEM VOLTAGE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0560 SYSTEM VOLTAGE
P0562 | SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0562 SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW
P0563 | SYSTEM VOLTAGE HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0563 SYSTEM VOLTAGE HIGH
P059F | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" PERFORMANCE/STUCK OFF | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P059F ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" PERFORMANCE/STUCK OFF
P05A0 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" STUCK ON | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P05A0 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" STUCK ON
P05A1 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" POSITION SENSOR MINIMUM/MAXIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P05A1 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" POSITION SENSOR MINIMUM/MAXIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
P05A2 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P05A2 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
P05A6 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" SUPPLY VOLTAGE CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P05A6 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" SUPPLY VOLTAGE CIRCUIT/OPEN
P05C0 | ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER MODULE "A" OVER TEMPERATURE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P05C0 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER MODULE "A" OVER TEMPERATURE
P0604 | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
P0605 | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR
P0606 | CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0606 CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR
P060A | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MONITORING PROCESSOR PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P060A INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MONITORING PROCESSOR PERFORMANCE
P060B | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE A/D PROCESSING PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P060B INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE A/D PROCESSING PERFORMANCE
P0616 | STARTER RELAY "A" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0616 STARTER RELAY "A" CIRCUIT LOW
P0617 | STARTER RELAY "A" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0617 STARTER RELAY "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
P062D | FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P062D FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE BANK 1
P062F | INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE EEPROM ERROR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P062F INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE EEPROM ERROR
P065A | GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P065A GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
P0685 | ECM/PCM POWER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0685 ECM/PCM POWER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
P0700 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST) | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
P081A | STARTER DISABLE CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P081A STARTER DISABLE CIRCUIT LOW
P0851 | PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW
P0852 | PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
P0A3B | GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR OVER TEMPERATURE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0A3B GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR OVER TEMPERATURE
P1160 | THROTTLE RETURN SPRING | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1160 THROTTLE RETURN SPRING
P1192 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1192 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT LOW
P1193 | FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1193 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT HIGH
P1235 | HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1235 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
P1261 | CYLINDER 1 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1261 CYLINDER 1 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN
P1262 | CYLINDER 2 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1262 CYLINDER 2 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN
P1263 | CYLINDER 3 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1263 CYLINDER 3 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN
P1264 | CYLINDER 4 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1264 CYLINDER 4 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN
P1449 | EVAP SYSTEM CLOG DETECTED (AIR FILTER) | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1449 EVAP SYSTEM CLOG DETECTED (AIR FILTER)
P1451 | EVAP SYSTEM CLOG DETECTED (PIPE) | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1451 EVAP SYSTEM CLOG DETECTED (PIPE)
P1492 | COIL 1 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1492 COIL 1 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P1493 | COIL 1 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1493 COIL 1 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P1494 | COIL 2 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1494 COIL 2 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P1495 | COIL 2 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1495 COIL 2 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P1496 | COIL 3 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1496 COIL 3 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P1497 | COIL 3 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1497 COIL 3 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P1498 | COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1498 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P1499 | COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1499 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P1603 | ENGINE STALL HISTORY | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1603 ENGINE STALL HISTORY
P1604 | STARTABILITY MALFUNCTION | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1604 STARTABILITY MALFUNCTION
P162A | STARTER INTERLOCK INTERNAL CIRCUIT | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P162A STARTER INTERLOCK INTERNAL CIRCUIT
P1C00 | BATTERY MONITOR MODULE "A" PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1C00 BATTERY MONITOR MODULE "A" PERFORMANCE
P2004 | TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2004 TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 1
P2005 | TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2005 TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 2
P2006 | TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2006 TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 1
P2007 | TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2007 TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 2
P2008 | TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2008 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1
P2009 | TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2009 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1
P2011 | TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2011 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2
P2012 | TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2012 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2
P2016 | TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2016 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1
P2017 | TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2017 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1
P2021 | TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2021 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2
P2022 | TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2022 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2
P2096 | POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
P2097 | POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
P2101 | THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P2102 | THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW
P2103 | THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH
P2109 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR "A" MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR "A" MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
P2119 | THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL THROTTLE BODY RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2119 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL THROTTLE BODY RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P2122 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT LOW
P2123 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT HIGH
P2127 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT LOW
P2128 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT HIGH
P2135 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A"/"B" VOLTAGE CORRELATION | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A"/"B" VOLTAGE CORRELATION
P2138 | THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D"/"E" VOLTAGE CORRELATION | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D"/"E" VOLTAGE CORRELATION
P2183 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2183 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P2184 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2184 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW
P2185 | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2185 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH
P2195 | A/F /O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2195 A/F /O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P2196 | A/F /O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2196 A/F /O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1
P219C | CYLINDER 1 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P219C CYLINDER 1 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
P219D | CYLINDER 2 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P219D CYLINDER 2 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
P219E | CYLINDER 3 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P219E CYLINDER 3 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
P219F | CYLINDER 4 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P219F CYLINDER 4 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
P2270 | O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2270 O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P2271 | O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2 | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2271 O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2
P2401 | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2401 EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P2402 | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2402 EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P2404 | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP SENSE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2404 EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP SENSE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P2419 | EVAP SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2419 EVAP SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P2420 | EVAP SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2420 EVAP SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
P24B9 | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P24B9 EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P24BA | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P24BA EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
P24BB | EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P24BB EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
P2530 | IGNITION SWITCH RUN POSITION CIRCUIT | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2530 IGNITION SWITCH RUN POSITION CIRCUIT
P2610 | ECM/PCM ENGINE OFF TIMER PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2610 ECM/PCM ENGINE OFF TIMER PERFORMANCE
P2682 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2682 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
P26A3 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P26A3 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P26A5 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P26A5 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
P26A6 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P26A6 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
P26A7 | ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P26A7 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
U0073 | CONTROL MODULE COMMUNICATION BUS OFF | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0073 CONTROL MODULE COMMUNICATION BUS OFF
U0077 | LIN COMMUNICATION BUS "ECM/PCM" OFF | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0077 LIN COMMUNICATION BUS "ECM/PCM" OFF
U0101 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0101 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM
U0122 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0122 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE
U0131 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH POWER STEERING CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0131 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH POWER STEERING CONTROL MODULE
U0140 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH BODY CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0140 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH BODY CONTROL MODULE
U0151 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0151 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
U0155 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) CONTROL MODULE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0155 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) CONTROL MODULE
U0164 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HVAC CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0164 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HVAC CONTROL MODULE
U0284 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER MODULE "A" | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0284 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER MODULE "A"
U0402 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM TCM | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0402 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM TCM
U0416 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0416 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE
U0420 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM POWER STEERING CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0420 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM POWER STEERING CONTROL MODULE
U0422 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0422 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE
U0423 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER CONTROL MODULE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0423 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER CONTROL MODULE
U0424 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM HVAC CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0424 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM HVAC CONTROL MODULE
U0452 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0452 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
U1120 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUTOSTART STOP CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U1120 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUTOSTART STOP CONTROL MODULE
U1235 | LOST COMMUNICATION WITH EyeSight | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U1235 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH EyeSight
U1433 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM EyeSight | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U1433 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM EyeSight
U1469 | INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM AUTOSTART STOP CONTROL MODULE | LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U1469 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM AUTOSTART STOP CONTROL MODULE
U1712 | LOST LIN COMMUNICATION WITH BATTERY "1" MONITOR MODULE | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U1712 LOST LIN COMMUNICATION WITH BATTERY "1" MONITOR MODULE
U171F | LOST LIN COMMUNICATION WITH GENERATOR | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U171F LOST LIN COMMUNICATION WITH GENERATOR

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P000A "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0011. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0011 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the AVCS system malfunction.

Judge NG when the amount of AVCS actual timing advance does not approach to the amount of AVCS target timing advance.

2. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
AVCS control | In operation
|Target timing advance change amount (per 64 ms)| | Less than 3.2°CA
| VVT target angle | | More than 10°CA

3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously while AVCS is operating.

4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

When the differences of target timing advance amount and actual timing advance amount is calculated during AVCS control, and the difference per predetermined time is the specified value or larger.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established within the predetermined time.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Σ|(Target position − Actual position)| | More than 4000°CA (bank 1)
Σ|(Target position − Actual position)| | More than 4000°CA (bank 2)

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P000B "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0014. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0014 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the exhaust AVCS system malfunction.

Judge NG when the amount of exhaust AVCS actual timing advance does not approach the amount of exhaust AVCS target timing advance.

2. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Exhaust AVCS control | In operation
|Target timing advance change amount (per 64 ms)| | Less than 3.2°CA
| VVT target angle | | More than 10°CA

3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously when the engine speed increases and exhaust AVCS operates.

4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

When the differences of target timing advance amount and actual timing advance amount is calculated during exhaust AVCS control, and the difference per predetermined time is the specified value or larger.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established within the predetermined time.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Σ|(Target position − Actual position)| | More than 4000°CA (bank 1)
Σ|(Target position − Actual position)| | More than −4000°CA (bank 2)

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P000C "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0021. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0021 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC P000A. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P000A "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P000D "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0024. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0024 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC P000B. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P000B "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0010 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 99 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

3

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

3. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.

Measure the voltage between intake oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E38) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and intake oil control solenoid RH connector

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid RH.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 99 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E38) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

6

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 99 — (E38) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

7. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.

Check the intake oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

Replace the intake oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open/short circuit of oil control solenoid valve.

Judge as NG when the current is small even though the duty signal is large.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Oil control solenoid control duty | 99.61% or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Oil control solenoid control present current | Less than 0.306A

Time needed for diagnosis: 2000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0011 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

5

no

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
no

14

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.
no

6

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
9. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.
yes

11

no

10

10. CHECK OIL STRAINER.
no

12

yes
11. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
no

12

yes
12. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
no

13

yes
13. CHECK OIL PASSAGE BETWEEN OIL PUMP AND OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.
no

14

yes
14. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

15

15. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P000A and P0011 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Save the freeze frame data. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.

Check the engine oil condition.

- Check the following items.

  - Within the specified range in amount

  - Excessively dirty

  - Coagulated by additives

  - Use of oil of specified viscosity

Is the check result OK?

3

Adjust the oil amount, or replace the engine oil and engine oil filter. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

3

3. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Replace the intake oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

5.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

6.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Always keep on checking the data while reading out the diagnostic value because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

7.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] for the replaced oil control solenoid 1000 or more?

5

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 3.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2]?

5

Idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

14

5. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.

Check for a bend, damage and poor contact of harness and connector.

- Check the following items.

  - ECM FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSPECTION

  - Oil control solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

  - Camshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

  - Crankshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

6

Repair or replace faulty parts. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

6

6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid RH.

4.

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid RH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 99 — (E38) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

14

7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the intake camshaft position sensor RH.

2.

Measure the resistance between the intake camshaft position sensor RH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 78 — (E36) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor RH connector.

14

8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the crankshaft position sensor connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

14

9. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Check the engine oil pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Oil Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

11

10

10. CHECK OIL STRAINER.

Check the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan>INSPECTION

Does any foreign matter exist at the oil strainer in the oil pan?

Check and clean inside the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan

11

- Replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

  Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  12

11. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
1.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Check the oil path of the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSPECTION

- Check the O-rings in the following oil path and also check that no foreign matter exists.

  - Inlet of oil pump

  - Outlet of oil pump

  - Each O-ring in the path leading to left/right cylinder head

  - Oil control solenoid

  - Foreign matter exists

Is the check result OK?

12

Replace faulty parts. If there is any foreign matter, replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

12

12. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
1.

Remove the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Rotate the camshaft by hand to compare the rotational resistance of the four.

- Check the following items if there is a clearly faulty condition in the camshaft (bank 1) such as restriction or rotational resistance by comparing it with the rotational resistance of the camshaft (bank 2).

  - Foreign matter attached to camshaft

  - Damage of camshaft (scratching, galling, wear, etc.)

  - Check for consequence from improper rotation of cam journal bearing

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace the cam carrier and camshaft. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Camshaft

13

13. CHECK OIL PASSAGE BETWEEN OIL PUMP AND OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.

Visually check the following parts of the oil passage from the oil pump to the oil control solenoid to check obvious defectiveness such as foreign matter, clogging, etc.

- Oil passage in cam Carrier

- Oil passage on cylinder head side

- Oil passage at the joint between cam sprocket and camshaft

- Oil passage at the back of cam sprocket and the end of camshaft when the cam sprocket is removed

Refer to removal procedure of cam carrier in service manual. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>REMOVAL

Is the check result OK?

- Replace the cam sprocket. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  14

- Remove the foreign matter. Replace the cam carrier oil filter (reuse not allowed). MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  After servicing, idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

  14

14. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Keep on checking the data during inspection mode because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

5.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] 1000 or more?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

15

15. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 14.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2]?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

End.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the AVCS system malfunction.

Judge NG when the amount of AVCS actual timing advance does not approach to the amount of AVCS target timing advance.

EXECUTION CONDITION
Target error

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
AVCS control | In operation
| VVT target angle | | More than 10°CA

Intermediate lock position

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Engine speed | 500rpm or more
Elapsed time after starting the engine | More than 500ms and Value of Map or less

Map

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | −30 (−22) | −20 (−4) | −10 (14) | 0 (32) | 10 (50) | 20 (68) | 30 (86)
Elapsed time after starting the engine (ms) | 10000 | 10000 | 8000 | 5000 | 3500 | 3100 | 3100

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously while AVCS is operating.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

When the conditions during which the differences of AVCS target timing advance amount and AVCS actual timing advance amount is large continues for certain amount of time.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established within the predetermined time.

Judgment value (target error)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|(Target position − Actual position)| | More than 10°CA

Judgment value (intermediate lock position)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|(Target position − Actual position)| | More than 10°CA

Time needed for diagnosis:

Target error: 5000ms

Intermediate lock position: 2000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0013 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 108 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

3

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

3. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.

Measure the voltage between exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E63) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid RH.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 108 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid valve RH connector.

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E63) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

6

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 108 — (E63) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

7. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.

Check the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open/short circuit of oil control solenoid valve.

Judge as NG when the current is small even though the duty signal is large.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Oil control solenoid control duty | 99.61% or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Oil control solenoid control present current | Less than 0.306A

Time needed for diagnosis: 2000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0014 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

5

no

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
no

14

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.
no

6

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
9. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.
yes

11

no

10

10. CHECK OIL STRAINER.
no

12

yes
11. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
no

12

yes
12. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
no

13

yes
13. CHECK OIL PASSAGE BETWEEN OIL PUMP AND OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.
no

14

yes
14. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

15

15. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P000B and P0014 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Save the freeze frame data. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.

Check the engine oil condition.

- Check the following items.

  - Within the specified range in amount

  - Excessively dirty

  - Coagulated by additives

  - Use of oil of specified viscosity

Is the check result OK?

3

Adjust the oil amount, or replace the engine oil and engine oil filter. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

3

3. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

5.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

6.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Always keep on checking the data while reading out the diagnostic value because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

7.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] for the replaced oil control solenoid 1000 or more?

5

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 3.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2]?

5

Idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

14

5. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.

Check for a bend, damage and poor contact of harness and connector.

- Check the following items.

  - ECM FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSPECTION

  - Oil control solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

  - Camshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

  - Crankshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

6

Repair or replace faulty parts. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

6

6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid RH.

4.

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 108 — (E63) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

14

7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH.

2.

Measure the resistance between the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 65 — (E62) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector.

14

8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the crankshaft position sensor connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

14

9. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Check the engine oil pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Oil Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

11

10

10. CHECK OIL STRAINER.

Check the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan>INSPECTION

Does any foreign matter exist at the oil strainer in the oil pan?

Check and clean inside the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan

11

- Replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

  Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  12

11. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
1.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Check the oil path of the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSPECTION

- Check the O-rings in the following oil path and also check that no foreign matter exists.

  - Inlet of oil pump

  - Outlet of oil pump

  - Each O-ring in the path leading to left/right cylinder head

  - Oil control solenoid

  - Foreign matter exists

Is the check result OK?

12

Replace faulty parts. If there is any foreign matter, replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

12

12. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
1.

Remove the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Rotate the camshaft by hand to compare the rotational resistance of the four.

- Check the following items if there is a clearly faulty condition in the camshaft (bank 1) such as restriction or rotational resistance by comparing it with the rotational resistance of the camshaft (bank 2).

  - Foreign matter attached to camshaft

  - Damage of camshaft (scratching, galling, wear, etc.)

  - Check for consequence from improper rotation of cam journal bearing

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace the cam carrier and camshaft. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Camshaft

13

13. CHECK OIL PASSAGE BETWEEN OIL PUMP AND OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.

Visually check the following parts of the oil passage from the oil pump to the oil control solenoid to check obvious defectiveness such as foreign matter, clogging, etc.

- Oil passage in cam Carrier

- Oil passage on cylinder head side

- Oil passage at the joint between cam sprocket and camshaft

- Oil passage at the back of sprocket and the end of camshaft when the cam sprocket is removed

Refer to removal procedure of cam carrier in service manual. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>REMOVAL

Is the check result OK?

- Replace the cam sprocket. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  14

- Remove the foreign matter. Replace the cam carrier oil filter (reuse not allowed). MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  After servicing, idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

  14

14. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Keep on checking the data during inspection mode because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

5.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] 1000 or more?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

15

15. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 14.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2]?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

End.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the exhaust AVCS system malfunction.

Judge as NG when the conditions during which the differences of exhaust AVCS target timing advance amount and exhaust AVCS actual timing advance amount is large continues.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Exhaust AVCS control | In operation
| VVT target angle | | More than 10°CA

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously when the engine speed increases and exhaust AVCS operates.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

When the conditions during which the differences of exhaust AVCS target timing advance amount and exhaust AVCS actual timing advance amount is large continues for certain amount of time.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established within the predetermined time.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|(Target position − Actual position)| | More than 10°CA

Time needed for diagnosis: 5000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0016 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR A
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK TIMING CHAIN.
yes

15

no

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

6

no

5

5. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
no

15

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.
no

7

yes
7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
9. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
10. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.
yes

12

no

11

11. CHECK OIL STRAINER.
no

13

yes
12. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
no

13

yes
13. CHECK THE CAMSHAFT CONDITION.
no

14

yes
14. CHECK OIL PASSAGE FROM OIL PUMP TO OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.
no

15

yes
15. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0016 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Save the freeze frame data. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.

Check the engine oil condition.

- Check the following items.

  - Within the specified range in amount

  - Excessively dirty

  - Coagulated by additives

  - Use of oil of specified viscosity

Is the check result OK?

3

Adjust the oil amount, or replace the engine oil and engine oil filter. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter>REMOVAL

3

3. CHECK TIMING CHAIN.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

4.

Disconnect the connector of the intake oil control solenoid RH. (DTC will be set but this will not affect the inspection)

5.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

6.

Start monitoring of [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R] using Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

7.

Start the engine.

8.

Read [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R] within 10 seconds after engine is started.

The display will indicate [0] by judging the position as standard after 10 seconds elapse since the engine was started.

9.

Record the readings [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R].

10.

Stop the engine.

Is [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R] out of standard (0 deg) by ±10 deg or more within 10 seconds after starting?

Repair the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

15

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Replace the intake oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>REMOVAL

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

4.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

5.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Keep on checking the data during inspection mode because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

6.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] for the replaced oil control solenoid 1000 or more?

6

5

5. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 4.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2]?

6

Idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

15

6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.

Check for a bend, damage and poor contact of harness and connector.

- Check the following items.

  - ECM FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSPECTION

  - Oil control solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

  - Camshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

  - Crankshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

7

Repair or replace faulty parts. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

7

7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid RH.

4.

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid RH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 99 — (E38) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

15

8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the intake camshaft position sensor RH.

2.

Measure the resistance between the intake camshaft position sensor RH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 78 — (E36) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor RH connector.

15

9. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the crankshaft position sensor connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

10

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

15

10. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Check the engine oil pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Oil Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

12

11

11. CHECK OIL STRAINER.

Check the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan>INSPECTION

Does any foreign matter exist at the oil strainer in the oil pan?

Check and clean inside the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan

12

- Replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

  Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  13

12. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
1.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Assembly

2.

Check the oil path of the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSPECTION

- Check the O-rings in the following oil path and also check that no foreign matter exists.

  - Inlet of oil pump

  - Outlet of oil pump

  - Each O-ring in the path leading to left/right cylinder head

  - Oil control solenoid

  - Foreign matter exists

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace faulty parts. If there is any foreign matter, replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

13

13. CHECK THE CAMSHAFT CONDITION.
1.

Remove the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

2.

Rotate the camshaft by hand to compare the rotational resistance of the four.

- Check the following items if there is a clearly faulty condition in the camshaft (bank 1) such as restriction or rotational resistance by comparing it with the rotational resistance of the camshaft (bank 2).

  - Foreign matter attached to camshaft

  - Damage of camshaft (scratching, galling, wear, etc.)

  - Check for consequence from improper rotation of cam journal bearing

Is the check result OK?

14

Replace the cam carrier and camshaft. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>REMOVAL MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Camshaft>REMOVAL

14

14. CHECK OIL PASSAGE FROM OIL PUMP TO OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.

Visually check the following parts of the oil passage from the oil pump to the oil control solenoid to check obvious defectiveness such as foreign matter, clogging, etc.

- Oil passage in cam Carrier

- Oil passage on cylinder head side

- Oil passage at the joint between cam sprocket and camshaft

- Oil passage at the back of cam sprocket and the end of camshaft when the cam sprocket is removed

Refer to removal procedure of cam carrier in service manual. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

Is the check result OK?

- Replace the cam sprocket. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  15

- Remove the foreign matter. Replace the cam carrier oil filter (reuse not allowed). MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  After servicing, idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

  15

15. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [VVT Initial Position Learning Value #1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

Find the sum value of read [VVT Initial Position Learning Value #1] and [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R] recorded in step 3.

Is the sum value within standard?

Standard:

45 — 74

ECM is good; finish the diagnosis.

Replace the ECM and perform the corresponding inspection mode. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode When DTC is not displayed, end the diagnosis.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the AVCS system malfunction.

Judge as NG when standard timing advance amount is far from learning angle.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
AVCS position learning | In operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after starting engine and while AVCS is not operating.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the absolute value of the difference between cam signal input position and learning value is out of specification.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Crankshaft position when camshaft position sensor signal is input − Learning value| | More than 10°CA

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Camshaft position sensor signal input position (Bank 1) | Less than 29.68 °CA or More than 88.74 °CA
Camshaft position sensor signal input position (Bank 2) | Less than 30.03 °CA or More than 88.15 °CA

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

Initial standard learning value is the value of crank angle initially input at the production plant. And then it will be updated every time normal judgment has been completed. Learning value will not be updated if NG judgment occurs because timing chain derails suddenly in process or because wrong assembly occurs during servicing.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0017 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR B
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK TIMING CHAIN.
yes

15

no

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

6

no

5

5. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
no

15

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.
no

7

yes
7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
9. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
10. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.
yes

12

no

11

11. CHECK OIL STRAINER.
no

13

yes
12. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
no

13

yes
13. CHECK THE CAMSHAFT CONDITION.
no

14

yes
14. CHECK OIL PASSAGE FROM OIL PUMP TO OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.
no

15

yes
15. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0017 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Save the freeze frame data. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.

Check the engine oil condition.

- Check the following items.

  - Within the specified range in amount

  - Excessively dirty

  - Coagulated by additives

  - Use of oil of specified viscosity

Is the check result OK?

3

Adjust the oil amount, or replace the engine oil and engine oil filter. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter>REMOVAL

3

3. CHECK TIMING CHAIN.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

4.

Disconnect the connector of the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. (DTC will be set but this will not affect the inspection)

5.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

6.

Start monitoring of [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R] using Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

7.

Start the engine.

8.

Read [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R] within 10 seconds after engine is started.

The display will indicate [0] by judging the position as standard after 10 seconds elapse since the engine was started.

9.

Record the readings [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R].

10.

Stop the engine.

Is [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R] out of standard (0 deg) by ±10 deg or more within 10 seconds after starting?

Repair the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

15

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>REMOVAL

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

4.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

5.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Keep on checking the data during inspection mode because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

6.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] for the replaced oil control solenoid 1000 or more?

6

5

5. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 4.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2]?

6

Idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

15

6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.

Check for a bend, damage and poor contact of harness and connector.

- Check the following items.

  - ECM FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSPECTION

  - Oil control solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

  - Camshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

  - Crankshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

7

Repair or replace faulty parts. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

7

7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid RH.

4.

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 108 — (E63) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

15

8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH.

2.

Measure the resistance between the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 65 — (E62) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector.

15

9. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the crankshaft position sensor connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

10

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

15

10. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Check the engine oil pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Oil Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

12

11

11. CHECK OIL STRAINER.

Check the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan>INSPECTION

Does any foreign matter exist at the oil strainer in the oil pan?

Check and clean inside the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan

12

- Replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

  Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  13

12. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
1.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Assembly

2.

Check the oil path of the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSPECTION

- Check the O-rings in the following oil path and also check that no foreign matter exists.

  - Inlet of oil pump

  - Outlet of oil pump

  - Each O-ring in the path leading to left/right cylinder head

  - Oil control solenoid

  - Foreign matter exists

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace faulty parts. If there is any foreign matter, replace the chain cover with a new one. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>REMOVAL

13

13. CHECK THE CAMSHAFT CONDITION.
1.

Remove the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

2.

Rotate the camshaft by hand to compare the rotational resistance of the four.

- Check the following items if there is a clearly faulty condition in the camshaft (bank 1) such as restriction or rotational resistance by comparing it with the rotational resistance of the camshaft (bank 2).

  - Foreign matter attached to camshaft

  - Damage of camshaft (scratching, galling, wear, etc.)

  - Check for consequence from improper rotation of cam journal bearing

Is the check result OK?

14

Replace the cam carrier and camshaft. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>REMOVAL MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Camshaft>REMOVAL

14

14. CHECK OIL PASSAGE FROM OIL PUMP TO OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.

Visually check the following parts of the oil passage from the oil pump to the oil control solenoid to check obvious defectiveness such as foreign matter, clogging, etc.

- Oil passage in cam Carrier

- Oil passage on cylinder head side

- Oil passage at the joint between cam sprocket and camshaft

- Oil passage at the back of cam sprocket and the end of camshaft when the cam sprocket is removed

Refer to removal procedure of cam carrier in service manual. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

Is the check result OK?

- Replace the cam sprocket. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  15

- Remove the foreign matter. Replace the cam carrier oil filter (reuse not allowed). MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  After servicing, idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

  15

15. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [VVT Ex Initial Position Learning Value #1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

Find the sum value of read [VVT Ex Initial Position Learning Value #1] and [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R] recorded in step 3.

Is the sum value within standard?

Standard:

73 — 104

ECM is good; finish the diagnosis.

Replace the ECM and perform the corresponding inspection mode. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode When DTC is not displayed, end the diagnosis.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the exhaust AVCS system malfunction.

Judge as NG when standard timing advance amount is far from learning angle.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Exhaust AVCS position learning | In operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously while the exhaust AVCS is not operating after warming up.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the absolute value of the difference between cam signal input position and learning value is out of specification.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Crankshaft position when camshaft position sensor signal is input − Learning value| | More than 10°CA

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Camshaft position sensor signal input position (Bank 1) | Less than 61.05°CA or More than 117.87°CA
Camshaft position sensor signal input position (Bank 2) | Less than 60.1°CA or More than 117.86°CA

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

Initial standard learning value is the value of crank angle initially input at the production plant. And then it will be updated every time normal judgment has been completed. Learning value will not be updated if NG judgment occurs because timing chain derails suddenly in process or because wrong assembly occurs during servicing.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0018 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 2 SENSOR A
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK TIMING CHAIN.
yes

15

no

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

6

no

5

5. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
no

15

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.
no

7

yes
7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
9. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
10. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.
yes

12

no

11

11. CHECK OIL STRAINER.
no

13

yes
12. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
no

13

yes
13. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
no

14

yes
14. CHECK OIL PASSAGE FROM OIL PUMP TO OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.
no

15

yes
15. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0018 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Save the freeze frame data. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.

Check the engine oil condition.

- Check the following items.

  - Within the specified range in amount

  - Excessively dirty

  - Coagulated by additives

  - Use of oil of specified viscosity

Is the check result OK?

3

Adjust the oil amount, or replace the engine oil and engine oil filter. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter>REMOVAL

3

3. CHECK TIMING CHAIN.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

4.

Disconnect the connector of the intake oil control solenoid LH. (DTC will be set but this will not affect the inspection)

5.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

6.

Start monitoring of [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L] using Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

7.

Start the engine.

8.

Read [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L] within 10 seconds after engine is started.

The display will indicate [0] by judging the position as standard after 10 seconds elapse since the engine was started.

9.

Record the readings [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L].

10.

Stop the engine.

Is [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L] out of standard (0 deg) by ±10 deg or more within 10 seconds after starting?

Repair the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

15

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Replace the intake oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>REMOVAL

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

4.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

5.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Keep on checking the data during inspection mode because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

6.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] for the replaced oil control solenoid 1000 or more?

6

5

5. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 4.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1]?

6

Idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

15

6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.

Check for a bend, damage and poor contact of harness and connector.

- Check the following items.

  - ECM FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSPECTION

  - Oil control solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

  - Camshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

  - Crankshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

7

Repair or replace faulty parts. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

7

7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid LH.

4.

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid LH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 100 — (E37) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

15

8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from intake camshaft position sensor LH.

2.

Measure the resistance between the intake camshaft position sensor LH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 77 — (E35) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor LH connector.

15

9. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the crankshaft position sensor connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

10

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

15

10. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Check the engine oil pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Oil Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

12

11

11. CHECK OIL STRAINER.

Check the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan>INSPECTION

Does any foreign matter exist at the oil strainer in the oil pan?

Check and clean inside the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan

12

- Replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

  Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  13

12. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
1.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Assembly

2.

Check the oil path of the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSPECTION

- Check the O-rings in the following oil path and also check that no foreign matter exists.

  - Inlet of oil pump

  - Outlet of oil pump

  - Each O-ring in the path leading to left/right cylinder head

  - Oil control solenoid

  - Foreign matter exists

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace faulty parts. If there is any foreign matter, replace the chain cover with a new one. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>REMOVAL

13

13. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
1.

Remove the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

2.

Rotate the camshaft by hand to compare the rotational resistance of the four.

- Check the following items if there is a clearly faulty condition in the camshaft (bank 2) such as restriction or rotational resistance by comparing it with the rotational resistance of the camshaft (bank 1).

  - Foreign matter attached to camshaft

  - Damage of camshaft (scratching, galling, wear, etc.)

  - Check for consequence from improper rotation of cam journal bearing

Is the check result OK?

14

Replace the cam carrier and camshaft. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>REMOVAL MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Camshaft>REMOVAL

14

14. CHECK OIL PASSAGE FROM OIL PUMP TO OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.

Visually check the following parts of the oil passage from the oil pump to the oil control solenoid to check obvious defectiveness such as foreign matter, clogging, etc.

- Oil passage in cam Carrier

- Oil passage on cylinder head side

- Oil passage at the joint between cam sprocket and camshaft

- Oil passage at the back of cam sprocket and the end of camshaft when the cam sprocket is removed

Refer to removal procedure of cam carrier in service manual. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

Is the check result OK?

- Replace the cam sprocket. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  15

- Remove the foreign matter. Replace the cam carrier oil filter (reuse not allowed). MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  After servicing, idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

  15

15. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [VVT Initial Position Learning Value #2].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

Find the sum value of read [VVT Initial Position Learning Value #2] and [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L] recorded in step 3.

Is the sum value within standard?

Standard:

45 — 74

ECM is good; finish the diagnosis.

Replace the ECM and perform the corresponding inspection mode. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode When DTC is not displayed, end the diagnosis.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0016. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0016 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR A

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0019 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 2 SENSOR B
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK TIMING CHAIN.
yes

15

no

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

6

no

5

5. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
no

15

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.
no

7

yes
7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
9. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

15

yes
10. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.
yes

12

no

11

11. CHECK OIL STRAINER.
no

13

yes
12. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
no

13

yes
13. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
no

14

yes
14. CHECK OIL PASSAGE FROM OIL PUMP TO OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.
no

15

yes
15. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0019 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Save the freeze frame data. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.

Check the engine oil condition.

- Check the following items.

  - Within the specified range in amount

  - Excessively dirty

  - Coagulated by additives

  - Use of oil of specified viscosity

Is the check result OK?

3

Adjust the oil amount, or replace the engine oil and engine oil filter. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter>REMOVAL

3

3. CHECK TIMING CHAIN.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

4.

Disconnect the connector of the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. (DTC will be set but this will not affect the inspection)

5.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

6.

Start monitoring of [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L] using Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

7.

Start the engine.

8.

Read [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L] within 10 seconds after engine is started.

The display will indicate [0] by judging the position as standard after 10 seconds elapse since the engine was started.

9.

Record the readings [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L].

10.

Stop the engine.

Is [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L] out of standard (0 deg) by ±10 deg or more within 10 seconds after starting?

Repair the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

15

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>REMOVAL

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

4.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

5.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Keep on checking the data during inspection mode because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

6.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] for the replaced oil control solenoid 1000 or more?

6

5

5. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 4.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1]?

6

Idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

15

6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.

Check for a bend, damage and poor contact of harness and connector.

- Check the following items.

  - ECM FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSPECTION

  - Oil control solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

  - Camshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

  - Crankshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

7

Repair or replace faulty parts. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

7

7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid LH.

4.

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 109 — (E66) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

15

8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from exhaust camshaft position sensor LH.

2.

Measure the resistance between the exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 64 — (E65) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector.

15

9. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the crankshaft position sensor connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

10

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

15

10. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Check the engine oil pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Oil Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

12

11

11. CHECK OIL STRAINER.

Check the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan>INSPECTION

Does any foreign matter exist at the oil strainer in the oil pan?

Check and clean inside the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan

12

- Replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

  Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  13

12. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
1.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Assembly

2.

Check the oil path of the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSPECTION

- Check the O-rings in the following oil path and also check that no foreign matter exists.

  - Inlet of oil pump

  - Outlet of oil pump

  - Each O-ring in the path leading to left/right cylinder head

  - Oil control solenoid

  - Foreign matter exists

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace faulty parts. If there is any foreign matter, replace the chain cover with a new one. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>REMOVAL

13

13. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
1.

Remove the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

2.

Rotate the camshaft by hand to compare the rotational resistance of the four.

- Check the following items if there is a clearly faulty condition in the camshaft (bank 2) such as restriction or rotational resistance by comparing it with the rotational resistance of the camshaft (bank 1).

  - Foreign matter attached to camshaft

  - Damage of camshaft (scratching, galling, wear, etc.)

Is the check result OK?

14

Replace the cam carrier and camshaft. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>REMOVAL MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Camshaft>REMOVAL

14

14. CHECK OIL PASSAGE FROM OIL PUMP TO OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.

Visually check the following parts of the oil passage from the oil pump to the oil control solenoid to check obvious defectiveness such as foreign matter, clogging, etc.

- Oil passage in cam Carrier

- Oil passage on cylinder head side

- Oil passage at the joint between cam sprocket and camshaft

- Oil passage at the back of cam sprocket and the end of camshaft when the cam sprocket is removed

Refer to removal procedure of cam carrier in service manual. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

Is the check result OK?

- Replace the cam sprocket. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  15

- Remove the foreign matter. Replace the cam carrier oil filter (reuse not allowed). MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  After servicing, idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

  15

15. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [VVT Ex Initial Position Learning Value #2].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

Find the sum value of read [VVT Ex Initial Position Learning Value #2] and [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L] recorded in step 3.

Is the sum value within standard?

Standard:

73 — 104

ECM is good; finish the diagnosis.

Replace the ECM and perform the corresponding inspection mode. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode When DTC is not displayed, end the diagnosis.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0017. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0017 CRANKSHAFT POSITION - CAMSHAFT POSITION CORRELATION BANK 1 SENSOR B

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0020 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 100 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

3

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

3. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.

Measure the voltage between intake oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E37) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and intake oil control solenoid LH connector

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil flow control solenoid LH.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 100 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and intake oil flow control solenoid LH connector.

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E37) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

6

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 100 — (E37) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

7. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.

Check the intake oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

Replace the intake oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0010. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0010 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0021 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

5

no

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
no

14

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.
no

6

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
9. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.
yes

11

no

10

10. CHECK OIL STRAINER.
no

12

yes
11. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
no

12

yes
12. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
no

13

yes
13. CHECK OIL PASSAGE BETWEEN OIL PUMP AND OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.
no

14

yes
14. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

15

15. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P000C and P0021 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Save the freeze frame data. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Freeze Frame Data

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.

Check the engine oil condition.

- Check the following items.

  - Within the specified range in amount

  - Excessively dirty

  - Coagulated by additives

  - Use of oil of specified viscosity

Is the check result OK?

3

Adjust the oil amount, or replace the engine oil and engine oil filter. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

3

3. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Replace the intake oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

5.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

6.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Always keep on checking the data while reading out the diagnostic value because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

7.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] for the replaced oil control solenoid 1000 or more?

5

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 3.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1]?

5

Idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

14

5. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.

Check for a bend, damage and poor contact of harness and connector.

- Check the following items.

  - ECM FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSPECTION

  - Oil control solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

  - Camshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

  - Crankshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

6

Repair or replace faulty parts. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

6

6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid LH.

4.

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid LH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 100 — (E37) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

14

7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from intake camshaft position sensor LH.

2.

Measure the resistance between the intake camshaft position sensor LH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 77 — (E35) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor LH connector.

14

8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the crankshaft position sensor connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

14

9. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Check the engine oil pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Oil Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

11

10

10. CHECK OIL STRAINER.

Check the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan>INSPECTION

Does any foreign matter exist at the oil strainer in the oil pan?

Check and clean inside the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan

11

- Replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

  Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  12

11. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
1.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Check the oil path of the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSPECTION

- Check the O-rings in the following oil path and also check that no foreign matter exists.

  - Inlet of oil pump

  - Outlet of oil pump

  - Each O-ring in the path leading to left/right cylinder head

  - Oil control solenoid

  - Foreign matter exists

Is the check result OK?

12

Replace faulty parts. If there is any foreign matter, replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

12

12. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
1.

Remove the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Rotate the camshaft by hand to compare the rotational resistance of the four.

- Check the following items if there is a clearly faulty condition in the camshaft (bank 2) such as restriction or rotational resistance by comparing it with the rotational resistance of the camshaft (bank 1).

  - Foreign matter attached to camshaft

  - Damage of camshaft (scratching, galling, wear, etc.)

  - Check for consequence from improper rotation of cam journal bearing

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace the cam carrier and camshaft. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Camshaft

13

13. CHECK OIL PASSAGE BETWEEN OIL PUMP AND OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.

Visually check the following parts of the oil passage from the oil pump to the oil control solenoid to check obvious defectiveness such as foreign matter, clogging, etc.

- Oil passage in cam Carrier

- Oil passage on cylinder head side

- Oil passage at the joint between cam sprocket and camshaft

- Oil passage at the back of sprocket and the end of camshaft when the cam sprocket is removed

Refer to removal procedure of cam carrier in service manual. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>REMOVAL

Is the check result OK?

- Replace the cam sprocket. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  14

- Remove the foreign matter. Replace the cam carrier oil filter (reuse not allowed). MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  After servicing, idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

  14

14. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Keep on checking the data during inspection mode because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

5.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] 1000 or more?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

15

15. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 14.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1]?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

End.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0011. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0011 "A" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0023 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 109 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

3

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

3. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.

Measure the voltage between exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E66) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid LH.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 109 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E66) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

6

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 109 — (E66) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

7. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.

Check the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0013. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0013 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0024 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

5

no

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
no

14

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.
no

6

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

14

yes
9. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.
yes

11

no

10

10. CHECK OIL STRAINER.
no

12

yes
11. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
no

12

yes
12. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
no

13

yes
13. CHECK OIL PASSAGE BETWEEN OIL PUMP AND OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.
no

14

yes
14. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

15

15. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P000D and P0024 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Save the freeze frame data. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Freeze Frame Data

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONDITION.

Check the engine oil condition.

- Check the following items.

  - Within the specified range in amount

  - Excessively dirty

  - Coagulated by additives

  - Use of oil of specified viscosity

Is the check result OK?

3

Adjust the oil amount, or replace the engine oil and engine oil filter. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

3

3. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

5.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

6.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Always keep on checking the data while reading out the diagnostic value because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

7.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] for the replaced oil control solenoid 1000 or more?

5

4

4. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 3.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1]?

5

Idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

14

5. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR.

Check for a bend, damage and poor contact of harness and connector.

- Check the following items.

  - ECM FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>INSPECTION

  - Oil control solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

  - Camshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

  - Crankshaft position sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

6

Repair or replace faulty parts. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

6

6. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid LH.

4.

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 109 — (E66) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

14

7. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from exhaust camshaft position sensor LH.

2.

Measure the resistance between the exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 64 — (E65) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector.

14

8. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the crankshaft position sensor connector and ECM connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

14

9. CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.

Check the engine oil pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Oil Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

11

10

10. CHECK OIL STRAINER.

Check the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan>INSPECTION

Does any foreign matter exist at the oil strainer in the oil pan?

Check and clean inside the oil strainer. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Pan

11

- Replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

  Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  12

11. CHECK OIL PATH OF CHAIN COVER.
1.

Remove the engine from the vehicle. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Engine Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Check the oil path of the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSPECTION

- Check the O-rings in the following oil path and also check that no foreign matter exists.

  - Inlet of oil pump

  - Outlet of oil pump

  - Each O-ring in the path leading to left/right cylinder head

  - Oil control solenoid

  - Foreign matter exists

Is the check result OK?

12

Replace faulty parts. If there is any foreign matter, replace the chain cover. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover

12

12. CHECK CAMSHAFT.
1.

Remove the timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Rotate the camshaft by hand to compare the rotational resistance of the four.

- Check the following items if there is a clearly faulty condition in the camshaft (bank 2) such as restriction or rotational resistance by comparing it with the rotational resistance of the camshaft (bank 1).

  - Foreign matter attached to camshaft

  - Damage of camshaft (scratching, galling, wear, etc.)

  - Check for consequence from improper rotation of cam journal bearing

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace the cam carrier and camshaft. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Camshaft

13

13. CHECK OIL PASSAGE BETWEEN OIL PUMP AND OIL CONTROL SOLENOID.

Visually check the following parts of the oil passage from the oil pump to the oil control solenoid to check obvious defectiveness such as foreign matter, clogging, etc.

- Oil passage in cam Carrier

- Oil passage on cylinder head side

- Oil passage at the joint between cam sprocket and camshaft

- Oil passage at the back of sprocket and the end of camshaft when the sprocket is removed

Refer to removal procedure of cam carrier in service manual. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>REMOVAL

Is the check result OK?

- Replace the sprocket. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  14

- Remove the foreign matter. Replace the cam carrier oil filter (reuse not allowed). MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier

  - Overuse of liquid gasket may cause a malfunction when installing the chain cover. Use one specified in the service manual with an appropriate amount (line diameter) of application. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Chain Cover>INSTALLATION

  - Make sure that the insertion amount of oil filter matches the surface of cam carrier. (Do not over-insert) MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Carrier>ASSEMBLY

  After servicing, idle the engine for 5 minutes, and then replace the oil filter and engine oil (flushing). LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Oil Filter

  14

14. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Perform the inspection mode T. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Read the values in [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] according to the reading out procedure of MODE $06 using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool>OPERATION > MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

- Performing inspection mode needs a driver along with a checker who should check the data.

- When performing inspection mode on a public road, pay sufficient attention to the traffic condition and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- Perform the inspection mode again without stopping the engine because the diagnosis is not completed yet when the diagnostic value indicates 0.

- Keep on checking the data during inspection mode because the diagnostic value is repeatedly updated.

5.

Record the read values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2].

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] 1000 or more?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

15

15. CHECK ON-BOARD MONITOR TEST RESULT.

Compare the values of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] and [VVT Monitor Bank 2] recorded in step 14.

Is the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 2] 1000 or less and more than (the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1] × 1.5 + 100) compared with the value of [VVT Monitor Bank 1]?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

End.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0014. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0014 "B" CAMSHAFT POSITION - TIMING OVER-ADVANCED OR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0030 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Start and warm up the engine.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

3.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

4.

Disconnect the connector from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

5.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — (B379) No. 3:

(E158) No. 4 — (B379) No. 4:

(E158) No. 88 — (B379) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

2. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

3

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect functional errors of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater.

Judge as NG when it is determined that the front oxygen (A/F) sensor impedance is large when looking at engine status such as deceleration fuel cut.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Element cover (outer) | (3) | Sensor element | (4) | Sensor housing
(2) | Element cover (inner) |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
(A/F sensor heater control duty | More than 15%
duration) | 25000ms or more
Elapsed time after returning from the fuel cut | 20000ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously when 20000ms have elapsed since the fuel cut was initiated after starting the heater control.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor impedance | More than 75Ω

Time needed for diagnosis: 10000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0031 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM (OPEN CIRCUIT).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Blown out of fuse

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 88 — (B379) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

- In this case, repair the following item:

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM (OPEN CIRCUIT).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 70 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 71 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 72 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit in the front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater.

Judge as NG, when the element voltage is out of the specified range.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Battery voltage | (C) | 128 ms | (D) | Low error
(B) | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater output voltage |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater control duty | Less than 87.5%

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 2.3 V

Time needed for diagnosis: 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0032 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM (OPEN CIRCUIT).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 88 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

2

2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM (OPEN CIRCUIT).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 70 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 71 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 72 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit in the front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater.

Judge as NG, when the element voltage is out of the specified range.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Battery voltage | (C) | 128 ms | (D) | High error
(B) | Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater output voltage |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater control duty | More than 12.5%

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 2.6 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0037 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM (OPEN CIRCUIT).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B19) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and rear oxygen sensor connector

  - Blown out of fuse

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 22 — (B19) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM (OPEN CIRCUIT).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 70 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 71 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 72 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.

Check the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open circuit or short circuit in the rear oxygen sensor heater.

The rear oxygen sensor heater performs duty control, and the output terminal voltage at ON is 0 V, and the output terminal voltage at OFF is the battery voltage.

Judge as NG when the terminal voltage remains Low.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Battery voltage | (C) | 256 ms (cycles) | (D) | Low error
(B) | Output voltage of the rear oxygen sensor heater |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Rear oxygen sensor heater control duty | Less than 75%

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

After starting the engine, perform the diagnosis continuously when engine is low speed.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Battery voltage × 0.47 or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 10 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0038 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM (OPEN CIRCUIT).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 22 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

2

2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM (OPEN CIRCUIT).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 70 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 71 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 72 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit in the rear oxygen sensor heater.

The rear oxygen sensor heater performs duty control, and the output terminal voltage at ON is 0 V, and the output terminal voltage at OFF is the battery voltage.

Judge as NG when the terminal voltage remains High.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Battery voltage | (C) | 256 ms (cycles) | (D) | High error
(B) | Output voltage of the rear oxygen sensor heater |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Rear oxygen sensor heater control duty | 25% or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

After starting the engine, perform the diagnosis continuously when engine is low speed.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Battery voltage × 0.11 or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2.56 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system.

2

2. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mani. Absolute Pressure].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mani. Absolute Pressure] 73.3 — 106.6 kPa (550 — 800 mmHg, 21.6 — 31.5 inHg, 10.6 — 15.5 psi) at ignition ON, and 20 — 46.7 kPa (150 — 350 mmHg, 5.91 — 13.79 inHg, 2.9 — 6.8 psi) at idling?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect problems in the intake manifold pressure sensor output properties.

Judge as NG when the intake manifold pressure AD value is Low whereas it seemed to be High from the viewpoint of engine condition, or when it is High whereas it seemed to be Low from the engine condition.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Output voltage | (B) | Absolute pressure |  |
(1) | Manifold absolute pressure sensor

EXECUTION CONDITION
Low

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Engine speed | Less than 3000rpm
Engine load (with atmospheric pressure compensation) | More than 0.75g/rev (0.03oz/rev)
Throttle position | 13.7° or more

High

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Engine speed | 500rpm — 2500rpm
Engine load (with atmospheric pressure compensation) | Less than 0.25g/rev (0.01oz/rev)
Throttle position | Less than 3.9°
EGR monitoring status | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after idling.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when Low side or High side becomes NG.

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (Low)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 2.108V

Judgment value (High)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 2.108V or more

Time needed for diagnosis:

Low side: 5000ms

High side: 5000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0071 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0071 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Ambient Air Temperature] for [Air Conditioner].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

2.

Read the change of the value in [Ambient Air Temperature] while heating and cooling the ambient sensor using a hair dryer.

Do not heat the part to the temperature where you cannot touch it with your bare hand in order to prevent burning yourself and protect the part.

Does the value of [Ambient Air Temperature] change between heating and cooling?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the ambient sensor. AIR CONDITIONER>Ambient Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of ambient temperature sensor characteristics.

After the engine starts for the first time after the specified period of soaking time has elapsed, judge by correlation between ambient temperature sensor value, intake air temperature sensor value and engine coolant temperature sensor 2 value. Judge as NG when the differences are both above the specified value by comparing between ambient air temperature and intake air temperature, ambient air temperature and engine coolant temperature sensor 2.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Ambient temperature sensor is connected to combination meter. ECM receives the data of ambient temperature sensor via CAN communication with combination meter.

(1) | Ambient sensor | (2) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (3) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Soaking time | 21600s or more
Block heater judgment | Completed
Block heater operation | Not in operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after the engine starts after a certain period of soaking time.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Ambient air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start − Intake air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start| | More than value of Map
|Ambient air temperature at first engine start − Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 at first engine start| | More than 24°C (43°F)

Map

Ambient temperature (°C (°F)) | −30 (−22) | 45 (113) | 60 (140) | 80 (176)
|Ambient air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start − Intake air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start| (°C (°F)) | 20 (36) | 20 (36) | 32 (57.6) | 32 (57.6)

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0072 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P0072 or P0073 displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER.

Check the combination meter system. COMBINATION METER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Repair the combination meter system. INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO>Combination Meter

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of ambient temperature sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Ambient temperature sensor is connected to combination meter. ECM receives the data of ambient temperature sensor via CAN communication with combination meter.

(1) | Ambient sensor | (2) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (3) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.42 V

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0073 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" HIGH

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0072. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0072 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT "A" LOW

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of ambient temperature sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Ambient temperature sensor is connected to combination meter. ECM receives the data of ambient temperature sensor via CAN communication with combination meter.

(1) | Ambient sensor | (2) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (3) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | More than 4.88 V

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0087 FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO LOW BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

- Poor acceleration

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FOR FUEL DELIVERY LINE LEAKAGE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK EXPERIENCE OF RUNNING OUT OF FUEL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

7

yes
5. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE (LOW PRESSURE SIDE).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK FOR FUEL DELIVERY LINE LEAKAGE (HIGH PRESSURE SIDE).
no

9

yes
8. CHECK HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK FOR REPRODUCTION OF FAILURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
10. CHECK FOR REPRODUCTION OF FAILURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
11. CHECK FOR FUEL DELIVERY LINE LEAKAGE (HIGH PRESSURE SIDE).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK FOR FUEL DELIVERY LINE LEAKAGE.

Visually check the fuel delivery line for leakage.

- When checking fuel delivery line during engine operation, be very careful so that one’s hair, body and clothes do not touch the rotating part in the engine compartment.

- If there is fuel leakage, the fuel can be combusted spontaneously by the engine heat, resulting in serious accident. Therefore, take extra care.

- Prepare the necessary fire-extinguishing appliance for immediate fire fighting in case of fire.

Concerning the section where visible inspection is difficult, the fuel odor provides a good indication of determining the fuel leakage.

Are there leaks from the fuel delivery line?

Replace the faulty fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

2

2. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0087 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

3

3. CHECK EXPERIENCE OF RUNNING OUT OF FUEL.

Check if there was an experience of running out of fuel using “Check List for Interview”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Check List for Interview>CHECK > CHECK LIST NO. 2

Has the vehicle experienced running out of fuel?

- Finish the diagnosis.

  DTC may be stored by running out of fuel.

4

4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] and [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A] when racing the engine.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] synchronized with that of [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A]?

5

- The value in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] does not increase: 7

- The value in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] does not change: Replace the fuel pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure Sensor

5. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [Fuel Pump Relay] of [Active Test].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Help” of application.

3.

Check for operating sound in the fuel pump according to ON/OFF switching operation.

Does the fuel pump emit operating sound?

6

Check fuel pump circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

6. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE (LOW PRESSURE SIDE).

Check the fuel pressure on low-pressure side. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

7

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

7. CHECK FOR FUEL DELIVERY LINE LEAKAGE (HIGH PRESSURE SIDE).
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the change in values of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] when stopping the engine.

- In order to maintain the communication with Subaru Select Monitor, turn the ignition switch to OFF, and immediately turn it to ON.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] decrease rapidly?

8

9

8. CHECK HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP.

Check the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump

Is the check result OK?

9

Replace the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump

9. CHECK FOR REPRODUCTION OF FAILURE.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P0087 displayed? (Current malfunction)

- Replace the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump After replacement, go to the next step. 10

  When the high-pressure fuel pump has been replaced in step 8, go to the next step without replacing the high-pressure fuel pump. 11

End.

10. CHECK FOR REPRODUCTION OF FAILURE.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

2.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P0087 displayed? (Current malfunction)

11

End.

11. CHECK FOR FUEL DELIVERY LINE LEAKAGE (HIGH PRESSURE SIDE).
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the change in values of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] when stopping the engine.

- In order to maintain the communication with Subaru Select Monitor, turn the ignition switch to OFF, and immediately turn it to ON.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] decrease rapidly?

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0088. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0088 FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO HIGH BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0088 FUEL RAIL/SYSTEM PRESSURE - TOO HIGH BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Poor driving performance

- Poor acceleration

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FOR REPRODUCTION OF FAILURE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0088 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using Subaru Select Monitor, read the values of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] and [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A] while the vehicle is accelerated from the parked state to 60 km/h (37.3 MPH) and stops again.

- Follow traffic rules and give the highest priority to safe driving.

- During driving, do not operate or gaze at the Subaru Select Monitor.

- Always check the measurement value after bringing the vehicle to a stop in a safe place.

- In order to apply the running load to the vehicle, actually drive the vehicle, and read the measurement value.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] synchronized with that of [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A]?

Replace the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump After replacement, go to the next step. 3

Replace the fuel pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure Sensor

3. CHECK FOR REPRODUCTION OF FAILURE.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P0088 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

End.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of high pressure fuel system function.

Judge as NG when actual pressure is not close to target pressure.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Elapsed time after starting the engine | 10000ms or more
Time when fuel cut does not operate | 4000ms or more
(Target pressure change in every 64 ms | 1.9MPa (14251.9mmHg, 561.1 inHg) or less
duration) | 3000ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Actual fuel pressure − Target fuel pressure | Less than −3.5MPa (−26253.5mmHg, −1033.6 inHg) | P0087
Actual fuel pressure − Target fuel pressure | More than 6MPa (45006mmHg, 1771.8 inHg) | P0088

Time needed for diagnosis: 10000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0101 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of air flow sensor output properties.

Judge as a low side NG when the air flow voltage indicates a small value regardless of running in a state where the air flow voltage increases.

Judge as a high side NG when the air flow voltage indicates a large value regardless of running in a state where the air flow voltage decreases.

Judge air flow sensor property as NG when the low side or high side becomes NG.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Air |  |  |  |
(1) | Air flow sensor | (3) | Frequency (kHz) | (4) | Amount of intake air (kg (lb)/s)
(2) | Intake air temperature sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION
Low

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Engine speed | 1700rpm or more
Throttle position | 7.1° or more
Intake manifold pressure (with atmospheric pressure compensation) | 74.7kPa (560mmHg, 22inHg) or more

High

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Engine speed | 500rpm — 1350rpm
Throttle position | Less than 3.9°
Intake manifold pressure (with atmospheric pressure compensation) | Less than 34.7kPa (260mmHg, 10.2 inHg)
EGR monitoring status | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after idling.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when Low side or High side becomes NG.

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (Low)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Airflow amount | Less than 9.9g/s (0.35oz/s)

Judgment value (High)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Airflow amount | 9.9g/s (0.35oz/s) or more

Time needed for diagnosis:

Low: 5000ms

High: 5000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mass Air Flow].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mass Air Flow] 0 g/s (0 lb/min)?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B3) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

3

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — (B3) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

6

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Connect the connector to ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B3) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

7

- In this case, repair the following item:

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

7. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect open or short circuits of the air flow sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Air |  |  |  |
(1) | Air flow sensor | (3) | Frequency (kHz) | (4) | Amount of intake air (kg (lb)/s)
(2) | Intake air temperature sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Elapsed time during cranking or after starting the engine | 500ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output frequency | Less than 1.098kHz

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Air Flow Rate from Mass Air Flow Sensor].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mass Air Flow] 232.32 g/s (30.74 lb/min) or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the out-of-range malfunction of air flow sensor.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Air |  |  |  |
(1) | Air flow sensor | (3) | Frequency (kHz) | (4) | Amount of intake air (kg (lb)/s)
(2) | Intake air temperature sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Elapsed time during cranking or after starting the engine | 500ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output frequency | 8.894kHz or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mani. Absolute Pressure].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mani. Absolute Pressure] less than 13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.93 inHg, 1.93 psi)?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between manifold absolute pressure sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E21) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and the manifold absolute pressure and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 69 — (E21) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and the manifold absolute pressure & intake air temperature sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 69 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or manifold absolute pressure sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of intake manifold pressure sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Output voltage | (B) | Absolute pressure |  |
(1) | Manifold absolute pressure sensor

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.576V

Time needed for diagnosis: 2000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mani. Absolute Pressure].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mani. Absolute Pressure] 111.5 kPa (836.5 mmHg, 32.93 inHg, 16.17 psi) or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor.

3.

Start the engine.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mani. Absolute Pressure].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mani. Absolute Pressure] 125 kPa (937.7 mmHg, 36.92 inHg, 18.12 psi) or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between manifold absolute pressure sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E21) No. 1 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and the manifold absolute pressure and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of manifold absolute pressure sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of intake manifold pressure sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Output voltage | (B) | Absolute pressure |  |
(1) | Manifold absolute pressure sensor

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 3.963V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0111 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Intake Air Temperature].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

2.

Read the change of the value in [Intake Air Temperature] while heating and cooling the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor using a hair dryer.

Do not heat the part to the temperature where you cannot touch it with your bare hand in order to prevent burning yourself and protect the part.

Does the value of [Intake Air Temperature] change between heating and cooling?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

After the engine starts for the first time after the specified period of soaking time has elapsed, diagnose by correlation between intake air temperature sensor value, engine coolant temperature sensor 2 value and ambient temperature sensor value. Judge as NG when the differences are both above the specified value by comparing between intake air temperature and engine coolant temperature 2, intake air temperature and ambient air temperature.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Air |  |  |  |
(1) | Air flow sensor | (3) | Resistance value (Ω) | (4) | Intake air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Intake air temperature sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Soaking time | 21600s or more
Block heater judgment | Completed
Block heater operation | Not in operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after the engine starts after a certain period of soaking time.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Intake air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start − Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 at first engine start| | More than value of Map1
|Intake air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start − Ambient air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start| | More than value of Map2

Map1

Ambient temperature (°C (°F)) | −30 (−22) | 30 (86) | 45 (113) | 60 (140)
|Intake air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start − Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 at first engine start| (°C (°F)) | 11 (20) | 11 (20) | 24 (43) | 24 (43)

Map2

Ambient temperature (°C (°F)) | −30 (−22) | 30 (86) | 45 (113) | 60 (140)
|Intake air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start − Ambient air temperature 21 sec. after first engine start| (°C (°F)) | 20 (36) | 20 (36) | 32 (58) | 32 (58)

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Intake Air Temp.].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Intake Air Temp.] 120°C (248°F) or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 43 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit in the intake air temperature sensor (integrated with air flow sensor).

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Air |  |  |  |
(1) | Air flow sensor | (3) | Resistance value (Ω) | (4) | Intake air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Intake air temperature sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.403V

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Intake Air Temp.].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Intake Air Temp.] −40°C (−40°F) or less?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 43 — (B3) No. 4:

(B134) No. 54 — (B3) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER).
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 43 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect open or short circuit of the intake air temperature sensor (integrated with air flow sensor).

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Air |  |  |  |
(1) | Air flow sensor | (3) | Resistance value (Ω) | (4) | Intake air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Intake air temperature sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 4.705V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0116 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Hard to start

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0116 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

3.

Measure the resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) terminals when the engine is cold and after warmed up.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance of engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) different between when engine coolant is cold and after warmed up?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of the engine coolant temperature sensor 1 characteristics.

After the engine starts for the first time after the specified period of soaking time has elapsed, diagnose by correlation between engine coolant temperature sensor 1 value, engine coolant temperature sensor 2 value and engine oil temperature sensor value.

Judge as NG when the differences are both above the specified value by comparing between engine coolant temperature 1 and engine coolant temperature 2, engine coolant temperature 1 and engine oil temperature.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Connector | (2) | Thermistor element |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Soaking time | 21600s or more
Block heater judgment | Completed
Block heater operation | Not in operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after the engine starts after a certain period of soaking time.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 at first engine start − Engine oil temperature at first engine start| | More than 10°C (18°F)
|Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 at first engine start − Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 at first engine start| | More than 10°C (18°F)

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Hard to start

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET) CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 120°C (248°F) or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET) CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 59 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Connector | (2) | Thermistor element |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.351V

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Hard to start

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET) CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET) CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] −40°C (−40°F) or less?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET) CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 58 — (E172) No. 1:

(E158) No. 59 — (E172) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET) CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 59 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Connector | (2) | Thermistor element |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 4.695V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 29 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 29 — (E158) No. 44:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

2. CHECK ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 6 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the electronic throttle control. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of throttle position sensor 1.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Throttle position sensor 1 signal | (3) | Throttle position sensor | (4) | Engine control module (ECM)
(2) | Throttle position sensor 2 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sensor 1 input voltage | 0.276V or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 24ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 29 — (E57) No. 6:

(E158) No. 30 — (E57) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 6 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — (E158) No. 29:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of throttle position sensor 1.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Throttle position sensor 1 signal | (3) | Throttle position sensor | (4) | Engine control module (ECM)
(2) | Throttle position sensor 2 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sensor 1 input voltage | 4.701V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 24ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE)
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Thermostat remains open

- Coolant temperature rises slowly

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK RADIATOR FAN.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET AND OUTLET).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0128 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT.

Check the engine coolant. COOLING(H4DO)>Engine Coolant

Is the check result OK?

3

Refill the engine coolant. COOLING(H4DO)>Engine Coolant

3. CHECK RADIATOR FAN.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

While keeping idling for approx. 3 minutes (with accelerator OFF), check the operation of the radiator fan.

Does the radiator fan continuously rotate for 3 minutes or more during idling?

Repair the radiator fan system. COOLING(H4DO)>Radiator Fan System

4

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET AND OUTLET).

Check the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet and outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the thermostat. COOLING(H4DO)>Thermostat

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet and outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunctions of the thermostat function.

Judge as NG when any one of the following conditions is established.

- When the actual engine coolant temperature does not reach the maximum temperature necessary to perform other OBDII diagnosis and Σ (Estimated engine coolant temperature − actual engine coolant temperature) exceeded the predetermined value. (Diagnosis 1)

- When the actual engine coolant temperature does not reach the range within −11°C (−19.8°F) from the regulated temperature and Σ (Estimated engine coolant temperature − actual engine coolant temperature) exceeded the predetermined value. (Diagnosis 2)

- When the difference between the estimated coolant temperature and the actual engine coolant temperature exceeds the predetermined value, and Σ (Estimated engine coolant temperature − actual engine coolant temperature) exceeded the predetermined value. (Diagnosis 3)

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Jiggle valve | (5) | Dust seal | (9) | Bypass spring
(2) | Piston | (6) | Main spring | (10) | Bypass valve
(3) | Flange | (7) | Wax element | (11) | Stop ring
(4) | Stop ring | (8) | Frame |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Ambient air temperature | −7°C (19.4°F) or more
Engine coolant temperature at engine start | Less than 61°C (141.8°F)

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Ambient air temperature | −7°C (19.4°F) or more
Engine coolant temperature at engine start | Less than 61°C (141.8°F)

Diagnosis 3

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Ambient air temperature | −7°C (19.4°F) or more
Actual engine coolant temperature | Value of Map1 experienced
Diagnosis mask condition | Not established

Map1

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | −7 (19.4) | 8 (46.4) | 10 (50) | 25 (77)
Estimated coolant temperature (°C (°F)) | 72 (161.6) | 78.9 (174) | 78.9 (174) | 78.9 (174)

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after starting the engine.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Actual engine coolant temperature | Less than 50°C (122°F)
Σ (Estimated engine coolant temperature − actual engine coolant temperature) | More than value of Map4
Estimated coolant temperature | More than value of Map2

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Actual engine coolant temperature | Less than value of Map5
Σ (Estimated engine coolant temperature − actual engine coolant temperature) | More than value of Map6
Estimated coolant temperature | More than value of Map3

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Actual engine coolant temperature | Less than 50°C (122°F)

Map2

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | −7 (19.4) | 8 (46.4) | 10 (50) | 25 (77)
Estimated coolant temperature (°C (°F)) | 50 (122) | 50 (122) | 50 (122) | 50 (122)

Map3

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | −7 (19.4) | 8 (46.4) | 10 (50) | 25 (77)
Estimated coolant temperature (°C (°F)) | 72 (161.6) | 78.9 (174) | 78.9 (174) | 78.9 (174)

Map4

Engine coolant temperature at engine start (°C (°F)) | −7 (19.4) | 0 (32) | 8 (46.4) | 10 (50) | 30 (86) | 40 (104)
Σ (Estimated engine coolant temperature − actual engine coolant temperature) (°C (°F)) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9)

Map5

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | −7 (19.4) | 8 (46.4) | 10 (50) | 25 (77)
Estimated coolant temperature (°C (°F)) | 72 (161.6) | 78.9 (174) | 78.9 (174) | 78.9 (174)

Map6

Engine coolant temperature at engine start (°C (°F)) | −7 (19.4) | 0 (32) | 8 (46.4) | 10 (50) | 30 (86) | 35 (95)
Σ (Estimated engine coolant temperature − actual engine coolant temperature) (°C (°F)) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9) | 1731.6 (3116.9)

Time needed for diagnosis:

Diagnosis 1: Less than 1 s

Diagnosis 2: Less than 1 s

Diagnosis 3: 10000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0131 A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and coupling connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 4 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit in the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

Judge as NG, when the element voltage is out of the specified range.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Rich | (D) | Lean
(B) | Air fuel ratio |  |  |  |
(1) | Exhaust gas | (2) | Zirconia element oxygen |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Input voltage (+) | Less than 0.725V
or
Input voltage (−) | Less than 0.725V
or
|Input voltage (+) − Input voltage (−)| | Less than 0.15V
Input voltage (−) | More than 3.6V and Less than 4.6V

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0132 A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and coupling connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E158) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 8 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit in the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

Judge as NG, when the element voltage is out of the specified range.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Rich | (D) | Lean
(B) | Air fuel ratio |  |  |  |
(1) | Exhaust gas | (2) | Zirconia element oxygen |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Input voltage (+) | More than 4.6V
or |
Input voltage (−) | More than 4.6V

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0134 A/F / O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — (B379) No. 3:

(E158) No. 4 — (B379) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

- In this case, repair the following item:

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open circuit in the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

Judge as NG when the impedance of the element is large.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Rich | (D) | Lean
(B) | Air fuel ratio |  |  |  |
(1) | Exhaust gas | (2) | Zirconia element oxygen |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
(Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater control duty ratio | 70% or more
Time) | 36000ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor impedance | More than 450Ω

Time needed for diagnosis: 5000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
yes

6

no

2

2. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

6. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1.

Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum)

2.

Keep the engine speed at idle. (One minute)

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] 0.49 V or more?

6

2

2. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.

Check the rear oxygen sensor connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — (B19) No. 3:

(B134) No. 44 — (B19) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — Engine ground

(B134) No. 44 — Engine ground

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B19) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 1.8 V or more?

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

6. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Check the following items.

- Looseness and improper fitting of exhaust system parts

- Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts

- Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor

Is there any fault in exhaust system?

Repair or replace faulty parts.

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of rear oxygen sensor.

Judge as NG if the rear oxygen sensor voltage is not within the possible range.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

EXECUTION CONDITION

Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Cumulative duty ratio of the rear oxygen sensor heater after engine starting | 11800% or more
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more
Rear oxygen sensor offset signal | 1.8V — 2.2V

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Rear oxygen sensor offset signal (A) | Less than 1.8V

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Rear oxygen sensor signal (B) | Less than 1.7V

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage of rear oxygen sensor (B) − (A) | Less than −0.22V

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
yes

5

no

2

2. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

5. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1.

Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3000 rpm.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] 0.25 V or less?

5

2

2. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.

Check the rear oxygen sensor connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — (B19) No. 3:

(B134) No. 44 — (B19) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B19) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 2.2 V or less?

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

5. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Check the following items.

- Looseness and improper fitting of exhaust system parts

- Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts

- Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor

Is there any fault in exhaust system?

Repair or replace faulty parts.

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the rear oxygen sensor short circuit.

Judge as NG if the rear oxygen sensor voltage is not within the possible range.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Rear oxygen sensor offset signal (A) | More than 2.2V

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Rear oxygen sensor signal (B) | More than 3.25V

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage of rear oxygen sensor (B) − (A) | More than 1.2V

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P013A O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — (B19) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B19) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

3. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.

Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor terminals.

Terminals

No. 3 — No. 4

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the slow response of rich → lean for rear oxygen sensor output.

When the deceleration fuel cut has occurred, detect the trouble by calculating the time when the rear oxygen sensor output passes through the predetermined range of voltages.

Judge as NG when the response time is larger than the threshold value.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Current calculation time of the rear oxygen sensor heater after starting | 180000ms or more
Rear oxygen sensor voltage when fuel cut starts | 0.55V or more
Fuel cut duration | 5000ms or more
Estimated temperature of rear oxygen sensor element when fuel cut starts | 500°C (932°F) or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once when the deceleration fuel cut is activated from a high and constant speed driving.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Detect a malfunction by measuring the rear oxygen sensor response time during fuel cut.

(A) | 0.55 V | (D) | 0.15 V | (G) | Normal
(B) | 0.5V | (E) | 0 V | (H) | Malfunction
(C) | 0.2V | (F) | Diagnostic parameter |  |

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Time needed for rear oxygen sensor voltage to change from 0.5V to 0.2V | More than 2000ms

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P013B O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P013A. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P013A O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the slow response of lean → rich for rear oxygen sensor output.

After the deceleration fuel cut has occurred, detect the trouble by calculating the time when the rear oxygen sensor output passes through the predetermined range of voltages.

Judge as NG when the response time is larger than the threshold value.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Main feedback | In operation
(Elapsed time of fuel cut | 3000ms or more
Fuel shut-off function thereafter) | Not in operation
Output voltage value of rear oxygen sensor | 0.2V or more
Compensation to rich | Rich
Amount of intake air | 18g/s (0.63oz/s) or more
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform diagnosis only once after recovering from a deceleration fuel cut continued for more than predetermined time.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Detect a malfunction by measuring the rear oxygen sensor response time after fuel cut.

(A) | 0.55 V | (D) | 0.25 V | (G) | Normal
(B) | 0.5 V | (E) | 0 V | (H) | Malfunction
(C) | 0.3 V | (F) | Diagnostic parameter |  |

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage value of rear oxygen sensor | Less than 0.5V
Elapsed time | More than 3000ms

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P013E O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P013A. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P013A O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the delayed response of rear oxygen sensor output for rich → lean.

After the deceleration fuel cut has started, detect the trouble by calculating the time when the rear oxygen sensor output decreases to the predetermined voltages.

Judge as NG when the response time is larger than the threshold value.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Rear oxygen sensor voltage when fuel cut starts | More than 0.55V
(Elapsed time of fuel cut | More than 5000ms
Fuel shut-off function thereafter) | Not in operation
Estimated temperature of rear oxygen sensor element when fuel cut starts | 500°C (932°F) or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once when the deceleration fuel cut is activated from a high and constant speed driving.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Detect a malfunction by measuring the time from the beginning of the fuel cut until the rear oxygen sensor voltage starts to drop.

(A) | 0.5 V | (C) | Diagnostic parameter | (E) | Malfunction
(B) | 0 V | (D) | Normal |  |

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Time needed for the rear oxygen sensor voltage to change up to 0.5 V after the fuel cut started | More than 4500ms

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P013F O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P013A. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P013A O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the delayed response of rear oxygen sensor output for lean → rich.

After the deceleration fuel cut has completed, detect the trouble by calculating the time when the rear oxygen sensor output increases to the predetermined voltages.

Judge as NG when the response time is larger than the threshold value.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Main feedback | In operation
Rear oxygen sensor voltage when fuel cut ends | Less than 0.15V
(Elapsed time of fuel cut | More than 5000ms
Fuel shut-off function thereafter) | Not in operation
Estimated temperature of rear oxygen sensor element when fuel cut ends | 500°C (932°F) or more
Compensation to rich | Rich
Amount of intake air | 20g/s (0.71oz/s) or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform diagnosis only once when recovering from the deceleration fuel cut continued for more than predetermined time with the rear oxygen sensor warmed up sufficiently.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Detect a malfunction by measuring the time from fuel cut completed until the rear oxygen sensor voltage begins to rise.

(A) | 0.3 V | (C) | Diagnostic parameter | (E) | Normal
(B) | 0 V | (D) | Malfunction |  |

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage value of rear oxygen sensor | Less than 0.2V
Elapsed time | More than value of Map

Map

Amount of intake air (g/s(oz/s)) | 20.00 (0.71) | 21.00 (0.74) | 22.00 (0.78) | 26.00 (0.92) | 30.00 (1.06) | 40.00 (1.41)
Elapsed time (ms) | 4500 | 4000 | 4000 | 4000 | 4000 | 4000

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 2

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0137. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open circuit in the rear oxygen sensor.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more
Cumulative duty ratio of the rear oxygen sensor heater after engine starting | 11800% or more
Rear oxygen sensor offset signal (A) | 1.8V — 2.2V

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Rear oxygen sensor signal (B) | Less than 0.825V

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0141 O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 2

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0037. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0037 A/F / O2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 2

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of the rear oxygen sensor heater.

Judge as NG if it is determined that the rear oxygen sensor impedance is large by observing the engine conditions.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Element cover (outer) | (3) | Sensor element | (5) | Sensor housing
(2) | Element cover (inner) | (4) | Ceramic heater |  |

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Elapsed time after the heater starts continuity | 60000ms or more
Time other than the fuel cut condition | 20000ms or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Rear oxygen sensor impedance | More than 110Ω

Time needed for diagnosis: 10000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P014C A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check the exhaust system.

Check the following items.

- Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads

- Loose connection between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter

- Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole

Is there any fault in exhaust system?

Repair the exhaust system.

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the slow response of front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

For diagnosis, detect the trouble by processing the λ waveform in normal driving without forcibly changing the target air fuel ratio.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Rich | (D) | Lean
(B) | Air fuel ratio |  |  |  |
(1) | Exhaust gas | (2) | Zirconia element oxygen |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Barometric pressure | 75.1kPa (563mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Time of main feedback operation | 3000ms or more
Engine speed | 1000rpm or more
Amount of intake air | 10g/s (0.35oz/s) or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform diagnosis only once in a city driving including normal acceleration and deceleration.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD 1

Detect the malfunction by checking “Cumulative value of time when λ changes from lean → rich” in comparison to “Time during which diagnosis is in progress”.

(A) | Time during which diagnosis is in progress | (B) | Cumulative value of time when λ changes from lean → rich |  |

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (P014C)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
(Cumulative value of time when λ changes from lean → rich) / (Time during which diagnosis is in progress) | Less than 0.35
Average value of time necessary for λ to inverse the air fuel ratio to Lean → Rich → Lean | More than 8ms

Judgment value (P014D)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
(Cumulative value of time when λ changes from lean → rich) / (Time during which diagnosis is in progress) | More than 0.7
Average value of time necessary for λ to inverse the air fuel ratio to Rich → Lean → Rich | More than 30ms

Time needed for diagnosis: 90 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD 2

Detect the malfunction by the cumulative value obtained from the amount of variation in λ change.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Cumulative value obtained from the amount of variation in λ change | Less than value of Map

Map

Cumulative value obtained from the amount of variation in λ | 0.00 | 4.00
Cumulative value obtained from the amount of variation in λ change | 0.00 | 3.00

Time needed for diagnosis: 90 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P014D A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P014C. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P014C A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P015A A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P014C. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P014C A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the slow response of front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

For diagnosis, detect the trouble by processing the λ waveform in normal driving without forcibly changing the target air fuel ratio.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Rich | (D) | Lean
(B) | Air fuel ratio |  |  |  |
(1) | Exhaust gas | (2) | Zirconia element oxygen |  |

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Barometric pressure | 75.1kPa (563mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Time of main feedback operation | 3000ms or more
Engine speed | 1000rpm or more
Amount of intake air | 10g/s (0.35oz/s) or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform diagnosis only once in a city driving including normal acceleration and deceleration.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD 1

Detect the malfunction depending on the average value of time necessary for λ to inverse the air fuel ratio from “Lean → Rich → Lean” to “Rich → Lean → Rich”.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (P015A)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Average value of time necessary for λ to inverse the air fuel ratio to Lean → Rich → Lean | More than 110ms
Average value when λ is lean | More than 140ms

Judgment value (P015B)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Average value of time necessary for λ to inverse the air fuel ratio to Rich → Lean → Rich | More than 390ms
Average value when λ is rich | More than 400ms

Time needed for diagnosis: 90 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

6. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD 2

Detect the malfunction by calculating the average amplitude of λ.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Average value for λ amplitude | More than 0.075

Time needed for diagnosis: 90 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P015B A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - LEAN TO RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P014C. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P014C A/F / O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC P015A. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P015A A/F / O2 SENSOR DELAYED RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1

Refer to DTC P0172 for diagnostic procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect fuel system malfunction by the amount of main feedback control.

2. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Main feedback | In operation

3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously during the closed loop.

4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Compare the diagnostic value with the threshold value, and if a condition meeting the malfunction criteria continues for 10s × 3time(s) or more, judge that there is a fault in the fuel system.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Offset amount of main feedback compensation | Value of Map or more

Map

Amount of air (g/s(oz/s)) | 0 (0) | 3.2 (0.11)
Threshold Value | 1.35 | 1.35

Time needed for diagnosis: 10s × 3time(s)

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK PCV VALVE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

8

8. CHECK PCV HOSE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?

Repair the exhaust system. EXHAUST(H4DO)>General Description

2

2. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

3

3. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

4

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET).
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 75°C (167°F) or more?

5

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mass Air Flow].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mass Air Flow] 2 — 5 g/s (0.26 — 0.66 lb/min)?

6

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Open the front hood.

6.

Measure the ambient temperature.

7.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Intake Air Temp.].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Subtract ambient temperature from [Intake Air Temp.]. Is the obtained value −10 — 50°C (−18 — 90°F)?

7

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

7. CHECK PCV VALVE.

Check the PCV valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Valve>INSPECTION

Does the PCV valve have deformation, cracks or other damages?

Replace the PCV valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Valve

8

8. CHECK PCV HOSE.

Check the PCV hose. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Hose>INSPECTION

Does the PCV hose have deformation, cracks or other damages?

Replace the PCV hose. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Hose

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect fuel system malfunction by the amount of main feedback control.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Main feedback | In operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously during the closed loop.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Compare the diagnostic value with the threshold value, and if a condition meeting the criteria continues for 10s × 3time(s) or more, judge that there is a fault in the fuel system.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Offset amount of main feedback compensation | Less than value of Map

Map

Warm-up increase compensation coefficient | 0.000 | 0.100 | 0.200 | 0.300 | 0.400 | 0.416
Threshold Value | 0.65 | 0.56 | 0.48 | 0.42 | 0.36 | 0.35

Time needed for diagnosis: 10s × 3time(s)

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0191 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

4.

Start the engine.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] and [Fuel Rail Pressure B].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the difference of the values between [Fuel Rail Pressure A] and [Fuel Rail Pressure B] 2343 kPa (17577 mmHg, 692 inHg) or more?

Replace the fuel pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure Sensor

Refer to “Check non-permanent occurrence malfunctions”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>INSPECTION > CHECK NON-PERMANENT OCCURRENCE MALFUNCTIONS

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the characteristics malfunction of fuel pressure sensor.

Judge as NG when the difference of values between fuel pressure sensor main signal and sub signal is equal to or more than the predetermined value.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Output voltage | (C) | Main signal | (D) | Sub signal
(B) | Absolute pressure
(1) | Fuel pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Main fuel pressure - Sub fuel pressure| | 2.343MPa (17577 mmHg, 692 inHg) or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0192 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

4.

Start the engine.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Fuel Rail Pressure A].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] approx. 0 kPa (0 psi)?

2

Refer to “Check non-permanent occurrence malfunctions”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>INSPECTION > CHECK NON-PERMANENT OCCURRENCE MALFUNCTIONS

2. CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the fuel pressure sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 56 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the fuel pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure Sensor

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit in the fuel pressure sensor main signal.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Output voltage | (C) | Main signal | (D) | Sub signal
(B) | Absolute pressure
(1) | Fuel pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.321V

Time needed for diagnosis: 2400ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0193 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.
no

5

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Fuel Rail Pressure A].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure A] approx. 25000 kPa (3625 psi)?

2

Refer to “Check non-permanent occurrence malfunctions”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>INSPECTION > CHECK NON-PERMANENT OCCURRENCE MALFUNCTIONS

2. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector of the fuel pressure sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between fuel pressure sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E162) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V?

3

5

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 56 — (E162) No. 3:

(E158) No. 58 — (E162) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 56 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E162) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

Replace the fuel pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure Sensor

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 41 — (E162) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

6

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 41 — Engine ground:

(E162) No. 4 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit in main signal of the fuel pressure sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Output voltage | (C) | Main signal | (D) | Sub signal
(B) | Absolute pressure
(1) | Fuel pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 3.739V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2400ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Hard to start

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0196 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine oil temperature sensor.

3.

Measure the resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals when the engine is cold and after warmed up.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance of engine oil temperature sensor different between when engine is cold and after warmed up?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the engine oil temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Oil Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

After the engine starts for the first time after the specified period of soaking time has elapsed, diagnose by correlation between engine oil temperature sensor value, engine coolant temperature sensor 1 value and engine coolant temperature sensor 2 value. Judge as NG when the differences are both above the specified value by comparing between engine oil temperature and engine coolant temperature 1, engine oil temperature and engine coolant temperature 2.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Connector | (2) | Thermistor element |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Soaking time | 21600s or more
Block heater judgment | Completed
Block heater operation | Not in operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after the engine starts after a certain period of soaking time.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Engine oil temperature at first engine start − Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 at first engine start| | More than 10°C (18°F)
|Engine oil temperature at first engine start − Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 at first engine start| | More than 10°C (18°F)

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Hard to start

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Oil Temperature].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Oil Temperature] 150°C (302°F) or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine oil temperature sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 46 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the engine oil temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Oil Temperature Sensor

Repair the short circuit to ground in the harness between the ECM connector and engine oil temperature sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of the engine oil temperature sensor.

Judge as NG when outside of the judgment value.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Connector | (2) | Thermistor element |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.205V

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Hard to start

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Oil Temperature].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Oil Temperature] −40°C (−40°F) or less?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact between the ECM and engine oil temperature sensor connectors.

Is there poor contact of the ECM or engine oil temperature sensor connectors?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or engine oil temperature sensor connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine oil temperature sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of the harness between the ECM connector and engine oil temperature sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 46 — (E75) No. 2:

(E158) No. 58 — (E75) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and engine oil temperature sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 46 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and engine oil temperature sensor connector.

Replace the engine oil temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Oil Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the engine oil temperature sensor.

Judge as NG when outside of the judgment value.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Connector | (2) | Thermistor element |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 4.695V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

- Engine stall

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 43 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 43 — (E158) No. 44:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 4 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the electronic throttle control. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of throttle position sensor 2.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Throttle position sensor 1 signal | (3) | Throttle position sensor | (4) | Engine control module (ECM)
(2) | Throttle position sensor 2 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sensor 2 input voltage | 1.148V or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 24ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

- Engine stall

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 30 — (E57) No. 3:

(E158) No. 43 — (E57) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — (E158) No. 43:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

Repair the short circuit between lines in harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of throttle position sensor 2.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Throttle position sensor 1 signal | (3) | Throttle position sensor | (4) | Engine control module (ECM)
(2) | Throttle position sensor 2 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sensor 2 input voltage | 4.784V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 24ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0300 RANDOM/MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

- Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

- Rough driving

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

7

7. CHECK PCV VALVE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK PCV HOSE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
10. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

11

11. CHECK ALL CYLINDERS.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from all fuel injectors.

4.

Measure the resistance between all fuel injector connectors and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#1 (E5) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector on all cylinders.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

Check all fuel injectors. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

4

Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

4. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor.

Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed?

Tighten the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

5

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.

Check the crankshaft position sensor plate.

Is the crankshaft position sensor plate rusted or does it have broken teeth?

Replace the crankshaft position sensor plate. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Block

6

6. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.

Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align the alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block.

ST18252AA000

CRANKSHAFT SOCKET

Is the timing chain dislocated from its proper position?

Correct the installation condition of timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

7

7. CHECK PCV VALVE.

Check the PCV valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

8

Replace the PCV valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Valve

8. CHECK PCV HOSE.

Check the PCV hose. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Hose>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

9

Replace the PCV hose. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Hose

9. CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at 60 km/h (37.3 MPH) or more for 10 minutes or more.

Observe the traffic law on the public road and prioritize safety driving.

Refill the fuel before driving so that the fuel level meter indicates above “Lower” level.

Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate or blink?

10

- Repair the following item.

  - Poor contact of ignition coil connector

  - Poor contact of fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

10. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

11

11. CHECK ALL CYLINDERS.

Check the following items for cylinder.

- Spark plug

- Ignition coil

- Fuel injector

- Compression pressure

- Skipping timing chain teeth

Is there a fault in any cylinder?

Repair or replace the faulty part of the faulty cylinder.

Go to DTC P0171. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0304. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P0304. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P0304. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P0304. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

- Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

- Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

- Rough driving

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

7

7. CHECK PCV VALVE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK PCV HOSE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
10. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

11

11. CHECK CYLINDER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders.

4.

Measure the resistance between fuel injector connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#1 (E5) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

Check the fuel injector on faulty cylinder. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

4

Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

4. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor.

Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed?

Install the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor properly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

5

5. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.

Check the crankshaft position sensor plate. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Block

Is the crankshaft position sensor plate rusted or does it have broken teeth?

Replace the crankshaft position sensor plate. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Block

6

6. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.

Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align the alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block.

ST18252AA000

CRANKSHAFT SOCKET

Is the timing chain dislocated from its proper position?

Correct the installation condition of timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

7

7. CHECK PCV VALVE.

Check the PCV valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

8

Repair or replace the PCV valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Valve

8. CHECK PCV HOSE.

Check the PCV hose. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Hose>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

9

Repair or replace the PCV hose. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Hose

9. CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

2.

Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at 60 km/h (37.3 MPH) or more for 10 minutes or more.

Use special care with the traffic condition on the public road and prioritize safety driving.

Refill the fuel before driving so that the fuel level meter indicates above “Lower” level.

Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate or blink?

10

- Repair the following item.

  - Poor contact of ignition coil connector

  - Poor contact of fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

10. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

11

11. CHECK CYLINDER.

Check the following items for cylinder.

- Spark plug

- Ignition coil

- Fuel injector

- Compression pressure

- Skipping timing chain teeth

Is there any fault in the cylinder?

Repair or replace faulty parts.

Go to DTC P0171. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the presence of misfire occurrence. (Revolution fluctuation method)

Monitoring misfire which influences exhaust deterioration (exhaust gas misfire) and catalyst damage is made obligatory by the law. Misfire affecting these two has two patterns below:

- Intermittent misfire (a single cylinder misfires at random times, or different cylinders misfire at random): Exhaust gas misfire

- Every time misfire (a single cylinder misfires every time): Exhaust gas misfire, catalyst damaging misfire

The following detecting methods are adopted for these detection.

1. Intermittent misfire: Exhaust gas misfire

   - 180° Interval Difference Method

   - 360° Interval Difference Method

   - 720° Interval Difference Method

2. Every time misfire: Exhaust gas misfire, catalyst damaging misfire

   - 180° Interval Difference Method

   - 360° Interval Difference Method

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more
Fuel shut-off | Not in operation
Engine speed | 475 rpm — 6100 rpm
Intake manifold pressure | More than value of Map1
Time elapsed after engine start | 2 crankshaft revolution or more
Following condition A or B is met |
A: Engine coolant temperature at engine starting | More than -7°C (19.4°F)
B: Following conditions (b1) and (b2) are met |
(b1) Engine coolant temperature at engine starting | -7°C (19.4°F) or less
(b2) Engine coolant temperature | 21°C (69.8°F) or more

Map1

- Normal ignition

  | Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg))
  65.3 (490 , 19.3 inHg) | 73.3 (550 , 21.7 inHg) | 102.4 (768, 30.2 inHg)
  Engine speed (rpm) | 700 rpm | 19.7 (148.1, 5.8 inHg) | 21.1 (158.6, 6.2 inHg) | 25.4 (190.4, 7.5 inHg)
  1000 rpm | 18.4 (138.2, 5.4 inHg) | 18.6 (139.8, 5.5 inHg) | 24.4 (183.3, 7.2 inHg)
  1200 rpm | 18.2 (136.3, 5.4 inHg) | 18.8 (140.8, 5.5 inHg) | 23.5 (176.0, 6.9 inHg)
  1600 rpm | 18.5 (138.5, 5.5 inHg) | 19.4 (145.8, 5.7 inHg) | 23.5 (175.9, 6.9 inHg)
  2000 rpm | 18.6 (139.7, 5.5 inHg) | 20.7 (155.1, 6.1 inHg) | 24.4 (183.1, 7.2 inHg)
  2400 rpm | 19.4 (145.5, 5.7 inHg) | 20.7 (155.1, 6.1 inHg) | 25.1 (188.4, 7.4 inHg)
  2800 rpm | 20.8 (156.1, 6.1 inHg) | 22.3 (167.4, 6.6 inHg) | 26.6 (199.8, 7.9 inHg)
  3000 rpm | 21.1 (158.6, 6.2 inHg) | 22.3 (167.5, 6.6 inHg) | 27.3 (204.8, 8.1 inHg)
  3200 rpm | 22.6 (169.3, 6.7 inHg) | 23.7 (177.8, 7inHg) | 28.7 (215.2, 8.5 inHg)
  3600 rpm | 23.2 (173.9, 6.8 inHg) | 24.8 (186.0, 7.3 inHg) | 29.2 (219.3, 8.6 inHg)
  4000 rpm | 23.8 (178.5, 7inHg) | 25881.5 (194.1, 7.6 inHg) | 29.8 (223.5, 8.8 inHg)
  4400 rpm | 26 (195.3, 7.7 inHg) | 27.7 (207.6, 8.2 inHg) | 32.1 (241.0, 9.5 inHg)
  4800 rpm | 28.3 (212.0, 8.3 inHg) | 29.9 (224.3, 8.8 inHg) | 34.6 (259.9, 10.2 inHg)
  5200 rpm | 30.7 (230.0, 9.1 inHg) | 32.4 (243.0, 9.6 inHg) | 37.2 (279.2, 11inHg)
  5600 rpm | 33.9 (254.4, 10inHg) | 35.7 (268.0, 10.5 inHg) | 40.8 (305.8, 12inHg)
  6000 rpm | 39.4 (295.7, 11.6 inHg) | 39.9 (299.1, 11.8 inHg) | 45.6 (342.0, 13.5 inHg)
  6100 rpm | 39.9 (299.0, 11.8 inHg) | 40.3 (302.3, 11.9 inHg) | 46 (345.3, 13.6 inHg)
  (kPa (mmHg, inHg))

- Idling ignition

  | Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg))
  65.3 (490 , 19.3 inHg) | 73.3 (550 , 21.7 inHg) | 102.4 (768, 30.2 inHg)
  Engine speed (rpm) | 700 rpm | 19.7 (148.1 , 5.8 inHg) | 21.1 (158.6 , 6.2 inHg) | 25.4 (190.37, 7.5 inHg)
  1000 rpm | 19.3 (145.0 , 5.7 inHg) | 20.5 (153.4 , 6inHg) | 25.3 (190.08, 7.5 inHg)
  1200 rpm | 19.2 (144.2 , 5.7 inHg) | 20.4 (153.1 , 6inHg) | 25.3 (189.79, 7.5 inHg)
  1600 rpm | 19 (142.2 , 5.6 inHg) | 20.5 (153.7 , 6.1 inHg) | 25.3 (189.54, 7.5 inHg)
  2000 rpm | 18.6 (139.7 , 5.5 inHg) | 20 (149.8 , 5.9 inHg) | 25.3 (189.44, 7.5 inHg)
  2400 rpm | 19.4 (145.5 , 5.7 inHg) | 20.7 (155.1 , 6.1 inHg) | 25.2 (188.86, 7.4 inHg)
  2800 rpm | 20.8 (156.1 , 6.1 inHg) | 22.3 (167.4 , 6.6 inHg) | 26.6 (199.75, 7.9 inHg)
  3000 rpm | 21.1 (158.6 , 6.2 inHg) | 22.3 (167.5 , 6.6 inHg) | 27.3 (204.77, 8.1 inHg)
  3200 rpm | 22.6 (169.3 , 6.7 inHg) | 23.7 (177.8 , 7inHg) | 28.7 (215.17, 8.5 inHg)
  3600 rpm | 23.2 (173.9 , 6.8 inHg) | 24.8 (186.0 , 7.3 inHg) | 29.3 (219.59, 8.6 inHg)
  4000 rpm | 23.8 (178.5 , 7inHg) | 26.4 (198.0 , 7.8 inHg) | 29.9 (224.01, 8.8 inHg)
  4400 rpm | 26 (195.3 , 7.7 inHg) | 28.3 (212.3 , 8.4 inHg) | 32.1 (241.04, 9.5 inHg)
  4800 rpm | 28.3 (212.0 , 8.3 inHg) | 30.2 (226.8 , 8.9 inHg) | 34.6 (259.85, 10.2 inHg)
  5200 rpm | 30.7 (230.4 , 9.1 inHg) | 33 (247.7 , 9.8 inHg) | 37.4 (280.62, 11inHg)
  5600 rpm | 33.9 (254.4 , 10inHg) | 36 (270.3 , 10.6 inHg) | 41 (307.56, 12.1 inHg)
  6000 rpm | 39.4 (295.7 , 11.6 inHg) | 40 (300.2 , 11.8 inHg) | 46.4 (347.7, 13.7 inHg)
  6100 rpm | 39.9 (299.0 , 11.8 inHg) | 40.5 (303.5 , 11.9 inHg) | 46.8 (350.93, 13.8 inHg)
  (kPa (mmHg, inHg))

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

- If conditions are met, it is possible to detect the misfires from idling to high engine speed. However, in case any engine load or breakage occurs, perform with the engine at idle.

- Perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

When a misfire occurs, the engine speed will decrease and the crankshaft position speed will change. Calculate the interval difference value (diagnostic value) from crankshaft position speed by the following formula, and judge whether a misfire is occurring or not comparing the calculated result with judgment value. Count the number of misfires, if the misfire ratio is higher during 1000 revs. or 200 revs., judge corresponding cylinders as NG.

Diagnostic value calculation (Calculate from angle speed) → | Misfire detection in every single ignition (Compare diagnostic value with judgment value) → | NG judgment (Misfire occurrence judgment required by the law) (Compare number of misfire with judgment value)
| 180 Degree Interval Difference Method 360 Degree Interval Difference Method 720 Degree Interval Difference Method | NG judgment for exhaust gas misfire NG judgment for catalyst-damaging misfire

As shown in the following figure, pick a cylinder as the standard and name it A. And the former crankshaft position speed is named B, the second former crankshaft position speed is named C, the third is named D •••, etc.

(A) | Ignition order | (B) | Crankshaft position speed |  |

180° Interval Difference Method

Diagnostic value | 180 degree interval difference = {(C − B) − (G − C)/4} − {(B − A) − (F − B)/4}
Judge as a misfire in the following cases. 180 degree interval difference: More than judgment value of positive side 180 degree interval difference: Judgment value of negative side or less (Diagnostic value before 180° CA)

(A) | 180 degree interval difference | (C) | Threshold value (negative number) | (D) | Judged as misfire
(B) | Threshold value (positive number) |  |  |  |

360° Interval Difference Method

Diagnostic value | 360 degree interval difference = (B − A) − (D − C)
Misfire judgment | 360 degree interval difference > Judgment value → Judged as misfire

(A) | 360 degree interval difference | (B) | Threshold value | (C) | Judged as misfire

720° Interval Difference Method

Diagnostic value | 720 degree interval difference = (B − A) − (F − E)
Misfire judgment | 720 degree interval difference > Judgment value → Judged as misfire

(A) | 720 degree interval difference | (B) | Threshold value | (C) | Judged as misfire

Exhaust gas misfire (misfire occurrence level which influences exhaust gas)

Judgment value (Judge that malfunction occurs when the misfire ratio is high in 1000 engine revs.)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Diagnostic value of exhaust gas misfire | 68 × 100/2000% or more in 1000 revs.

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000 engine revs.

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

Catalyst-damaging misfire (misfire occurrence level that will damage catalyst)

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Catalyst-damaging misfire diagnostic value | Value of Map2 or more

Map2

| Amount of intake air (g/rev (oz/rev))
0.2 (0.01) | 0.3 (0.01) | 0.4 (0.01) | 0.5 (0.02) | 0.6 (0.02) | 0.8 (0.03) | 0.9 (0.03) | 1.1 (0.04)
Engine speed (rpm) | 650rpm | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80
1000 rpm | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 66 | 66 | 50 | 40
1500 rpm | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 66 | 66 | 50 | 40
2000 rpm | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 66 | 66 | 50 | 40
2500 rpm | 66 | 66 | 66 | 66 | 57 | 50 | 36 | 26
3000 rpm | 66 | 66 | 57 | 57 | 50 | 44 | 26 | 20
3500 rpm | 66 | 66 | 50 | 50 | 36 | 26 | 22 | 20
4000 rpm | 66 | 66 | 50 | 44 | 26 | 20 | 20 | 20
4500 rpm | 57 | 57 | 44 | 40 | 26 | 20 | 20 | 20
5000 rpm | 50 | 50 | 33 | 26 | 22 | 20 | 20 | 20
5500 rpm | 40 | 40 | 26 | 22 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20
6000 rpm | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20
6100 rpm | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20
(g/rev (oz/rev))

Time needed for diagnosis: 200 engine revs.

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0327 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Poor driving performance

- Knocking occurs

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR CONNECTOR.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 18 — (E158) No. 5:

Is the resistance less than 500 kΩ?

2

3

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1.

Disconnect the connector from the knock sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between knock sensor terminals.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 500 kΩ?

Replace the knock sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Knock Sensor

- Repair the short circuit between lines in the harness between the ECM connector and knock sensor connector.

- The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the short circuit of harness.

3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 2 V or more?

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

- Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and knock sensor connector.

- The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the short circuit of harness.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of knock sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | To knock sensor harness |  |  |  |
(1) | Case | (3) | Piezoelectric element | (5) | Resistance
(2) | Weight | (4) | Nut |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
No |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.308V

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0328 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Poor driving performance

- Knocking occurs

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 18 — (E158) No. 5:

Is the resistance 600 kΩ or more?

2

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1.

Disconnect the connector from the knock sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between knock sensor terminals.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance 600 kΩ or more?

Replace the knock sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Knock Sensor

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and knock sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of knock sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | To knock sensor harness |  |  |  |
(1) | Case | (3) | Piezoelectric element | (5) | Resistance
(2) | Weight | (4) | Nut |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
No |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 4.541V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0332 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Driving performance problem

- Knocking occurs

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 19 — (E158) No. 6:

Is the resistance less than 500 kΩ?

2

3

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1.

Disconnect the connector from the knock sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between knock sensor terminals.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 500 kΩ?

Replace the knock sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Knock Sensor

- Repair the short circuit between lines in the harness between the ECM connector and knock sensor connector.

- The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the short circuit of harness.

3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Connect the ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 2 V or more?

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

- Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and knock sensor connector.

- The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the short circuit of harness.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0327. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0327 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0333 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Driving performance problem

- Knocking occurs

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 19 — (E158) No. 6:

Is the resistance 600 kΩ or more?

2

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1.

Disconnect the connector from the knock sensor.

2.

Measure the resistance between knock sensor terminals.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance 600 kΩ or more?

Replace the knock sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Knock Sensor

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and knock sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0328. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0328 KNOCK/COMBUSTION VIBRATION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the installation condition of crankshaft position sensor.

Is the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely?

2

Tighten the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt securely. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

(E158) No. 68 — (E10) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

6

6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Connect all connectors.

3.

Check waveform of crankshaft position sensor. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Control Module I/O Signal

Is there any abnormality in waveform?

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

- Repair the following item.

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of crankshaft position sensor connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the crankshaft position sensor.

Judge as NG when the crank signal is not input even though the starter was rotated.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Intake cam signal RH | (B) | Intake cam signal LH | (C) | Crankshaft signal

(1) | Crankshaft position sensor | (2) | Crankshaft position sensor plate | (3) | One crankshaft rotation

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Number of crankshaft position sensor signals during cranking | 0

Time needed for diagnosis: 3000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Failure of engine to start

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of crankshaft position sensor.

Is the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely?

2

Tighten the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt securely. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.

Check the crankshaft position sensor plate. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Block

Is there crack or damage in the crankshaft position sensor plate teeth?

Replace the crankshaft position sensor plate. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Block

3

3. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.

Turn the crankshaft, and align alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block.

ST18252AA000

CRANKSHAFT SOCKET

Is the timing chain dislocated from its proper position?

Correct the installation condition of timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect for faults in crankshaft position sensor output properties.

Judge as NG when there is a problem in the number of crankshaft signals for every revolution of crankshaft.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Intake cam signal RH | (B) | Intake cam signal LH | (C) | Crankshaft signal

(1) | Crankshaft position sensor | (2) | Crankshaft position sensor plate | (3) | One crankshaft rotation

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Amount of crank sensor signal during 1 rev of crankshaft | Not equal to 30

Time needed for diagnosis: 10 crankshaft rotations

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR RH (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR RH (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR RH (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH STATUS.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the intake camshaft position sensor RH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between intake camshaft position sensor RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E36) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and intake camshaft position sensor RH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR RH (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 51 — (E36) No. 3:

(E158) No. 78 — (E36) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor RH connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR RH (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between intake camshaft position sensor RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E36) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor RH connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR RH (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).

Measure the voltage between intake camshaft position sensor RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E36) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor RH connector.

5

5. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH STATUS.

Check the installation condition of the intake camshaft position sensor RH.

Is the mounting bolt of the intake camshaft position sensor RH tightened securely?

6

Securely tighten the mounting bolt of the intake camshaft position sensor RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

6. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH.

Check the waveform of the intake camshaft position sensor RH. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Control Module I/O Signal

Is there any abnormality in waveform?

Replace the intake camshaft position sensor RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor

- Repair the following item.

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of intake camshaft position sensor RH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the camshaft position sensor.

When there is no camshaft position signal input continuously, judge as NG.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Intake cam signal RH | (B) | Intake cam signal LH | (C) | Crankshaft signal
(D) | Camshaft position signal: When normal, there will be three camshaft position signals for every two crankshaft revolutions. |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more
Elapsed time after starting the engine | 200ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Number of camshaft position sensor signals during cranking | 0

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Amount of camshaft position sensor signals during 0.5 revs of crankshaft | 0

Time needed for diagnosis:

Diagnosis 1: 3000ms

Diagnosis 2: 6 crankshaft rotations

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0340. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of camshaft position sensor property.

Judge as NG when the number of camshaft signals remains abnormal.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Intake cam signal RH | (B) | Intake cam signal LH | (C) | Crankshaft signal
(D) | Camshaft position signal: When normal, there will be three camshaft position signals for every two crankshaft revolutions. |  |  |  |

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more
Elapsed time after starting the engine | 200ms or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Amount of camshaft sensor signal during 2 revs of crankshaft | Not equal to 3time(s)

Time needed for diagnosis: 8 crankshaft rotations

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH STATUS.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from intake camshaft position sensor LH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between intake camshaft position sensor LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E35) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and intake camshaft position sensor LH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor LH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 51 — (E35) No. 3:

(E158) No. 77 — (E35) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor LH connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between intake camshaft position sensor LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E35) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair short circuit to ground in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor LH connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).

Measure the voltage between intake camshaft position sensor LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E35) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor LH connector.

5

5. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH STATUS.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the installation condition of the intake camshaft position sensor LH.

Is the mounting bolt of the intake camshaft position sensor LH tightened securely?

6

Securely tighten the mounting bolt of the intake camshaft position sensor LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

6. CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH.

Check the waveform of the intake camshaft position sensor LH. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Control Module I/O Signal

Is there any abnormality in waveform?

Replace the intake camshaft position sensor LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor

- Repair the following item.

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of intake camshaft position sensor LH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0340. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0346 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 2

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0345. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0345 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT BANK 2

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0341. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0351 IGNITION COIL "A" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK SPARK PLUG CONDITION.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ignition coil.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between ignition coil connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

DTC P0351; (E31) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

DTC P0352; (E32) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

DTC P0353; (E33) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

DTC P0354; (E34) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and ignition coil connector

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

2. CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ignition coil connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

DTC P0351; (E31) No. 3 — Engine ground:

DTC P0352; (E32) No. 3 — Engine ground:

DTC P0353; (E33) No. 3 — Engine ground:

DTC P0354; (E34) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in harness between ignition coil connector and engine grounding terminal.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between ignition coil connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

DTC P0351; (E31) No. 2 — Engine ground:

DTC P0352; (E32) No. 2 — Engine ground:

DTC P0353; (E33) No. 2 — Engine ground:

DTC P0354; (E34) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

Connector & terminal

DTC P0351; (E158) No. 10 — (E31) No. 2:

DTC P0352; (E158) No. 11 — (E32) No. 2:

DTC P0353; (E158) No. 12 — (E33) No. 2:

DTC P0354; (E158) No. 13 — (E34) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

5

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

6

6. CHECK SPARK PLUG CONDITION.
1.

Remove the spark plug of the corresponding cylinder. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug>REMOVAL

2.

Check the spark plug condition. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the ignition coil. IGNITION(H4DO)>Ignition Coil

Replace the spark plug. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Based on the self-diagnostic result of the ignition coil driving IC, judge the ignition coil driving circuit as normal or abnormal.

The ignition coil driving IC detects “no ignition” status as a malfunction.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Elapsed time after starting the engine | More than 1 s
Engine speed | 500 rpm or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Ignition driving IC information | Trouble

Time needed for diagnosis: 2.56 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0352 IGNITION COIL "B" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P0351. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0351 IGNITION COIL "A" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0353 IGNITION COIL "C" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P0351. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0351 IGNITION COIL "A" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0354 IGNITION COIL "D" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P0351. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0351 IGNITION COIL "A" PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0365 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH STATUS.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E62) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 51 — (E62) No. 3:

(E158) No. 65 — (E62) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E62) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).

Measure the voltage between exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E62) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector.

5

5. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH STATUS.

Check the installation condition of the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH.

Is the mounting bolt of the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH tightened securely?

6

Securely tighten the mounting bolt of the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

6. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR RH.

Check the waveform of the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Control Module I/O Signal

Is there any abnormality in waveform?

Replace the exhaust camshaft position sensor RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor

- Repair the following item.

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of exhaust camshaft position sensor RH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the camshaft position sensor.

When there is no camshaft position signal input continuously, judge as NG.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Exhaust cam signal RH | (B) | Exhaust cam signal LH | (C) | Crankshaft signal
(D) | Camshaft position signal: When normal, there will be two camshaft position signals for every two crankshaft revolutions. |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Elapsed time after starting the engine | 200ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Amount of camshaft position sensor signals during 0.5 revs of crankshaft | 0

Time needed for diagnosis: 6 crankshaft rotations

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0366 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0365. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0365 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 1

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of camshaft position sensor property.

Judge as NG when the number of camshaft signals remains abnormal.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Exhaust cam signal RH | (B) | Exhaust cam signal LH | (C) | Crankshaft signal
(D) | Camshaft position signal: When normal, there will be two camshaft position signals for every two crankshaft revolutions. |  |  |  |

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Elapsed time after starting the engine | 200ms or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Amount of camshaft sensor signal during 2 revs of crankshaft | Not equal to 2time(s)

Time needed for diagnosis: 8 crankshaft rotations

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0390 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH STATUS.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from exhaust camshaft position sensor LH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E65) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 51 — (E65) No. 3:

(E158) No. 64 — (E65) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E65) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).

Measure the voltage between exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E65) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector.

5

5. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH STATUS.

Check the installation condition of the exhaust camshaft position sensor LH.

Is the mounting bolt of the exhaust camshaft position sensor LH tightened securely?

6

Securely tighten the mounting bolt of the exhaust camshaft position sensor LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

6. CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR LH.

Check the waveform of the exhaust camshaft position sensor LH. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Control Module I/O Signal

Is there any abnormality in waveform?

Replace the exhaust camshaft position sensor LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor

- Repair the following item.

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of exhaust camshaft position sensor LH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0365. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0365 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0391 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 2

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0390. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0390 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT BANK 2

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0366. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0366 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0401 EGR ABNORMAL (EGR AMOUNT TOO SMALL)
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Infrequent knocking (P0401)

- Improper idling (P0402)

- Movement performance problem (P0402)

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK DTC P0401.
yes

4

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK DTC P0402.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FOR REPRODUCTION OF FAILURE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Are DTCs other than P0401 and P0402 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- DTC P0401 displayed: 2

- DTC P0402 displayed: 3

2. CHECK DTC P0401.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check for clogging in the pipes consisting of the EGR system.

- Check the following items.

  - Throttle valve

  - EGR cooler

  - EGR control valve

  - EGR pipe

  - EGR pipe adapter

Is the check result OK?

4

Clean and replace the faulty parts.

3. CHECK DTC P0402.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check for leakage in the pipes consisting of the EGR system.

- Check the following items.

  - Looseness of each flange connection

  - Improper installation of throttle body

  - Improper installation of manifold absolute pressure sensor

  - Foreign matter attached to EGR valve

Is the check result OK?

4

Clean and replace the faulty parts.

4. CHECK FOR REPRODUCTION OF FAILURE.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?

Replace the EGR control valve and manifold absolute pressure sensor. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>EGR Control Valve FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

End.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of EGR system.

Intake manifold pressure is constant because the throttle valve is fully closed during deceleration fuel cut.

At this time, when the EGR control valve is opened/closed, the intake manifold pressure will change.

The ECM compares the difference between the intake manifold pressure assumed at the time of EGR control valve opening or closing command and the actually measured intake manifold pressure to judge whether the EGR system is normal/over flow rate/under flow rate.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (4) | Switch circuit | (6) | Main relay
(2) | Computer unit (CPU) | (5) | Battery voltage | (7) | EGR control valve
(3) | Detecting circuit |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Barometric pressure | 75.1 kPa (563 mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Ambient air temperature | 7°C (44.6°F) or more
Engine speed | Value of Map1 — value of Map2
Vehicle speed | 36km/h (22.4MPH) or more
Park/neutral position switch | OFF
Time while the fuel shut-off function is in operation | 2000ms or more
Compulsory drive of EGR valve delay time (low flow rate monitor only) | 1000ms or more

Map1

Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | 75.1 (563, 22.2 inHg) | 86.7 (650, 25.6 inHg) | 101.3 (760, 29.9 inHg)
Engine speed (rpm) | 1100rpm | 1100rpm | 1100rpm

Map2

Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | 75.1 (563, 22.2 inHg) | 86.7 (650, 25.6 inHg) | 101.3 (760, 29.9 inHg)
Engine speed (rpm) | 2000rpm | 2100rpm | 2250rpm

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once during deceleration fuel cut from a vehicle speed of 36km/h (22.4MPH) or more.

Be careful of vehicle speed and engine speed. (Diagnosis will not be completed if the vehicle speed and engine speed become out of condition due to deceleration.)

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

The assumed intake manifold pressure (reference pressure) is calculated from engine speed, throttle opening angle and atmospheric pressure when the execution condition is established.

1. When the execution condition is satisfied and the EGR valve sends the opening command (57 step), EGR under flow rate (P0401) is detected when the difference between the measured intake manifold pressure and the reference pressure (for 57 step) is equal to or more than the judgment value.

2. When the execution condition is satisfied and the EGR valve sends the closing command (0 step), EGR over flow rate (P0402) is detected when the difference between the measured intake manifold pressure and the reference pressure (for 0 step) is equal to or more than the judgment value.

3. Both P0401 and P0402 are detected if both judgment values are exceeded.

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
<Low flow rate monitor> Intake manifold absolute pressure for reference − Average value of intake manifold absolute pressure | More than value of Map3 | P0401
<High flow rate monitor> Average value of intake manifold absolute pressure − Intake manifold absolute pressure for reference | More than value of Map4 | P0402

Map3

| Engine speed (rpm)
1000rpm | 1200rpm | 1400rpm | 1600rpm | 1800rpm | 2000rpm | 2200rpm | 2400rpm
Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | 75.1 (563, 22.2 inHg) | 25.3 (190, 7.5 inHg) | 24 (180, 7.1 inHg) | 22.7 (170, 6.7 inHg) | 20.7 (155, 6.1 inHg) | 19.3 (145, 5.7 inHg) | 18 (135, 5.3 inHg) | 16.7 (125, 4.9 inHg) | 15.3 (115, 4.5 inHg)
86.7 (650, 25.6 inHg) | 29.3 (220, 8.7 inHg) | 28 (210, 8.3 inHg) | 26 (195, 7.7 inHg) | 24.7 (185, 7.3 inHg) | 22.7 (170, 6.7 inHg) | 20.7 (155, 6.1 inHg) | 19.3 (145, 5.7 inHg) | 18.7 (140, 5.5 inHg)
101.3 (760, 29.9 inHg) | 34.7 (260, 10.2 inHg) | 33.3 (250, 9.8 inHg) | 32 (240, 9.4 inHg) | 28 (210, 8.3 inHg) | 27.3 (205, 8.1 inHg) | 25.3 (190, 7.5 inHg) | 24.7 (185, 7.3 inHg) | 23.3 (175, 6.9 inHg)
(kPa (mmHg, inHg))

Map4

| Engine speed (rpm)
1000rpm | 1200rpm | 1400rpm | 1600rpm | 1800rpm | 2000rpm | 2200rpm | 2400rpm
Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | 75.1 (563, 22.2 inHg) | 13.3 (100, 3.9 inHg) | 12 (90, 3.5 inHg) | 11.3 (85, 3.3 inHg) | 10 (75, 3inHg) | 8.7 (65, 2.6 inHg) | 7.3 (55, 2.2 inHg) | 6 (45, 1.8 inHg) | 4.7 (35, 1.4 inHg)
86.7 (650, 25.6 inHg) | 14 (105, 4.1 inHg) | 12.7 (95, 3.7 inHg) | 12 (90, 3.5 inHg) | 10.7 (80, 3.1 inHg) | 9.3 (70, 2.8 inHg) | 8 (60, 2.4 inHg) | 6.7 (50, 2inHg) | 5.3 (40, 1.6 inHg)
101.3 (760, 29.9 inHg) | 16 (120, 4.7 inHg) | 14.7 (110, 4.3 inHg) | 13.3 (100, 3.9 inHg) | 11.3 (85, 3.3 inHg) | 10 (75, 3inHg) | 8.7 (65, 2.6 inHg) | 7.3 (55, 2.2 inHg) | 6 (45, 1.8 inHg)
(kPa (mmHg, inHg))

Time needed for diagnosis: 3200 ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0402 EGR "A" FLOW EXCESSIVE DETECTED

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P0401. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0401 EGR ABNORMAL (EGR AMOUNT TOO SMALL)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Idle mixture is out of specifications.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2.

Read the freeze frame data. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Freeze Frame Data ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Scan Tool

3.

Save the displayed DTC and freeze frame data.

Is DTC other than P0420 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION.

Check the engine oil amount. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil

Is white smoke emitted from the muffler?

Check the engine, and repair the defective part. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

After repairing the engine, replace all the catalytic converters. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Front Catalytic Converter EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Rear Catalytic Converter

3

3. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check the following items regarding exhaust system.

- Loose or detached nut and bolt

- Exhaust gas leakage

- Air suction

- Hole on exhaust pipe

Is there any trouble?

Repair or replace the exhaust system. EXHAUST(H4DO)>General Description

4

4. CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Read the waveform data of rear oxygen sensor during idling using Subaru Select Monitor.

3.

Check the waveform by waggling the connector between ECM and rear oxygen sensor.

- At normal condition

- At abnormal condition (noise input)

Is an abnormal waveform displayed?

- Connect the connector after checking the following items, and check the waveform again while waggling.

  - Check the contact point of the connector that caused disturbed waveform. If faulty, repair or replace it.

  - If any problem is not found, It is possible that a temporary poor contact occurs in the connector.

Replace all the catalytic converters. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Front Catalytic Converter EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Rear Catalytic Converter

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

To confirm the performance of Three-way Catalytic Converter (TWC), measure Oxygen Storage Capacity (OSC) using A/F sensor and rear oxygen sensor.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Catalyst layer 1 | (B) | Catalyst layer 2 | (C) | Carrier
(1) | External view of catalytic converter | (2) | Enlarged view of catalyst honeycomb cell |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Barometric pressure | 75.1kPa (563mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Amount of intake air | Less than 8.6g/s (0.3oz/s)
Accelerator pedal position | While idling
Rear oxygen output voltage after fuel cut | 0.15V or less
Estimated catalyst temperature | 500°C (932°F) or more
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more
(Integrated intake air amount during fuel cut | More than 18g (0.63oz)
Fuel shut-off function thereafter) | Not equal to “Not in operation”
A/F element impedance | 75Ω or less

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

When the TWC, the A/F sensor, and the rear oxygen sensor are fully warmed up, perform diagnosis if the following operations are experienced once respectively: a 10-second idling after the deceleration fuel cut for the predetermined time or longer, and a 10-second driving with the accelerator ON after the deceleration fuel cut for the predetermined time or longer.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

When TWC performance degrade, OSC performance also degrades. A malfunction is detected by diagnosis that estimates OSC performance based on the time and air volume required from the deceleration fuel cut for the predetermined time or longer until the start of increase in the rear oxygen sensor voltage.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Oxygen Storage Capacity (OSC) of Catalytic | Less than 0.2g (0.01oz)

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0441 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) INCORRECT PURGE FLOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0441 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.

Select [CPC Solenoid Valve] in [Active Test] to operate the purge control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to the “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Does the purge control solenoid valve operate?

3

Replace the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve

3. CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the evaporative emission control system line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines

Are there holes, cracks, clogging, or disconnection, misconnection of hoses or pipes in evaporative emission control system?

Repair or replace the hoses or pipes.

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

This monitor intrusively performs a functional check to detect incorrect purge flow. The monitor seals the EVAP system (i.e. isolate from atmosphere) by closing the Evaporative Leak Check Module switching valve intrusively after recovering from a fuel cut event. In the case of normal condition, and the commanded purge control duty ratio is more than 0%, Evaporative Leak Check Module pressure (gauge) will decrease due to engine vacuum and reach to the threshold value. However, in the case of malfunction condition (e.g. fuel cap open, purge valve stuck closed, purge line disconnected or blocked), if the Evaporative Leak Check Module pressure (gauge) does not reach the threshold within a predetermined time, the monitor determines a malfunction and stores a fault code.

Malfunction Criteria

Evaporative Leak Check Module pressure (gauge) > Threshold

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

(1) | Disable | (4) | Close | (7) | Pass
(2) | Enable | (5) | 0% | (8) | Threshold
(3) | Open | (6) | Fail
(A) | Monitoring | (E) | Purge control duty ratio | (I) | Abnormality judgment
(B) | Evaporative leak system switching valve | (F) | Evaporative leak system pressure (gauge) | (J) | Normal
(C) | Malfunction flag | (G) | Sum value (purge gas − generated evaporating gas) | (K) | Trouble
(D) | Molecule | (H) | Pass Judgment

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Barometric pressure | 75.1kPa (563mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Cumulative value of purge gas amount calculated from engine start∗ | 10g (0.35oz) or more
(Duration of purge duty ratio = 0% | 2000ms or more
Purge duty ratio from above) | Not equal to 0%
Ambient temperature | More than −25°C (−13°F)
Time when the switching valve in the leak check valve assembly is closed | Less than 20000ms

∗: It is approximately 2 sec per the integration of purge to reach 1 g (0.04 oz) at vehicle speed of 64.4 km/h (40 MPH).

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once during ordinary driving.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Evaporative leak system pressure (gauge) | More than −400 Pa (−3 mmHg, −0.1 inHg)
Purge gas amount integrated value∗ | 3g (0.11oz) or more

∗: It is approximately 2 sec per the integration of purge to reach 1 g (0.04 oz) at vehicle speed of 64.4 km/h (40 MPH).

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0455 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (LARGE LEAK)
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Fuel odor

- There is a hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.

- Fuel filler cap loose or lost

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK CANISTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

7

7. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

8

8. CHECK FUEL TANK.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

9

9. CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the installation condition of fuel filler cap.

The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening.

Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely?

2

Tighten fuel filler cap securely.

2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.

Check the fuel filler cap.

Is the fuel filler cap genuine?

3

Replace with a genuine fuel filler cap.

3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.

Check the gasket of fuel filler cap.

Does the gasket of fuel filler cap have any damage?

Replace the fuel filler cap. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Filler Pipe

4

4. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.

Check air-tightness of the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

5

Replace the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve

5. CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.

Check the evaporative emission control system line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines

Are there holes on the evaporation line?

Repair or replace the evaporation line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines

6

6. CHECK CANISTER.

Check the canister. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Canister>INSPECTION

Are there holes on the canister?

Replace the canister. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Canister

7

7. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.

Check the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly>INSPECTION

Are there damage or holes on the leak check valve assembly?

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

8

8. CHECK FUEL TANK.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

Remove the fuel tank. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Tank

Are there damage or holes on the fuel tank?

Repair or replace the fuel tank. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Tank

9

9. CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.

Check the condition of evaporative emission control system for other mechanical defects.

Are there holes, cracks, clogging, or disconnection, misconnection of hoses or pipes in evaporative emission control system?

Repair or replace the hoses or pipes.

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

This diagnosis judges whether the leak check valve assembly operation is normal or not, and whether the evaporative emission system has leak and clogging or not.

To purge the canister, after driving, perform the five hours soaking after ignition switch OFF in order to stabilize the evaporative gas status. After 5 or 7 or 9.5 hours passed∗, ECM is activated by soaking timer, and the leak check is started.

Judges whether the leak check valve assembly operation is normal or not, by measuring the reference pressure status via reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice). Judge as malfunction if the reference pressure is out of specified range. Then, judge whether there is a leak or not, by comparing the pressure (leak pressure) when the reference pressure and the evaporative emission system are in negative pressure condition. Judge as system leak in the evaporative emission system if the leak pressure is higher than reference pressure. Judge as clogging of pipe if the leak pressure becomes lower than the reference pressure within the specified amount of time.

0.02 inch leak and 0.04 inch leak can be distinguished by measuring the leak pressure.

The diagnosis results are stored inside ECM until the engine is started again.

∗: When the test conditions are not met in 5 hours, perform diagnosis at elapsed time of 7 hours. When the test conditions are not met in 7 hours, perform diagnosis at elapsed time of 9.5 hours.

Diagnostic item
Evaporative Leak Check Module system (leak check valve assembly main body) | Vacuum pump stuck Switching valve stuck to open Switching valve stuck to close Reference orifice flow large Reference orifice flow small
Leak check | Large leak 0.04 inch leak Fuel cap loose Fuel cap off System malfunction
Very small leak 0.02 inch leak
Clogging of pipe | —

OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Leak check valve assembly consists of the pressure sensor, the reference orifice (diameter of 0.02 inch), the vacuum pump which introduces the negative pressure into evaporative emission system, and the switching valve which switches the passage to introduce the negative pressure.

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9V or more
Barometric pressure | 75.1kPa (563mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Activation of soaking timer | Completed
Intake air temperature | 4.4°C (39.9°F) or more
Engine oil temperature | 4.4°C (39.9°F) or more
Engine coolant temperature | 4.4°C (39.9°F) or more and Less than 45°C (113°F)
Accumulated purge amount during previous driving cycle | Value of Map1 or more

Map1

Engine coolant temperature when ECM is activated after soak time (°C (°F)) | 0 (32) | 30 (86) | 35 (95) | 40 (104) | 45 (113)
Accumulated purge amount during previous driving cycle (g (oz)) | 210.777017 (7.43) | 210.777017 (7.43) | 210.777017 (7.43) | 260.7919024 (9.2) | 344.1500447 (12.14)

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once when 5 or 7 or 9.5 hours has passed after ignition switch is OFF. For more detail, refer to “OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0455 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (LARGE LEAK)>General description>OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Mode | Explanation of Mode | Diagnosis period | DTC
A | Vacuum pump operation confirmation and characteristics stability | 7 s or less | P2404
B | Measurement of reference pressure for setting the target negative pressure | 350 s or less | P2404
C | Switching valve operation confirmation | 12 s or less | P2404
D | 0.04 inch leak pressure measurement | 900 s or less | P0455
0.02 inch leak pressure measurement | P0456
Clogging of pipe diagnosis and leak pressure measurement | P1451
E | Reference pressure measurement for judgment | 50 s or less | P2401

<Mode A (vacuum pump operation confirmation and characteristics stability)>

Purpose: Detect the vacuum pump operation trouble.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judge as OK if the following conditions are not established, and warm up for five minutes to stabilize the vacuum pump characteristics.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Pressure sensor output value | More than −224Pa (−1.68mmHg, −0.1 inHg) | P2404

<Mode B (measurement of reference pressure for setting the target negative pressure)>

Diagnosis 1

Purpose: Judge the reference pressure stability.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Diagnosis 2

Purpose: Judge whether the reference pressure is within the normal range, and detect the vacuum pump and orifice malfunctions.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
|Pressure sensor maximum output value − Pressure sensor minimum output value| | More than 314Pa (2.355mmHg, 0.1 inHg) | P2404

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Reference pressure for setting the target negative pressure | Less than value of Map2 or More than value of Map3 | P2404

Map2

Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | 70 (525, 20.7 inHg) | 80 (600, 23.6 inHg) | 90 (675, 26.6 inHg) | 100 (750, 29.5 inHg)
Reference pressure for setting the target negative pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | −4 (−29.79, −1.2 inHg) | −4.1 (−30.593, −1.2 inHg) | −4.2 (−31.395, −1.2 inHg) | −4.3 (−32.19, −1.3 inHg)

Map3

Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | 70 (525, 20.7 inHg) | 80 (600, 23.6 inHg) | 90 (675, 26.6 inHg) | 100 (750, 29.5 inHg)
Reference pressure for judgment (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | −0.9 (−7.065, −0.3 inHg) | −1 (−7.86, −0.3 inHg) | −1.2 (−8.663, −0.3 inHg) | −1.3 (−9.465, −0.4 inHg)

<Mode C (Switching valve operation confirmation)>

Purpose: Measure the pressure increase when switching valve is changed from open to close, and detect the stuck to open/close malfunctions of the switching valve.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Pressure sensor output value − Reference pressure for setting the target negative pressure | Less than 224Pa (1.68mmHg, 0.1 inHg) | P2404

<Mode D (Clogging of pipe diagnosis and leak pressure measurement)>

1. Clogging of pipe

   - Purpose: Measure the time required for the evaporative emission system to reach the target negative pressure by the vacuum pump, and detect the clogging of pipe trouble.

   - Judge as clogging of pipe malfunction if the evaporative emission system reaches to the target negative pressure within the specified time.

2. Leak pressure measurement

   - Purpose: Measure the pressure (leak pressure) when the evaporative emission system becomes the negative pressure by the vacuum pump.

   - Store the pressure as a leak pressure while the following conditions are met.

Judgment value (clogging of pipe)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Time required to reach to the target negative pressure | 34180ms or less | P1451

Judgment value (large leak)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Leak pressure | Value of Map4 or more | P0455

Judgment value (very small leak)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Leak pressure | More than 0.018 inch reference pressure and Less than value of Map4 | P0456

Map4

Reference pressure for judgment (Pa) | −4856 | −4000 | −2750 | −1500 | −824
Threshold Value (Pa) | −1785 | −1463 | −991 | −520 | −265

Formula for threshold value = Reference pressure × 0.377 − 0.341

<Mode E (Measurement of reference pressure for judgment)>

Diagnosis 1

Purpose: Judge the reference pressure stability.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Diagnosis 2

Purpose: Judge whether the reference pressure is within the normal range, and detect the vacuum pump and orifice malfunctions. Judge the vacuum pump performance stability.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Diagnosis 3

Purpose: Judge the presence of evaporative emission system leak.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
|Pressure sensor maximum output value − Pressure sensor minimum output value| | More than 314Pa (2.355mmHg, 0.1 inHg) | P2404

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Reference pressure for judgment | Less than value of Map5 or More than value of Map6 | P2404

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
|Reference pressure for setting the target negative pressure − Reference pressure for judgment| | More than 0.9kPa (7.058mmHg, 0.3 inHg) | P2404

Map5

Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | 70 (525, 20.7 inHg) | 80 (600, 23.6 inHg) | 90 (675, 26.6 inHg) | 100 (750, 29.5 inHg)
Reference pressure for judgment (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | −4.5 (−34.02, −1.3 inHg) | −4.6 (−34.815, −1.4 inHg) | −4.7 (−35.618, −1.4 inHg) | −4.9 (−36.42, −1.4 inHg)

Map6

Barometric pressure (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | 70 (525, 20.7 inHg) | 80 (600, 23.6 inHg) | 90 (675, 26.6 inHg) | 100 (750, 29.5 inHg)
Reference pressure for judgment (kPa (mmHg, inHg)) | −0.8 (−6.18, −0.2 inHg) | −0.9 (−6.983, −0.3 inHg) | −1 (−7.785, −0.3 inHg) | −1.1 (−8.58, −0.3 inHg)

Time needed for diagnosis: 23 min

Confirm the malfunction at next engine start.

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0456 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK)

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P0455. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0455 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (LARGE LEAK)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0458 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) PURGE CONTROL VALVE "A" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 9 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

3

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

  In this case, temporary open or short circuit of harness or temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause.

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR.

Measure the voltage between purge control solenoid valve connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E4) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground of harness between M/B and purge control solenoid valve connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the purge control solenoid valve.

4.

Measure the resistance between the purge control solenoid valve connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E4) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and purge control solenoid valve connector.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and purge control solenoid valve connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 9 — (E4) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

6

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and purge control solenoid valve connector.

6. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1.

Remove the purge control solenoid valve.

2.

Check the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of purge control solenoid valve connector.

Replace the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect open or short circuit of the purge control solenoid valve.

Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | IN | (B) | OUT |  |
(1) | Purge control solenoid valve |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Purge control solenoid valve control duty | Less than 75%

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Terminal output voltage | Battery voltage × 0.47 or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0459 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) PURGE CONTROL VALVE "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the purge control solenoid valve.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 9 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and purge control solenoid valve connector.

2

2. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of purge control solenoid valve.

Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | IN | (B) | OUT |  |
(1) | Purge control solenoid valve |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Purge control solenoid valve control duty | 25% or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Terminal output current | Battery voltage × 0.13 or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC OF VDC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC OF VDC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [VDC]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC for [VDC] displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. BRAKE CONTROL (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when outside of the judgment value.

Judge NG when the received data from VDCCM&H/U is abnormal vehicle speed, and the vehicle speed data is impossible.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Vehicle speed signals are taken in to the VDC control module and hydraulic control unit, and normal/erroneous data of the ABS wheel speed sensor is received by CAN communication from the VDC control module and hydraulic control unit.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Speed of the front wheels received from VDC control module & hydraulic control unit | 300km/h (186.4MPH) or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0506 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - LOWER THAN EXPECTED
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Hard to start the engine.

- Engine does not start.

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK AIR CLEANER ELEMENT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0506 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK AIR CLEANER ELEMENT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the air cleaner element.

Is there excessive clogging on air cleaner element?

Replace the air cleaner element. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>Air Cleaner Element

3

3. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1.

Remove the electronic throttle control. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body>REMOVAL

2.

Check the electronic throttle control.

Are foreign matter found inside electronic throttle control?

Remove foreign matter from electronic throttle control.

Perform the diagnosis for DTC P2101. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0507. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0507 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - HIGHER THAN EXPECTED

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0507 IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM - HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

Engine keeps running at higher speed than specified idle speed.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0507 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
1.

Start and idle the engine.

2.

Check the following items.

- Loose installation of intake manifold and throttle body

- Cracks of intake manifold gasket and throttle body gasket

- Disconnection of vacuum hoses

Is there any fault in air intake system?

Repair air suction and leaks.

3

3. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Remove the electronic throttle control. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body>REMOVAL

3.

Check the electronic throttle control.

Are foreign matter found inside electronic throttle control?

Remove foreign matter from electronic throttle control.

Perform the diagnosis for DTC P2101. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction that actual engine speed is not close to target engine speed during idling. Judge as NG when actual engine speed is not close to target engine speed during idling.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Barometric pressure | 75.1kPa (563mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Lambda value (left and right) | 0.85 or more and Less than 1.151
Vehicle speed | 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Elapsed time after starting the engine | 10s or more
Elapsed time after gear position change (P ←→ D or N ←→ D) | 5s or more
Cold start diagnosis | Not in operation
Main feedback | In operation
Idle speed control feedback | In operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously at idling after warming up engine.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Actual engine speed − Target engine speed | Less than −100rpm | P0506
Actual engine speed − Target engine speed | More than 200rpm | P0507

Time needed for diagnosis: 10s × 1time(s)

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P050A COLD START IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine keeps running at higher speed than specified idle speed.

- Engine keeps running at a lower speed than the specified idle speed.

- Engine stall

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
10. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
11. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
12. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

13

13. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

14

14. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

15

15. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
16. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
17. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

20

20. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
21. CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
22. CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
23. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
24. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

25

25. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
26. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
27. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
28. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
29. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P050A displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK ENGINE OIL.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the engine oil. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil

Is there a proper amount of engine oil?

3

Replace engine oil. LUBRICATION(H4DO)>Engine Oil>REPLACEMENT

3. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?

Repair the exhaust system. EXHAUST(H4DO)>General Description

4

4. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

5

5. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

6

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

6. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OUTLET).
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 75°C (167°F) or more?

7

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Warm up the engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Air Flow Rate from Mass Air Flow Sensor].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Air Flow Rate from Mass Air Flow Sensor] 2 — 5 g/s (0.26 — 0.66 lb/m)?

8

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Open the front hood.

6.

Measure the ambient temperature.

7.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Intake Air Temp.].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Subtract ambient temperature from [Intake Air Temp.]. Is the obtained value −10 — 50°C (−18 — 90°F)?

9

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

9. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders.

4.

Measure the resistance between fuel injector connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#1 (E5) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

10

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

10. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

11

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

11. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

Check the fuel injector on faulty cylinder. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

12

Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

12. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor.

Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed?

Tighten the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

13

13. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.

Check the crankshaft position sensor plate. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Block

Is the crankshaft position sensor plate rusted or does it have broken teeth?

Replace the crankshaft position sensor plate. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Block

14

14. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.

Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align the alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block.

ST18252AA000

CRANKSHAFT SOCKET

Is the timing chain dislocated from its proper position?

Correct the installation condition of timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

15

15. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 29 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 29 — (E158) No. 44:

(E158) No. 43 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 43 — (E158) No. 44:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

16

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

16. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 4 — Engine ground:

(E57) No. 6 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

17

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

17. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 29 — (E57) No. 6:

(E158) No. 30 — (E57) No. 3:

(E158) No. 43 — (E57) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

18

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

19

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E57) No. 6 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

20

20. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — (E158) No. 29:

(E158) No. 27 — (E158) No. 43:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

21

Repair the short circuit between lines in harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

21. CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Main-Throttle Sensor].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Main-Throttle Sensor] 0.81 — 0.87 V?

22

Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

22. CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Sub-Throttle Sensor].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Sub-Throttle Sensor] 1.64 — 1.7 V?

23

Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

23. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 29 — (E57) No. 6:

(E158) No. 30 — (E57) No. 3:

(E158) No. 43 — (E57) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

24

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

24. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E57) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

25

25. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 1 — Engine ground:

(E57) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

26

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

26. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 1 — (E57) No. 2:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

27

Repair the short circuit in harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

27. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 70 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 71 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 72 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

28

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

28. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control terminals.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance 50 Ω or less?

29

Replace the electronic throttle control. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

29. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
1.

Move the throttle valve to the fully opened and fully closed positions with fingers.

2.

Check that the valve returns to the specified position when releasing fingers.

Does the valve return to the specified position?

Specification:

3 mm (0.12 in) from fully closed position

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the electronic throttle control. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

- When cold, the abnormality in the control of target engine speed increase is detected. (DTC P050A)

  Judge as NG if the idle speed diagnosis is NG.

  <Idle speed diagnosis>

  Judge as NG when actual engine speed is not close to target engine speed at cold start.

- Detect malfunctions of the catalyst advanced idling retard angle control. (DTC P050B)

  Judge as NG when ECM is not controlling the angle properly during catalyst advanced idling retard angle control.

  <Final ignition timing diagnosis>

  Judge as NG when actual retard amount is under the specified value at cold start.

EXECUTION CONDITION
<Idle speed diagnosis>

Secondary parameters | Execution condition | DTC
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more | P050A
Barometric pressure | 75.1kPa (563mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Vehicle speed | 2km/h (1.2MPH) or less
Throttle position | Less than 0.25°
Integrated value of intake air amount | Less than value of Map1
Elapsed time after gear position change (P ←→ D or N ←→ D) | 2000ms or more
Elapsed time after starting the engine | 2000ms or more

<Final ignition timing diagnosis: Idle>

Secondary parameters | Execution condition | DTC
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more | P050B
Barometric pressure | 75.1kPa (563mmHg, 22.2 inHg) or more
Throttle position | Less than 0.25°
Integrated value of intake air amount | Less than value of Map2
Elapsed time after gear position change (P ←→ D or N ←→ D) | 2000ms or more
Target retard amount (N range) | Value of Map3 or less
Target retard amount (D range) | Value of Map4 or less

Map1

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | −40 (−40) | −30 (−22) | −20 (−4) | −10 (14) | 0 (32) | 10 (50) | 20 (68) | 30 (86)
Integrated value of intake air amount (g (oz)) | 947 (33.41) | 879 (31) | 811 (28.59) | 745 (26.27) | 669 (23.61) | 608 (21.44) | 571 (20.12) | 578 (20.4)

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | 40 (104) | 50 (122) | 60 (140) | 70 (158) | 80 (176) | 90 (194) | 100 (212) | 110 (230)
Integrated value of intake air amount (g (oz)) | 708 (24.95) | 800 (28.22) | 865 (30.51) | 936 (33.02) | 0 (0) | 0 (0) | 0 (0) | 0 (0)

Map2

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | −40 (−40) | −30 (−22) | −20 (−4) | −10 (14) | 0 (32) | 10 (50) | 20 (68) | 30 (86)
Integrated value of intake air amount (g (oz)) | 947 (33.41) | 879 (31) | 811 (28.59) | 745 (26.27) | 669 (23.61) | 608 (21.44) | 571 (20.12) | 578 (20.4)

Engine coolant temperature at engine starting (°C (°F)) | 40 (104) | 50 (122) | 60 (140) | 70 (158) | 80 (176) | 90 (194) | 100 (212) | 110 (230)
Integrated value of intake air amount (g (oz)) | 708 (24.95) | 800 (28.22) | 865 (30.51) | 936 (33.02) | 0 (0) | 0 (0) | 0 (0) | 0 (0)

Map3

Engine coolant temperature (°C (°F)) | −40 (−40) | −30 (−22) | −20 (−4) | −10 (14) | 0 (32) | 10 (50) | 20 (68) | 30 (86)
Target retard amount in CSERS (°CA) | 7.5 | 7.5 | 7.5 | 7.5 | 7.5 | 7.5 | 7.5 | 7.5

Engine coolant temperature (°C (°F)) | 40 (104) | 50 (122) | 60 (140) | 70 (158) | 80 (176) | 90 (194) | 100 (212) | 110 (230)
Target retard amount in CSERS (°CA) | 7.5 | 7.5 | 7.5 | 4.5 | 4.5 | 4.5 | 4.5 | 4.5

Map4

Engine coolant temperature (°C (°F)) | −40 (−40) | −30 (−22) | −20 (−4) | −10 (14) | 0 (32) | 10 (50) | 20 (68) | 30 (86)
Target retard amount in CSERS (°CA) | −1.5 | −1.5 | −1.5 | −1.5 | −1.5 | −1.5 | −1.5 | −1.5

Engine coolant temperature (°C (°F)) | 40 (104) | 50 (122) | 60 (140) | 70 (158) | 80 (176) | 90 (194) | 100 (212) | 110 (230)
Target retard amount in CSERS (°CA) | −1.5 | −2.5 | −2.5 | −2.5 | −2.5 | −2.5 | −2.5 | −2.5

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis at cold start.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

- Idle speed diagnosis

  Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

  Judgment value

  Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
  Actual engine speed − Target engine speed | Less than −300rpm | P050A

  Time needed for diagnosis: 7000ms

  Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

- Final ignition timing diagnosis

  Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

  Judgment value

  Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
  Final ignition timing − ignition timing during CSERS∗ ∗: CSERS (Cold Start Emission Reduction Strategy) Intermediate ignition timing = Base ignition timing − Retard amount | More than 5.5°CA | P050B

  Time needed for diagnosis: 7000ms

  Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P050B COLD START IGNITION TIMING PERFORMANCE

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P050A. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P050A COLD START IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0512 STARTER (SWITCH) REQUEST CIRCUIT
1. MODEL WITHOUT PUSH BUTTON START

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION SWITCH (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Start and idle the engine for three minutes or more.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P0512 displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION SWITCH (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 25 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and ignition switch connector.

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

2. MODEL WITH PUSH BUTTON START

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KEYLESS ACCESS CM (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.

Check the push button ignition switch. SECURITY AND LOCKS>Push Button Ignition Switch>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

2

Replace the push button ignition switch. SECURITY AND LOCKS>Push Button Ignition Switch

2. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Start and idle the engine for three minutes or more.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P0512 displayed? (Current malfunction)

3

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KEYLESS ACCESS CM (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Turn the ignition to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 25 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and keyless access CM connector.

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect abnormal continuity in the starter SW1.

Judge as ON NG when the starter SW 1 signal remains ON.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more
Engine speed | 500 rpm or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after starting the engine.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Starter SW 1 signal | 4 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 30000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0560 SYSTEM VOLTAGE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MAIN FUSE BOX (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FUSE (MAIN FUSE BOX).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MAIN FUSE BOX (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 1 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and battery terminal.

3. CHECK FUSE (MAIN FUSE BOX).

Check the fuse No. 13.

Is the fuse blown out?

Replace the fuse.

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and battery

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of battery terminal

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open/short circuit of back-up power supply circuit.

Judge as NG when the backup power voltage is low.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Voltage of back-up power supply | 1.4 V or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0562 SYSTEM VOLTAGE LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Charge warning light illuminates.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK GENERATOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK GENERATOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK GENERATOR B TERMINAL.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ENGINE GROUND.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK POOR CONTACT OF CONNECTORS.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

8

8. CHECK ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

9

9. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK GENERATOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Run the engine at idle after warming up.

3.

Measure the voltage between generator terminal B and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

Generator terminal B (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10.8 V or more?

2

Repair the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

2. CHECK GENERATOR.
1.

Run the engine at 3,000 rpm.

2.

Measure the voltage between generator terminal B and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

Generator terminal B (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10.8 V or more?

3

Repair the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

3. CHECK GENERATOR B TERMINAL.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the battery voltage.

3.

Measure the voltage of the generator B terminal.

Are the battery voltage and generator terminal B voltage the same?

4

Check the generator B terminal harness and fuse.

4. CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ENGINE GROUND.

Check continuity between generator main body and engine ground.

Is there continuity?

5

Check and repair the installation condition of the generator and engine ground.

5. CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL.

Check the battery terminals.

Are the battery positive terminal and the battery sensor ground terminal securely installed?

6

Tighten the clamp of terminal.

6. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Run the engine at idle.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10.8 V or more?

7

Repair the harness between ECM, battery and M/B.

7. CHECK POOR CONTACT OF CONNECTORS.

Check the following connectors.

- ECM to Battery

- Generator to ECM

- Battery to Generator

Is there poor contact of connectors between ECM, generator or battery?

Repair the connector.

8

8. CHECK ECM.
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P0562 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

9

9. CHECK DTC.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0562 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of the charging system (generator, battery, pulleys, harnesses, auxiliary belts, etc).

Judge as NG when the battery voltage is below the predetermined value in a possible driving condition under which the generator should generate electricity.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Engine speed Final output duty of generator power generation control | 1500 rpm or more 50% or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Battery voltage | Less than 10.8 V

Time needed for diagnosis: 30 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate even when malfunction occurs. (Charge warning light illuminates.)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0563 SYSTEM VOLTAGE HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Charge warning light illuminates.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK GENERATOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK GENERATOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK POOR CONTACT OF CONNECTORS.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

7

7. CHECK DTC DISPLAY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK GENERATOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Run the engine at idle after warming up.

3.

Measure the voltage between generator terminal B and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

Generator terminal B (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage less than 16.2 V?

2

Repair the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

2. CHECK GENERATOR.
1.

Run the engine at 3,000 rpm.

2.

Measure the voltage between generator terminal B and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

Generator terminal B (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage less than 16.2 V?

3

Repair the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

3. CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the battery terminals.

Are the battery positive terminal and the battery sensor ground terminal securely installed?

4

Tighten the clamp of terminal.

4. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Run the engine at idle.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage less than 16.2 V?

5

Repair the harness between ECM, battery and M/B.

5. CHECK POOR CONTACT OF CONNECTORS.

Check the following connectors.

- ECM to Battery

- Generator to ECM

- Battery to Generator

Is there poor contact of connectors between ECM, generator or battery?

Repair the connector.

6

6. CHECK ECM.
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P0563 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

7

7. CHECK DTC DISPLAY.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0563 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of the charging system (generator, battery, pulleys, harnesses, auxiliary belts, etc).

Judge as NG when the battery voltage is the predetermined value or more in a possible driving condition under which the generator should generate electricity.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Engine speed Final output duty of generator power generation control | 1500 rpm or more 50% or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Battery voltage | 16.2 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 30 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate even when malfunction occurs. (Charge warning light illuminates.)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P059F ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" PERFORMANCE/STUCK OFF
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P059F displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

- Even if DTC is detected, it has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, it is assumed that the active grille shutter may have temporarily had a foreign matter adhered/pinched or a frost.

2. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the area around the active grille shutter louver, louver link and actuator.

Is there any abnormality such as a foreign matter adhered or pinched and a frost?

Remove the foreign matter from the active grille shutter and go to the next step. 3

3

3. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
1.

Disconnect the ground terminal from battery sensor. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

2.

Remove the front bumper. EXTERIOR/INTERIOR TRIM>Front Bumper>REMOVAL

3.

Check the area around the active grille shutter louver, louver link and actuator.

Is there any damage in each part of the active grille shutter?

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

4

4. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
1.

Connect the ground terminal to battery sensor. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the operation check of the active grille shutter to measure time needed for open or close operation.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to the “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Is the time less than 15 seconds?

Even if DTC is detected, it has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

5

5. CHECK DATA MONITOR.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Active Grille Shutter Voltage Error Status].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is [Normal] displayed?

6

Check the power supply circuit. If the power supply circuit is normal. replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

6. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF, and cool down the engine enough.

Cool down the engine unit until it can be easily touched by hand.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Active Grille Shutter Temperature Error Status].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is [Normal] displayed?

Even if DTC is detected, it has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of the response to open/close request for the active grille shutter.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Active grille shutter | (3) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (4) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Ambient sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Active grille shutter drive | Yes

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Changing rate of the active grille shutter in 15000ms | Less than 94%

Time needed for diagnosis: 15000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P05A0 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" STUCK ON
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
no

2

yes
2. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.

Check the area around the active grille shutter louver, louver link and actuator.

Is there any abnormality such as a foreign matter adhered or pinched and a frost?

Remove the foreign matter from the active grille shutter and go to the next step. 2

2

2. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
1.

Disconnect the ground terminal from battery sensor. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

2.

Remove the front bumper. EXTERIOR/INTERIOR TRIM>Front Bumper>REMOVAL

3.

Check the area around the active grille shutter louver, louver link and actuator.

Is there any damage in each part of the active grille shutter?

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

3

3. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
1.

Connect the ground terminal to battery sensor. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

2.

Wait for approx. 30 seconds with the ignition switch OFF.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Perform operation check for the active grille shutter using the Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to the “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Does the open/close operation finish correctly?

- Even if DTC is detected, it has returned to a normal condition at this time.

- In this case, it is assumed that the active grille shutter may have temporarily had a foreign matter adhered/pinched or a frost.

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect that open/close operation of the active grille shutter is disabled due to a foreign matter pinched in or other defects.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Active grille shutter | (3) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (4) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Ambient sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Command to active grille shutter | Open or Closed

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Max value of the active grille shutter position sensor (when controlled at power supply ON) | Less than 70 deg

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P05A1 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" POSITION SENSOR MINIMUM/MAXIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
no

2

yes
2. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.

Check the area around the active grille shutter louver, louver link and actuator.

Is there any abnormality such as a foreign matter adhered or pinched and a frost?

Remove the foreign matter from the active grille shutter and go to the next step. 2

2

2. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
1.

Disconnect the ground terminal from battery sensor. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

2.

Remove the front bumper. EXTERIOR/INTERIOR TRIM>Front Bumper>REMOVAL

3.

Check the area around the active grille shutter louver, louver link and actuator.

Is there any damage in each part of the active grille shutter?

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

3

3. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER.
1.

Connect the ground terminal to battery sensor. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

2.

Wait for approx. 30 seconds with the ignition switch OFF.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Perform operation check for the active grille shutter using the Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to the “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Does the open/close operation finish correctly?

- Even if DTC is detected, it has returned to a normal condition at this time.

- In this case, it is assumed that the active grille shutter may have temporarily had a foreign matter adhered/pinched or a frost.

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect that the revolution angle goes beyond the defined angle due to the malfunction of the active grille shutter.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Active grille shutter | (3) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (4) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Ambient sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Command to active grille shutter | Open or Closed

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Max value of the active grille shutter position sensor (when controlled at power supply ON) | More than 155 deg

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P05A2 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF, and wait for approx. 30 seconds.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P05A2 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

- Using the Subaru Select Monitor, perform the operation check for the active grille shutter to make sure that its open and close operation can be completed properly.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to the “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect for the malfunction of active grille shutter motor circuit.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Active grille shutter | (3) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (4) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Ambient sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Command to active grille shutter | Open or Closed

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Current in the motor circuit during open/close command to the active grille shutter | More than 650 mA

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Current in the motor circuit during open/close command to the active grille shutter | Less than 10 mA

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P05A6 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER "A" SUPPLY VOLTAGE CIRCUIT/OPEN
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK BATTERY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER POWER SUPPLY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF, and wait for approx. 30 seconds.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P05A6 displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, a temporary drop of battery voltage, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK BATTERY.

Check the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

Is the check result OK?

3

Charge or replace the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

3. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the active grille shutter.

3.

Measure the voltage between active grille shutter connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B63) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 9 V or more?

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and active grille shutter connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the abnormal voltage of active grille shutter power supply.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Active grille shutter | (3) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (4) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Ambient sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Malfunction judgment flag | 1

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P05C0 ACTIVE GRILLE AIR SHUTTER MODULE "A" OVER TEMPERATURE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF, and cool down the engine enough.

Cool down the engine unit until it can be easily touched by hand.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P05C0 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time.

- In this case, there may have been a temporary rise of the temperature in the engine compartment.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the abnormal temperature inside the active grille shutter.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Active grille shutter | (3) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (4) | Ambient air temperature (°C (°F))
(2) | Ambient sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Malfunction judgment flag | 1

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Engine does not start.

- Engine stall

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0604 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of microcomputer (RAM).

If it is possible to write data to the whole area of RAM in the initial routine, and is possible to read the same data, it is judged as OK, and if not, NG.

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
ECM initialization | RUN

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis immediately after ignition switch ON.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Written value to RAM | Not equal to the reading value

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Check error of error correction code | Detected

Time needed for diagnosis: 2 times

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0606. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0606 CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when SUM value of ROM is outside the standard value.

2. EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
ECM initialization | RUN

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG if the criteria below are met.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
SUM value of ROM | Malfunction

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Check error of error correction code | Detected

Time needed for diagnosis: 2 times

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0606 CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK ECM GROUND HARNESS.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 67 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 68 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 — 13 V?

2

Repair the open or short to ground in the power supply circuit.

2. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 67 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 68 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 13 — 15 V?

3

Repair the open or short to ground in the power supply circuit.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — (E57) No. 5:

(E158) No. 30 — (E57) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

4. CHECK ECM GROUND HARNESS.
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 70 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 71 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 72 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage less than 1 V?

Check the connector for poor contact and check the harness. Replace the ECM if no fault is found. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in ground circuit

  - Loose engine ground terminal

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the CPU operation is abnormal.

Diagnosis 1‐1 and 1‐2: Instruction check

Diagnosis 2: Software flow check

Diagnosis 3: Software monitor check

Diagnosis 4: If the output IC operation is abnormal

Diagnosis 5: CAN register check

Diagnosis 6: Control module function check

Diagnosis 7: Self check

Diagnosis 8: History monitoring

Diagnosis 9: Voltage monitoring

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Throttle position sensor | (5) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 | (9) | CPU
(2) | Throttle position sensor 1 | (6) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 | (10) | Monitoring IC
(3) | Throttle position sensor 2 | (7) | I/F circuit | (11) | EEPROM
(4) | Accelerator pedal position sensor | (8) | Engine control module (ECM) | (12) | Output IC

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1‐1, 5 and 7

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
ECM initialization | Execution

Diagnosis 1‐2, 2, 4 and 8

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

Diagnosis 3

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6.2V or more
Electronic throttle control MOSFET | ON

Diagnosis 6

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more
Motor stop signal from ECM | ON

Diagnosis 9

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Time elapsed after engine start | 1 s or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1‐1 and 1‐2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Instruction value | Different from expected value

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Process flow result | The result and expected value do not match.

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
High integrated IC motor continuity cut demand | Yes

Judgment value (diagnosis 4)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Communication between output driver ICs | Communication failure

Judgment value (diagnosis 5)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Writing value to CAN register | Not equal to the reading value

Judgment value (diagnosis 6)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Absolute throttle position - Absolute throttle position memory when monitoring | 1.6% or more

Judgment value (diagnosis 7)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Data written in CPU | Not equal to expected value

Judgment value (diagnosis 8)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Data written in register | Not equal to the reading value

Judgment value (diagnosis 9)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
(Actual engine output − Target engine output) − Map value | 1900 kW or more

Map

Vehicle speed (km/h (MPH)) | 0 (0) | 10 (6.25) | 20 (12.5) | 30 (18.75) | 40 (25) | 50 (31.25) | 60 (37.5) | 70.4 (43.75) | 80.5 (50) | 91 (56.25) | 101 (62.5)
Engine output (kW) | 26 | 26 | 26 | 26 | 30 | 40 | 60 | 85 | 120 | 160 | 200

Time needed for diagnosis:

Diagnosis 1‐1: 2 times

Diagnosis 1‐2: 8time(s)

Diagnosis 2: 504ms

Diagnosis 3: 48ms

Diagnosis 4: 2500ms

Diagnosis 5: Less than 1 s

Diagnosis 6: 24ms

Diagnosis 7: 2 times

Diagnosis 8: 2time(s)

Diagnosis 9: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P060A INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MONITORING PROCESSOR PERFORMANCE

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0606. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0606 CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the monitoring IC operation is abnormal.

- Diagnosis 1: Monitoring IC Disable (motor continuity cut demand) diagnosis

- Diagnosis 2: Monitoring IC register diagnosis

- Diagnosis 3: Monitoring IC self test

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Throttle position sensor | (5) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 | (9) | CPU
(2) | Throttle position sensor 1 | (6) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 | (10) | Monitoring IC
(3) | Throttle position sensor 2 | (7) | I/F circuit | (11) | EEPROM
(4) | Accelerator pedal position sensor | (8) | Engine control module (ECM) | (12) | Output IC

3. EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more
CPU intentionally sends motor continuity cut demand | ON

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

Diagnosis 3

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
ECM initialization | Execution

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when one of the following conditions is established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Main throttle opening angle − Main throttle opening angle at monitoring start | 1.6% or more

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Monitoring IC register writing value | Not equal to the reading value

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Self test error | Detected

Time needed for diagnosis:

Diagnosis 1: 24ms

Diagnosis 2: 200 ms

Diagnosis 3: 2 times

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P060B INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE A/D PROCESSING PERFORMANCE

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0606. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0606 CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the AD converter operation is abnormal.

- Diagnosis 1: Low voltage input test

- Diagnosis 2: High voltage input test

- Diagnosis 3: Middle voltage input test

- Diagnosis 4: Inner power supply voltage check

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Throttle position sensor | (5) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 | (9) | CPU
(2) | Throttle position sensor 1 | (6) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 | (10) | Monitoring IC
(3) | Throttle position sensor 2 | (7) | I/F circuit | (11) | EEPROM
(4) | Accelerator pedal position sensor | (8) | Engine control module (ECM) | (12) | Output IC

3. EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more
Target A/D voltage | 0 V

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more
Target A/D voltage | 5 V

Diagnosis 3

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more
Target A/D voltage | 1.2 V

Diagnosis 4

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Monitoring A/D voltage | More than 0.02 V

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Monitoring A/D voltage | Less than 4.98 V

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Monitoring A/D voltage | Less than 1.1 V or More than 1.4 V

Judgment value (diagnosis 4)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Inner power supply voltage/2 | Less than 1.819 V or More than 3 V

Time needed for diagnosis: 200ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0616 STARTER RELAY "A" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

- Model without push button start

- Model with push button start

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY) (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY) (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY) (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Remove the starter relay.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter relay) terminal No. 3.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 27 — No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter relay).

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY) (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Disconnect the connector from starter motor.

2.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 27 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter relay).

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect abnormal continuity in the starter SW 2.

Judge as OFF NG when the starter SW 2 signal remains OFF.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more
Engine speed | Increases from 0 rpm to 500 rpm or more
Vehicle speed | Less than 1km/h (0.6MPH)
Starter relay command | ON

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as OFF NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Starter SW2 signal of 4 V or more | Not detected

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0617 STARTER RELAY "A" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

- Model without push button start

- Model with push button start

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY) (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P0617 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY) (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 27 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter relay)

  - Short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and starter motor

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect abnormal continuity in the starter SW 2.

Judge as ON NG when the starter SW 2 signal remains ON.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more
Engine speed | 500 rpm or more
Starter relay command | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Starter SW2 signal | 4 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 30000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P062D FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Engine does not start.

- Engine stall

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P062D displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of direct injection drive IC boost circuit.

Perform diagnosis with direct injection drive IC, and judge as NG when the over-charging or non-charging signal is sent from the IC.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Elapsed time after ignition switch is turned to ON | 0.1 s or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (charge incomplete malfunction)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Monitoring value of charge voltage inside direct injection drive IC | 18 V or less

Judgment value (over-charge malfunction)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Monitoring value of charge voltage inside direct injection drive IC | 80 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 0.04 s or more (depending on engine speed)

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P062F INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE EEPROM ERROR

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0606. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0606 CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the EEPROM operation is abnormal.

2. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Writing result to EEPROM | Malfunction

Time needed for diagnosis: 2 times

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P065A GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Charge warning light illuminates.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK V-BELT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK V-BELT.

Check the V-belt. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>V-belt>INSPECTION

Is the V-belt broken?

Replace the V-belt. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>V-belt

Replace the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when detecting no rotation of the generator (mechanical malfunction such as belt breakage), or internal electrical malfunction.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

To secure the vehicle power supply, the generator varies the generation amount according to EGI command.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
LIN communication schedule in progress | Normal schedule

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (mechanical malfunction warning)

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Internal malfunction flag of generator (mechanical malfunction warning) | ON
Generator revolution speed | More than 1550rpm

Judgment value (electrical malfunction warning)

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Internal malfunction flag of generator (electrical malfunction warning) | ON

Time needed for diagnosis:

Mechanical malfunction warning: 384ms or more

Electrical malfunction warning: 384ms or more

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate even when malfunction occurs. (Charge light illuminates)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0685 ECM/PCM POWER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (MAIN RELAY) (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (MAIN RELAY) (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK MAIN RELAY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.

Check the connecting condition of ECM connector.

Is the ECM connector correctly connected?

2

Connect the ECM connector correctly.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (MAIN RELAY) (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Remove the main relay.

3.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 12 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and M/B (main relay).

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (MAIN RELAY) (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 67 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 68 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and M/B (main relay).

4

4. CHECK MAIN RELAY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the main relay. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Main Relay>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the main relay. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Main Relay

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the main relay stuck to ON.

Judge as NG when ECM keeps operating for more than predetermined time although the main relay does not turn to OFF after ignition switch is turned to OFF.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

The main relay controls current of coils by receiving instructions from the ignition switch and leak check valve assembly to switch ECM to ON/OFF.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Main relay | OFF instruction

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once when the enable conditions are established with the ignition switch OFF → ON.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
ECM status | In operation

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to CVT section. TRANSMISSION (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when there is CAN communication with the TCM and there is a MIL lighting request.

2. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

3. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
MIL lighting request from TCM | Yes

Time needed for diagnosis: 128ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P081A STARTER DISABLE CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Failure of engine to start

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

- Model without push button start

- Model with push button start

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER CUT RELAY) (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER CUT RELAY) (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK STARTER CUT RELAY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER CUT RELAY) (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Remove the starter cut relay.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 24 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter cut relay).

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER CUT RELAY) (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter cut relay) terminal.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 24 — No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter cut relay) connector.

3. CHECK STARTER CUT RELAY.

Check the starter cut relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the starter cut relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>LOCATION

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect abnormal continuity in the starter cut relay.

Judge as NG when the starter cut relay output line is open.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more
Starter cut relay command | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Starter cut relay control voltage | 1.7 V or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 2.5 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK SELECT CABLE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK SELECT CABLE.

Check the select cable.

Is there any fault in select cable?

Repair or adjust the select cable. CONTROL SYSTEMS>Select Cable

2

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Place the select lever in other than “P” range and “N” range.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 39 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from inhibitor switch.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 39 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the inhibitor switch. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION(TR580)>Inhibitor Switch

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and inhibitor switch connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of neutral SW.

Judge as NG when the ECM neutral terminal input differs from the reception data from TCM.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Starter relay feedback voltage | Less than 1.6 V
Data received from TCM | Not equal to “P” range/“N” range

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously in 2 s after starting the engine.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Voltage of the neutral position switch signal | 1.2 V or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 6.4 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK SELECT CABLE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK SELECT CABLE.

Check the select cable.

Is there any fault in select cable?

Repair or adjust the select cable. CONTROL SYSTEMS>Select Cable

2

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range and “N” range.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 39 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage less than 1 V?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from inhibitor switch.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and inhibitor switch connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 39 — (T7) No. 6:

(B134) No. 50 — (T7) No. 9:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

Replace the inhibitor switch. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION(TR580)>Inhibitor Switch

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and inhibitor switch connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of neutral SW.

Judge as NG when the ECM neutral terminal input differs from the reception data from TCM.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Starter relay feedback voltage | Less than 1.6 V
Data received from TCM | Equal to “P” range/“N” range

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously in 2 s after starting the engine.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Voltage of the neutral position switch signal | 4.5 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 6.4 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P0A3B GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR OVER TEMPERATURE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Charge warning light illuminates.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK GENERATOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK CHARGE WARNING LIGHT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK GENERATOR.

Check the generator vent window. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator>INSPECTION

Is there clogging with foreign objects?

Eliminate the foreign objects and leave the generator main body intact approx. 20 minutes to cool down.

2

2. CHECK CHARGE WARNING LIGHT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait for at least 20 minutes.

2.

Start the engine and check the charge warning light.

Does the charge warning light remain on?

Replace the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

This is a temporarily overheating of the generator. It is now back to normal state. Check for clogging with foreign objects in the proximate area such as the generator vent window.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

The overheating detection sensor is integrated as protection of the generator internal parts. If a malfunction is detected, DTCs will be output.

Charge warning light illuminates.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

To secure the vehicle power supply, the generator varies the generation amount according to EGI command.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
LIN communication schedule | Normal schedule

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Internal malfunction flag of generator (high temperature malfunction warning) | ON
Monitor value of generator internal temperature | More than 168°C (334.4°F)

Time needed for diagnosis: 1024ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate even when malfunction occurs. (Charge light illuminates)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1160 THROTTLE RETURN SPRING

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the valve is opened more than the default opening angle, but does not move to the close direction with the motor power stopped.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Opener spring | (4) | Full closed stopper | (7) | DC motor
(2) | Return spring | (5) | Throttle valve | (8) | Main and sub throttle position sensor
(3) | Intermediate stopper | (6) | Gear |  |

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch | OFF
Battery voltage | 6V or more
Elapsed time after motor continuity OFF | 1.6 s

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Change of the opening angle after the motor current is cut OFF | Less than 2°

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1192 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Turn the ignition to OFF.

4.

Start the engine.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Fuel Rail Pressure B].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure B] 25000 kPa (3625 psi) or more?

2

Refer to “Check non-permanent occurrence malfunctions”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>INSPECTION > CHECK NON-PERMANENT OCCURRENCE MALFUNCTIONS

2. CHECK BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the fuel pressure sensor.

4.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 50 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the fuel pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure Sensor

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit in the fuel pressure sensor sub signal.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Output voltage | (C) | Main signal | (D) | Sub signal
(B) | Absolute pressure
(1) | Fuel pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.321V

Time needed for diagnosis: 2400ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1193 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR "B" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.
no

5

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Fuel Rail Pressure B].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Fuel Rail Pressure B] 0 kPa (0 psi)?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the fuel pressure sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between fuel pressure sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E162) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V?

3

5

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 50 — (E162) No. 1:

(E158) No. 58 — (E162) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 50 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E162) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

Replace the fuel pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure Sensor

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 41 — (E162) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

6

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 41 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E162) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and fuel pressure sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit in sub signal of the fuel pressure sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Output voltage | (C) | Main signal | (D) | Sub signal
(B) | Absolute pressure
(1) | Fuel pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 3.739V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2400ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1235 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

2

Replace the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Disconnect the connector from high-pressure fuel pump.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and high-pressure fuel pump connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 105 — (E160) No. 2:

(E158) No. 114 — (E160) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and high-pressure fuel pump connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 105 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 114 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and high-pressure fuel pump connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).

Measure the voltage between high-pressure fuel pump connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E160) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and high-pressure fuel pump connector.

5

5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of high pressure fuel pump circuit function.

Judge as NG when ECM detects any malfunction in the diagnostic items listed below.

- Diagnosis 1: Diagnosis for open circuit

- Diagnosis 2: Diagnosis for overcurrent

- Diagnosis 3: Diagnosis for ground short

- Diagnosis 4: Diagnosis for power supply short

- Diagnosis 5: Diagnosis for ground short (between ECM and high-pressure fuel pump driver)

- Diagnosis 6: Diagnosis for power supply short (between ECM and high-pressure fuel pump driver)

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1, 2, 5

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Time elapsed after engine start | 0.1 s or more
Fuel pump operation signal | ON

Diagnosis 3, 4, 6

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Time elapsed after engine start | 0.1 s or more
Fuel pump operation signal | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
High-pressure fuel pump wrong operation signal (0.2 A or less) | ON

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
High-pressure fuel pump wrong operation signal (14.2 A or more) | ON

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
High-pressure fuel pump wrong operation signal (1 V or less) | ON

Judgment value (diagnosis 4)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
High-pressure fuel pump wrong operation signal (5 V or more) | ON

Judgment value (diagnosis 5)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
High-pressure fuel pump control voltage | Less than 3.92 V

Judgment value (diagnosis 6)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
High-pressure fuel pump control voltage | 3.92 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis:

Diagnosis 1, 2, 5: Map1

Diagnosis 3, 4, 6: Map2

Map1

Engine speed (rpm) | 500 | 2000 | 4000
Time when calculation was performed 10 times (sec) | 0.6 | 0.15 | 0.08

Map2

Engine speed (rpm) | 0 | 500 | 2000 | 4000
Time when calculation was performed 10 times (sec) | 0.04 | 0.6 | 0.15 | 0.08

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1261 CYLINDER 1 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM terminals on faulty fuel injectors.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E158) No. 96:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E158) No. 95:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E158) No. 93:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E158) No. 94:

Is the resistance 1.74 — 2.04 Ω (at 20°C (68°F))?

2

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between ECM and engine ground on faulty injectors.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 87 — Engine ground:

#1 (E158) No. 96 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground on defective fuel injectors.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 87 (+) — Engine ground (−):

#1 (E158) No. 96 (+) — Engine ground (−):

#2 (E158) No. 86 (+) — Engine ground (−):

#2 (E158) No. 95 (+) — Engine ground (−):

#3 (E158) No. 84 (+) — Engine ground (−):

#3 (E158) No. 93 (+) — Engine ground (−):

#4 (E158) No. 85 (+) — Engine ground (−):

#4 (E158) No. 94 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connectors.

4

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

Check the fuel injector on faulty cylinder. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

5

Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>REMOVAL

5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of fuel injector circuit function.

Judge as NG when ECM detects any malfunction in the diagnostic items listed below.

Diagnostic item | Malfunction Criteria
Power supply short | ECM low side terminal voltage of the fuel injector circuit is high.
Ground short | ECM low side terminal voltage of the fuel injector circuit is low.
Open circuit | Fuel injector current is low.
Overcurrent | Fuel injector current is high.
Short circuit | The time when the fuel injector current reaches the target current is short.

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1, 2, 5

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Time elapsed after engine start | 100 ms or more
Fuel injector operation signal | ON

Diagnosis 3, 4, 6

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Time elapsed after engine start | 100 ms or more
Fuel injector operation signal | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Operating current | 0.2 A or less

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Operating current | 32.4 A or more

Judgment value (diagnosis 3)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Terminal voltage | 1 V or less

Judgment value (diagnosis 4)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Terminal voltage | 5 V or more

Judgment value (diagnosis 5)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Injector control voltage | Less than 3.92 V

Judgment value (diagnosis 6)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Injector control voltage | 3.92 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis:

Diagnosis 1, 2, 5: Map1

Diagnosis 3, 4, 6: Map2

Map1

Engine speed (rpm) | 500 | 2000 | 4000
Time when calculation was performed 10 times (sec) | 2.4 | 0.6 | 0.3

Map2

Engine speed (rpm) | 0 | 500 | 2000 | 4000
Time when calculation was performed 10 times (sec) | 0.04 | 2.4 | 0.6 | 0.3

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1262 CYLINDER 2 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1261. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1261 CYLINDER 1 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1263 CYLINDER 3 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1261. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1261 CYLINDER 1 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1264 CYLINDER 4 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1261. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1261 CYLINDER 1 DIRECT FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT/OPEN

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1449 EVAP SYSTEM CLOG DETECTED (AIR FILTER)
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK CANISTER TUBE ASSEMBLY AND DRAIN TUBE ASSEMBLY BETWEEN CANISTER AND DRAIN FILTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK DRAIN FILTER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY (PRESSURE SENSOR).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P1449 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK CANISTER TUBE ASSEMBLY AND DRAIN TUBE ASSEMBLY BETWEEN CANISTER AND DRAIN FILTER.

Check the canister tube assembly and drain tube assembly between canister and drain filter.

Is the canister tube assembly and/or the drain tube assembly clogged between canister and drain filter?

Replace the canister tube assembly and/or the drain tube assembly between canister and drain filter. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Canister EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Drain Filter

3

3. CHECK DRAIN FILTER.

Check the drain filter.

Is the drain filter clogged?

Replace the drain filter. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Drain Filter

4

4. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY (PRESSURE SENSOR).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Start monitoring of [Evap System Absolute Pressure] using [OBD System] of Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Application help”.

3.

Check the value of [Evap System Absolute Pressure] by shaking the harness and connector between leak check valve assembly and ECM.

Does the value of [Evap System Absolute Pressure] change?

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the drain filter clogging by the pressure change during purge introduction.

Judge as drain filter clogging malfunction if the pressure in the evaporative emission system piping suddenly decreases by the purging.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Elapsed time after ignition switch is turned to ON | 20000ms or more
Vacuum pump in the leak check valve assembly | Not in operation
Switching valve in leak check valve assembly | Open

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously when purging is performed after 20000ms have passed since the ignition switch was ON.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Calculate the difference between the pressure sensor output value in the leak check valve assembly as of 5 seconds ago and the current one, and if the value is greater than judgment value, detect and judge as filter clogging trouble.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Pressure sensor output value as of 5 seconds ago − Current pressure sensor output value| | More than value of Map

Map

Vehicle speed (km/h (MPH)) | 0 (0) | 20 (12.4) | 40 (24.9) | 50 (31.1) | 60 (37.3) | 80 (49.7) | 100 (62.1)
|Pressure sensor output value as of 5 seconds ago − Current pressure sensor output value| (Pa (mmHg, inHg)) | 827.8 (6.208930896, 0.2 inHg) | 827.8 (6.208930896, 0.2 inHg) | 827.8 (6.208930896, 0.2 inHg) | 827.8 (6.208930896, 0.2 inHg) | 887.2 (6.6548, 0.3 inHg) | 1006 (7.5458, 0.3 inHg) | 1124.5 (8.4348, 0.3 inHg)

Time needed for diagnosis: 2time(s) × 0.512 ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1451 EVAP SYSTEM CLOG DETECTED (PIPE)
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DRAIN TUBE BETWEEN CANISTER AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HOSE AND TUBE BETWEEN CANISTER AND FUEL TANK.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DRAIN TUBE BETWEEN CANISTER AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.

Check the drain tube between the canister and leak check valve assembly.

Is the drain tube between canister and leak check valve assembly clogged?

Replace the drain tube between the canister and leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Canister

2

2. CHECK HOSE AND TUBE BETWEEN CANISTER AND FUEL TANK.

Check the hose and tube between the canister and fuel tank.

Are the hose and tube between the canister and fuel tank clogged?

Replace the hose or tube between the canister and fuel tank. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Canister FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Tank

- Replace the canister. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Canister

- After the operation is complete, go to the next step. 3

3. CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.
1.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P1451 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

End.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0455. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0455 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (LARGE LEAK)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1492 COIL 1 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1498. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1498 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1493 COIL 1 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1499. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1499 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1494 COIL 2 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1498. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1498 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1495 COIL 2 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1499. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1499 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1496 COIL 3 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1498. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1498 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1497 COIL 3 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P1499. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P1499 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1498 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

- Engine breathing

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK EGR CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK EGR CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the EGR control valve.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between EGR control valve connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E18) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E18) No. 5 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between EGR control valve and M/B

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and EGR control valve connector.

Connector & terminal

DTC P1492; (E158) No. 98 — (E18) No. 3:

DTC P1494; (E158) No. 97 — (E18) No. 1:

DTC P1496; (E158) No. 107 — (E18) No. 4:

DTC P1498; (E158) No. 106 — (E18) No. 6:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and EGR control valve connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

DTC P1492; (E158) No. 98 — Engine ground:

DTC P1494; (E158) No. 97 — Engine ground:

DTC P1496; (E158) No. 107 — Engine ground:

DTC P1498; (E158) No. 106 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and EGR control valve connector.

4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact between ECM connector and EGR control valve connector.

Is there poor contact in ECM or EGR control valve connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or EGR control valve connector.

Replace EGR control valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>EGR Control Valve

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detects open or short circuit of EGR.

Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (4) | Switch circuit | (6) | Main relay
(2) | CPU | (5) | Battery voltage | (7) | EGR control valve
(3) | Detecting circuit |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
EGR drive signal | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform diagnosis continuously during EGR operation.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
EGR terminal voltage | Battery voltage × 0.66 or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1499 COIL 4 EGR "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

- Engine breathing

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK EGR CONTROL VALVE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the EGR control valve.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Measure the voltage between defective ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

DTC P1493; (E158) No. 98 (+) — Engine ground (−):

DTC P1495; (E158) No. 97 (+) — Engine ground (−):

DTC P1497; (E158) No. 107 (+) — Engine ground (−):

DTC P1499; (E158) No. 106 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM connector and EGR control valve connector.

2

2. CHECK EGR CONTROL VALVE.

Check the EGR control valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>EGR Control Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace EGR control valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>EGR Control Valve

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of EGR.

Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (4) | Switch circuit | (6) | Main relay
(2) | CPU | (5) | Battery voltage | (7) | EGR control valve
(3) | Detecting circuit |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
EGR drive signal | ON

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform diagnosis continuously during EGR operation.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
EGR terminal voltage | Battery voltage × 0.13 or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1603 ENGINE STALL HISTORY
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

- This DTC may be detected even if fault does not occur in the vehicle. If the customer does not ask for inspection, clear memory instead of inspection and return the vehicle to the user.

- After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

3

yes
3. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

52

no

6

6. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

7

7. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

11

no

9

9. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

10

10. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
11. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
12. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

17

no

13

13. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
14. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
15. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THE MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
16. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

21

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

17. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR DATA.
yes

21

no

18

18. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
20. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
21. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

25

yes
22. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
23. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
24. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
25. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

31

no

26

26. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
yes

30

no

27

27. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
28. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
29. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
30. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

31. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

33

no

32

32. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

33. CHECK FUEL TANK.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

34

34. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
35. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

36. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
37. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

39

no

38

38. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

43

no

48

39. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
40. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
41. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THE MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
42. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
43. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

48

no

44

44. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

45

45. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
46. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
47. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
48. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
49. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
50. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
51. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

52. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
53. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

56

yes
54. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

55

55. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

73

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

56. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

73

no

57

57. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
58. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
59. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
60. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

61. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
62. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
63. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
64. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

65. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
66. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
67. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
68. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

69. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
70. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
71. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
72. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

73. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
74. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
75. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
76. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
77. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

78. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
79. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
80. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
81. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

82

82. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

83

83. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

84

84. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

85. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

90

yes
86. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
87. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
88. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
89. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
90. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
91. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
92. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
93. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

95

no

94

94. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

95. CHECK FUEL TANK.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

96

96. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
97. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
98. CHECK ENGINE RUNNING CONDITION.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P1603 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Fuel Level Input].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Fuel Level Input] 16.4% or more?

3

Fuel may be run out. If the fault occurs after refueling, continue the diagnosis. 3

3. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Control module voltage].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Control module voltage] 11 V or more?

4

Check the battery and generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery>INSPECTION STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator>INSPECTION

4. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Check for the condition of fault occurrence.

Did you ask the customer about the driving condition and engine speed status when the fault occurred?

- The engine speed dropped slowly and then the engine stalled during idling or deceleration: 5

- The engine speed dropped rapidly and then the engine stalled during idling or deceleration: 78

- The engine stalled during standing start, acceleration, or constant speed driving: 85

Ask the customer about the driving condition and engine speed status when fault occurred.

5. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Short Term Fuel Trim (B1)] and [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

2.

Obtain the sum values of [Short Term Fuel Trim (B1)] and [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)] in each freeze frame data.

Is the sum value of [Short Term Fuel Trim (B1)] and [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)] within ±15% in each freeze frame data?

52

- More than 15% in each freeze frame data: 6

- Less than −15% in any one of freeze frame data: 36

6. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

7

7. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.

Check the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

8

Replace the faulty purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve

8. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Stop Light Switch].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Stop Light Switch] [OFF] in all freeze frame data?

11

9

9. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Read the value of [Short Term Fuel Trim-Bank1] both when the brake pedal is released and depressed using Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the value of [Short Term Fuel Trim (B1)] with the brake pedal depressed increase by 10% or more compared to when the pedal is released?

Replace the brake booster. BRAKE>Brake Booster

10

10. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

While reproducing the faulty condition of the vehicle, read the values of [Short Term Fuel Trim-Bank1] and [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)] using the Subaru Select Monitor.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

3.

Obtain the sum values of [Short Term Fuel Trim (B1)] and [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)].

Is the sum value of [Short Term Fuel Trim (B1)] and [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)] within ±15%?

11

Replace the brake booster. BRAKE>Brake Booster

11. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.

Check the ignition system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

Is the check result OK?

12

Repair the ignition system. IGNITION(H4DO)>General Description

12. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [A/F Sensor #1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [A/F Sensor #1] 1 or more?

17

13

13. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

14

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

14. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor.

4.

Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor.

5.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector, and between ECM connector and the manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — (B3) No. 1:

(B134) No. 54 — (B3) No. 2:

(B134) No. 53 — (B3) No. 3:

(B134) No. 43 — (B3) No. 4:

(E158) No. 58 — (E21) No. 1:

(E158) No. 69 — (E21) No. 2:

(E158) No. 41 — (E21) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

15

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

15. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THE MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 43 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 53 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 41 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 69 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

16

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector

16. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Run the engine at idle.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Calculated LOAD Value].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

Compare with the value of [Calculated LOAD Value], listed in “Data Monitor”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Data Monitor>LIST

The value of Calculated load value changes depending on how the engine internal parts settle in. If the value is out of standard, judge it again by comparing the vehicle with another one with the same specifications and similar conditions such as travel distance.

Does the value of [Calculated LOAD Value] fall between 90 — 110% of the value described in the list?

21

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

17. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR DATA.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Raise the engine speed up to 2,500 rpm and maintain it for approx. three minutes.

3.

Release the accelerator pedal and idle the engine.

4.

Select [Injection Quantity Control] in [Active Test], and read the value of [A/F Sensor #1] at the increase rate of both 12% and −12%.

- Perform the operation immediately after the engine comes into idling condition, otherwise the front oxygen (A/F) sensor will be cooled.

- For detailed procedures, refer to “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Does the value of [A/F Sensor #1] change to less than 0.88 at the increase rate of 12%, and to 1.12 or more at the rate of −12%?

21

18

18. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

19

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Blown out of fuse

19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — (B379) No. 3:

(E158) No. 4 — (B379) No. 4:

(E158) No. 88 — (B379) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

20

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

20. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 4 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 88 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

21

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

21. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] and [Ambient air temperature].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 120°C (248°F) or more? Or is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 15°C (27°F) or more lower than that of [Ambient Temperature]?

22

25

22. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

23

Replace the defective engine coolant temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

23. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect connectors from ECM, engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet), and ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 58 — (E171) No. 1:

(E158) No. 55 — (E171) No. 2:

(E158) No. 58 — (E172) No. 1:

(E158) No. 59 — (E172) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

24

- Repair the following item.

  - Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

  - Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

24. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 55 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 59 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

25

- Repair the following item.

  - Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

  - Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

25. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Evap Purge Flow].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Evap Purge Flow] 0% in all freeze frame data?

31

26

26. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [CPC Solenoid Valve] of [Active Test].

For detailed procedures, refer to “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

2.

Check if the ventilation changes according to ON/OFF switching operation.

Does the ventilation of purge control solenoid valve change correctly?

30

27

27. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the purge control solenoid valve.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between purge control solenoid valve connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E4) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

28

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between M/B and purge control solenoid valve connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

28. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and purge control solenoid valve connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 9 — (E4) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

29

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and purge control solenoid valve connector.

29. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the purge control solenoid valve connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E4) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

30

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and purge control solenoid valve connector.

30. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

31. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [Fuel Pump Relay] of [Active Test].

For detailed procedures, refer to “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

3.

Check if operating sound occurs in the fuel pump according to ON/OFF switching operation.

Does the fuel pump emit operating sound?

33

32

32. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.

Check fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Check fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

Replace the fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump

33. CHECK FUEL TANK.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

Check if any foreign matters such as iron powder exist in the fuel tank.

Is there any foreign matter in the fuel tank?

Remove foreign matter from the fuel tank.

34

34. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

35

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

35. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] and [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] synchronized with the one in [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A] in all freeze frame data?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

Check the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

36. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.

Check the ignition system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

Is the check result OK?

37

Repair the ignition system. IGNITION(H4DO)>General Description

37. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Run the engine at idle.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Calculated LOAD Value].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

4.

Compare with the reference value (at idling) of [Calculated LOAD Value], listed under the data monitor. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Data Monitor>LIST

The value of [Calculated LOAD Value] changes depending on how the engine internal parts settle in. If the value is out of threshold value below, judge it again by comparing the vehicle with another one with the same specifications and similar conditions such as travel distance.

Is the value of [Calculated LOAD Value] 110% or more of the value described in the list?

39

38

38. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [A/F Sensor #1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [A/F Sensor #1] less than 1?

43

48

39. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor and the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

40

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor or the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

40. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor.

4.

Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor.

5.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector, and between ECM connector and the manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — (B3) No. 1:

(B134) No. 54 — (B3) No. 2:

(B134) No. 53 — (B3) No. 3:

(B134) No. 43 — (B3) No. 4:

(E158) No. 58 — (E21) No. 1:

(E158) No. 69 — (E21) No. 2:

(E158) No. 41 — (E21) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

41

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

41. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THE MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 43 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 41 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 53 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 69 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

42

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector

42. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Run the engine at idle.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Calculated LOAD Value].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

Compare with the reference value (at idling) of [Calculated LOAD Value], listed under the data monitor. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Data Monitor>LIST

The value of [Calculated LOAD Value] changes depending on how the engine internal parts settle in. If the value is out of threshold value below, judge it again by comparing the vehicle with another one with the same specifications and similar conditions such as travel distance.

Does the value of [Calculated LOAD Value] fall between 90 — 110% of the value described in the list?

43

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

43. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Raise the engine speed up to 2,500 rpm and maintain it for approx. three minutes.

3.

Release the accelerator pedal and idle the engine.

4.

Using [Injection Quantity Control] in [Active Test], read the value of [A/F Sensor #1] at the increase rate of both 12% and −12%.

- Perform the operation immediately after the engine comes into idling condition, otherwise the front oxygen (A/F) sensor will be cooled.

- For detailed procedures, refer to “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Does the value of [A/F Sensor #1] change to less than 0.88 at the increase rate of 12%, and to 1.12 or more at the rate of −12%?

48

44

44. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [A/F Sensor #1 Resistance].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [A/F Sensor #1 Resistance] 500 Ω or more?

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

45

45. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

46

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Blown out of fuse

46. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — (B379) No. 3:

(E158) No. 4 — (B379) No. 4:

(E158) No. 88 — (B379) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

47

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

47. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 4 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 88 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

48

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

48. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] and [Ambient air temperature].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 120°C (248°F) or more? Or is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 15°C (27°F) or more lower than that of [Ambient air temperature]?

49

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

49. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

50

Replace the defective engine coolant temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

50. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect connectors from ECM, engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet), and ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 58 — (E171) No. 1:

(E158) No. 55 — (E171) No. 2:

(E158) No. 58 — (E172) No. 1:

(E158) No. 59 — (E172) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

51

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector

  - Open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector

51. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 55 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 59 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

- Even if DTC is detected, it has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

  In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector

52. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.

Check the ignition system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

Is the check result OK?

53

Repair the ignition system. IGNITION(H4DO)>General Description

53. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values of the Freeze Frame Data in [Idle Mass Air Flow Feedback correct], [ISC Learning Value] and [Idle dirty throttle correct].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

3.

Obtain the sum values of [Idle Mass Air Flow Feedback correct], [ISC Learning Value] and [Idle dirty throttle correct].

4.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values of data monitor in [Idle Mass Air Flow Feedback correct], [ISC Learning Value] and [Idle dirty throttle correct] during normal idling.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

6.

Obtain the sum values of [Idle Mass Air Flow Feedback correct], [ISC Learning Value] and [Idle dirty throttle correct].

Is the sum value of freeze frame data less than 80% of the sum value of data monitor?

54

56

54. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

55

55. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

- Brake booster: BRAKE>Brake Booster>INSPECTION

- Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor: FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

- PCV connector: EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Connector>INSPECTION

- PCV hose: EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Hose>INSPECTION

- PCV hose assembly: EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Hose>INSPECTION

- PCV valve: EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>PCV Valve>INSPECTION

- Purge control solenoid valve: EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

73

Replace the parts if defective.

56. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R], [VVT Advance Target Angle Amount R], [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L], [VVT Advance Target Angle Amount L], [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R], [Ex VVT Retard Target Angle R], [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L] and [Ex VVT Retard Target Angle L].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, compare the respective values between the followings: [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R] and [VVT Advance Target Angle Amount R], [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L] and [VVT Advance Target Angle Amount L], [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R] and [Ex VVT Retard Target Angle R], [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L] and [Ex VVT Retard Target Angle L].

Does all of the advance angle amount and retard angle amount synchronize with their target values?

73

- Diagnose the part that does not synchronize.

  - Intake RH: 57

  - Intake LH: 61

  - Exhaust RH: 65

  - Exhaust LH: 69

57. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid RH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between intake oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E38) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

58

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and intake oil control solenoid RH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

58. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 99 — (E38) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

59

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

59. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E38) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

60

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

60. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.

Check the intake oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the intake cam sprocket RH. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

Replace the intake oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

61. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid LH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between intake oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E37) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

62

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and intake oil control solenoid LH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

62. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 100 — (E37) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

63

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

63. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E37) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

64

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

64. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.

Check the intake oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the intake cam sprocket LH. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

Replace the intake oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

65. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid RH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E63) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

66

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

66. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 108 — (E63) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

67

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

67. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E63) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

68

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

68. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.

Check the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the exhaust cam sprocket RH. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

69. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid LH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E66) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

70

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

70. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 109 — (E66) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

71

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

71. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E66) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

72

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

72. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.

Check the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the exhaust cam sprocket LH. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

73. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

74

Replace the defective engine coolant temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

74. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect connectors from ECM, engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet), and ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 58 — (E171) No. 1:

(E158) No. 55 — (E171) No. 2:

(E158) No. 58 — (E172) No. 1:

(E158) No. 59 — (E172) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

75

- Repair the following item.

  - Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

  - Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector.

75. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 55 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 59 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

76

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector

76. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

77

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

77. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.

Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

78. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from ECM and fuel injectors.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

79

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

79. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — Engine ground:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

80

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

80. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.

Check the ignition system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

Is the check result OK?

81

Repair the ignition system. IGNITION(H4DO)>General Description

81. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [A/C Compressor Signal] and [Idle A/C load correct].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Does the value of [A/C Compressor Signal] indicate ON output, and does the value of [Idle A/C load correct] increase?

Check the air conditioner. AIR CONDITIONER(DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon AIR CONDITIONER(DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

82

82. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Electric Load Feedback Val].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

3.

Compare the value of [Electric Load Feedback Val] with the reference value (at idling) of [Idle Mass Air Flow], listed under the “Data Monitor”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Data Monitor>LIST

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Electric Load Feedback Val] 20% or more to the value of [Idle Mass Air Flow]?

Check the generator and power assisted system (power steering). STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator>INSPECTION POWER ASSISTED SYSTEM (POWER STEERING)>Power Steering System>INSPECTION > BASIC INSPECTION

83

83. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Vehicle Speed Sensor], [Engine Speed] and [AT turbine speed].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is there any freeze frame data indicating that the value of [Vehicle Speed Sensor] is less than 30 km/h (18.6 MPH), and that the difference in values between [Engine Speed] and [AT turbine speed] is less than 100 rpm?

Repair the CVT. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION(TR580)>General Description

84

84. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Read all DTCs using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC of CVT displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. TRANSMISSION (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- Even if DTC is detected, it has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

85. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Calculated LOAD Value] and [Relative Throttle Position].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Calculated LOAD Value] decreasing while that of [Relative Throttle Position] is increasing?

86

90

86. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

87

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

87. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — (B3) No. 1:

(B134) No. 54 — (B3) No. 2:

(B134) No. 53 — (B3) No. 3:

(B134) No. 43 — (B3) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

88

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

88. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 53 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 43 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

89

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.

89. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Run the engine at idle.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Calculated LOAD Value].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

4.

Compare with the reference value (at idling) of [Calculated LOAD Value], listed under the data monitor. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Data Monitor>LIST

The value of [Calculated LOAD Value] changes depending on how the engine internal parts settle in. If the value is out of threshold value below, judge it again by comparing the vehicle with another one with the same specifications and similar conditions such as travel distance.

Does the value of [Calculated load value] fall between 90 — 110% of the value described in the list?

90

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

90. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from ECM and fuel injectors.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

91

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

91. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — Engine ground:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

92

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

92. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM.

Check the ignition system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

Is the check result OK?

93

Repair the ignition system. IGNITION(H4DO)>General Description

93. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [Fuel Pump Relay] of [Active Test].

For detailed procedures, refer to “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

3.

Check if operating sound occurs in the fuel pump according to ON/OFF switching operation.

Does the fuel pump emit operating sound?

95

94

94. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.

Check fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Check fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

Replace the fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump

95. CHECK FUEL TANK.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

Check if any foreign matters such as iron powder exist in the fuel tank.

Is there any foreign matter in the fuel tank?

Remove foreign matter from the fuel tank.

96

96. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

97

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

97. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] and [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] synchronized with the one in [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A] in all freeze frame data?

98

Check the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

98. CHECK ENGINE RUNNING CONDITION.

Check the engine running condition using [High-Grade Roughness Monitor (without harness)] in the Subaru Select Monitor. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Work Support

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Help” of application.

Is there a large difference in the speed between each cylinder?

It is possible that the compression pressure of the engine is not sufficient. Check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the engine stops except by operating the ignition switch after starting the engine.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Engine condition | After engine starting

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Engine speed | 300 rpm or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 48ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1604 STARTABILITY MALFUNCTION
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

- After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

- This DTC may be detected even if fault does not occur in the vehicle. If the customer does not ask for inspection, clear memory instead of inspection and return the vehicle to the user. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK IMMOBILIZER.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

30

no

4

4. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

12

yes
5. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
10. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
11. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

12. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

13

13. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

15

no

14

14. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

15. CHECK FUEL TANK.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

16

16. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
17. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

29

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

20. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

21

21. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

22

22. CHECK FUEL TANK.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

23

23. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

25

no

24

24. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
yes

29

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

25. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
yes

27

no

26

26. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
27. CHECK THROTTLE BODY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

28

28. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

29

29. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

30

30. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

37

no

31

31. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
no

35

yes
32. CHECK BATTERY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
33. CHECK ENGINE MAIN BODY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

34. CHECK STARTER MOTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

35. CHECK BATTERY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
36. CHECK STARTER MOTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

37. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

38

38. CHECK BATTERY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
39. CHECK ENGINE MAIN BODY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

40. CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJECTOR.
no

54

yes
41. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

52

yes
42. CHECK IGNITION CONDITION.
no

46

yes
43. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

45

no

44

44. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
yes

93

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

45. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
yes

93

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

46. CHECK SPARK PLUG.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
47. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

48

48. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
49. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
50. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
51. CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).
yes

98

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

52. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

53

53. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

93

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

54. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

55

55. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
56. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

57. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

77

yes
58. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

59

59. CHECK THROTTLE BODY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

60

60. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
yes

111

no

61

61. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
62. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
63. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
64. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

65. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
66. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
67. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
68. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

69. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
70. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
71. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
72. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

73. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
74. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
75. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
76. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

77. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
78. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THE MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

111

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

79. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

122

yes
80. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

122

yes
81. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

122

yes
82. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

85

no

83

83. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
no

85

yes
84. CHECK IDLE SPEED.
yes

122

no

122

85. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

92

yes
86. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
87. CHECK SPARK PLUG.
no

122

yes
88. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

90

no

89

89. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
yes

122

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

90. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
91. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
yes

122

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

92. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

122

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

93. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
94. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
95. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
96. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

97

97. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

98. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
99. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
100. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
101. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
102. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
103. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
104. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
105. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
106. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
107. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
108. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
109. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

110

110. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

111. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
112. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

121

yes
113. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
114. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

115

115. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
116. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
117. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
118. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
119. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
120. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

121. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

122. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

130

yes
123. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
124. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

125

125. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
126. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
127. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
128. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
129. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

130. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
131. CHECK FUEL PUMP SYSTEM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
132. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
133. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
134. CHECK INTAKE VALVE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

135

135. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
136. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
137. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
138. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
139. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
140. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
141. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
142. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
143. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
144. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
145. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
146. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
147. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
148. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

149

149. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P1604 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK IMMOBILIZER.

Check the immobilizer. IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

Is the check result OK?

3

Repair the immobilizer. IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

3. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Check for the condition of fault occurrence.

Is it possible to reproduce the faulty phenomenon or to identify the faulty condition?

30

4

4. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Engine Speed] and [Control module voltage].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Engine Speed] 0 rpm?

- When the value of [Control module voltage] is less than 5 V: Check the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery>INSPECTION

- When the value of [Control module voltage] is 5 V or more: 5

- When the value of [Engine Speed] is less than 250 rpm: 12

- When the value of [Engine Speed] is 250 rpm or more: 20

5. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Control module voltage].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Control module voltage] less than 9 V?

It is possible that the engine friction is too large. Check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

- When the value of [Control module voltage] changes in any one of freeze frame data: 6

- When the value of [Control module voltage] does not change in all freeze frame data: Check the starter motor circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT

6. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of crankshaft position sensor.

Is the crankshaft position sensor installed correctly?

7

Install the crankshaft position sensor correctly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

7. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

8

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

8. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

9

Repair the power supply circuit.

9. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

(E158) No. 68 — (E10) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

10

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

10. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

11

Repair short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

11. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

12. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1], [Ambient air temperature] and [Fuel Pump Duty].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 120°C (248°F) or more? Or is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 15°C (27°F) or more lower than that of [Ambient air temperature]?

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

- When the value of [Fuel Pump Duty] is 60% or more: 13

- When the value of [Fuel Pump Duty] is less than 60%: Check the fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

13. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [Fuel Pump Relay] of [Active Test].

For detailed procedures, refer to “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

2.

Check if operating sound occurs in the fuel pump according to ON/OFF switching operation.

Does the fuel pump emit operating sound?

15

14

14. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.

Check fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Check fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

Replace the fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump

15. CHECK FUEL TANK.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

Check if any foreign matters such as iron powder exist in the fuel tank.

Is there any foreign matter in the fuel tank?

Remove foreign matter from the fuel tank.

16

16. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

17

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

17. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] and [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] synchronized with the one in [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A] in all freeze frame data?

18

Check the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from ECM and fuel injectors.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

19

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — Engine ground:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

29

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

20. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1], [Ambient air temperature] and [Engine Speed].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 120°C (248°F) or more? Or is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 15°C (27°F) or more lower than that of [Ambient air temperature]?

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

- When the minimum value of [Engine Speed] is less than 300 rpm: 21

- When the minimum value of [Engine Speed] is 300 rpm or more: It is possible that the engine compression pressure is not sufficient. Check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

21. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

Check fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is there any deposit in the fuel injectors?

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

22

22. CHECK FUEL TANK.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

Check if any foreign matters such as iron powder exist in the fuel tank.

Is there any foreign matter in the fuel tank?

Remove foreign matter from the fuel tank.

23

23. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 40 — 90°C (104 — 194°F)?

25

24

24. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure five minutes after the engine is stopped. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

If the engine does not start, measure the fuel pressure five minutes after cranking is completed.

Is the measured value 147 kPa (1.5 kg/cm2, 21 psi) or more?

29

Replace the pressure regulator. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Filter

25. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
1.

After the engine is stopped, scavenge inside of the intake manifold by applying compressed air.

2.

Measure the HC concentration inside the intake manifold 15 minutes after scavenging is completed.

Remove the vacuum hose between intake manifold and purge solenoid valve and perform the measurement. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>General Description>COMPONENT > FUEL PIPE

Is the HC concentration less than 4000 ppm?

27

26

26. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

Check fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

27

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

27. CHECK THROTTLE BODY.

Check throttle body. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body>INSPECTION

Is there any deposit in the throttle body?

Replace the throttle body. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

28

28. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

29

29. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Check for the condition of fault occurrence.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

30

30. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Check for the condition of fault occurrence.

Does cranking occur?

- When the engine speed is abnormal during cranking: 37

- When an initial combustion does not occur: 40

- When the engine stalls immediately after engine start: 57

- When the engine takes time to start: 79

31

31. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Check for the condition of fault occurrence.

Does the sound occur by a protruding starter pinion gear during cranking?

- When the starter motor does not rotate: 32

- When the starter motor rotates but does not engage: 34

35

32. CHECK BATTERY.

Check the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

33

Charge or replace the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

33. CHECK ENGINE MAIN BODY.

Using the ST, rotate the crankshaft.

ST18252AA000

CRANKSHAFT SOCKET

Does the crankshaft rotate smoothly?

- Check the starter motor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter>INSPECTION

  It is possible that the engine friction increased temporarily. Check if any foreign matter is mixed in engine oil. If a foreign matter is found, check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

It is possible that the engine friction is too large. Check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

34. CHECK STARTER MOTOR.

Check the starter motor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter>INSPECTION

Is there any wear or damage in the starter pinion gear?

Repair the starter motor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter

Replace the torque converter assembly. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION(TR580)>Torque Converter

35. CHECK BATTERY.

Check the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

36

Charge or replace the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

36. CHECK STARTER MOTOR.

Check the starter motor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Check the starter motor circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT

Repair the starter motor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter

37. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value of [Engine Speed] during cranking.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Speed] 300 rpm or more?

It is possible that the compression pressure of the engine is not sufficient. Check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

38

38. CHECK BATTERY.

Check the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

39

Charge or replace the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

39. CHECK ENGINE MAIN BODY.

Using the ST, rotate the crankshaft.

ST18252AA000

CRANKSHAFT SOCKET

Does the crankshaft rotate smoothly?

- Check the starter motor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter>INSPECTION

- It is possible that the engine friction increased temporarily. Check if any foreign matter is mixed in engine oil. If a foreign matter is found, check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

It is possible that the engine friction is too large. Check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

40. CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJECTOR.

Using a sound scope, check each fuel injector for operation sound during cranking.

Does the fuel injector emit operating sound?

41

54

41. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

42

52

42. CHECK IGNITION CONDITION.

Check the ignition condition. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

Is the check result OK?

43

46

43. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Check for the condition of fault occurrence.

Does the fault occur only within approx. 15 to 120 minutes after the engine is stopped?

45

- When the fault occurs in two or three minutes or a long time after the engine is stopped: 44

- When the fault occurrence pattern is inconsistent: 93

44. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure five minutes after the engine is stopped. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

If the engine does not start, measure the fuel pressure five minutes after cranking is completed.

Is the measured value 147 kPa (1.5 kg/cm2, 21 psi) or more?

93

Replace the pressure regulator. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Filter

45. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
1.

After the engine is stopped, scavenge inside of the intake manifold by applying compressed air.

2.

Measure the HC concentration inside the intake manifold 15 minutes after scavenging is completed.

Remove the vacuum hose between intake manifold and purge solenoid valve and perform the measurement. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>General Description>COMPONENT > FUEL PIPE

Is the HC concentration less than 4000 ppm?

93

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

46. CHECK SPARK PLUG.

Check the spark plug. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

47

Replace all spark plugs on all cylinders. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug

47. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, record the value of [Engine Speed] during cranking.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the recorded value of [Engine Speed] contain data of 0 rpm?

It is possible that temporary fault occurs in the crankshaft position sensor circuit. Check the crankshaft position sensor circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT

48

48. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ignition coil.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between ignition coil connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E31) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E32) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E33) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E34) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

49

- Repair the following item.

  - Open or short to ground in power supply circuit

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

49. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 10 — (E31) No. 2:

(E158) No. 11 — (E32) No. 2:

(E158) No. 12 — (E33) No. 2:

(E158) No. 13 — (E34) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

50

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

50. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 10 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 11 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 12 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 13 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

51

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

51. CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ignition coil connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E31) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E32) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E33) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E34) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

Replace the ignition coil. IGNITION(H4DO)>Ignition Coil If the fault occurs after servicing, continue the diagnosis. 98

Repair the open circuit in harness between ignition coil connector and engine grounding terminal.

52. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [Fuel Pump Relay] of [Active Test].

For detailed procedures, refer to “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

3.

Check if operating sound occurs in the fuel pump according to ON/OFF switching operation.

Does the fuel pump emit operating sound?

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

53

53. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.

Check fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Check fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

If the fault occurs after servicing, continue the diagnosis. 93

Replace the fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump

54. CHECK DATA MONITOR.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, record the value of [Engine Speed] during cranking.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the recorded value of [Engine Speed] contain data of 0 rpm?

It is possible that temporary fault occurs in the crankshaft position sensor circuit. Check the crankshaft position sensor circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT

55

55. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from ECM and fuel injectors.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

56

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

56. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — Engine ground:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

57. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

58

77

58. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

59

59. CHECK THROTTLE BODY.

Check throttle body. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body>INSPECTION

Is there any deposit in the throttle body?

Replace the throttle body. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

60

60. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R], [VVT Advance Target Angle Amount R], [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L], [VVT Advance Target Angle Amount L], [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R], [Ex VVT Retard Target Angle R], [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L] and [Ex VVT Retard Target Angle L].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, compare the respective values between the followings: [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount R] and [VVT Advance Target Angle Amount R], [VVT Adv. Ang. Amount L] and [VVT Advance Target Angle Amount L], [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. R] and [Ex VVT Retard Target Angle R], [Exh. VVT Retard Ang. L] and [Ex VVT Retard Target Angle L].

Does all of the advance angle amount and retard angle amount synchronize with their target values?

111

- Diagnose the part where there is difference of 10 deg or more.

  - Intake RH: 61

  - Intake LH: 65

  - Exhaust RH: 69

  - Exhaust LH: 73

61. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid RH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between intake oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E38) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

62

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and intake oil control solenoid RH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

62. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 99 — (E38) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

63

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

63. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E38) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

64

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid RH connector.

64. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.

Check the intake oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the intake cam sprocket RH. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

Replace the intake oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

65. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the intake oil control solenoid LH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between intake oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E37) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

66

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and intake oil control solenoid LH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

66. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 100 — (E37) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

67

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

67. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between intake oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E37) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

68

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and intake oil control solenoid LH connector.

68. CHECK INTAKE OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.

Check the intake oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the intake cam sprocket LH. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

Replace the intake oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

69. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid RH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E63) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

70

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

70. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 108 — (E63) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

71

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

71. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E63) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

72

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid RH connector.

72. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID RH.

Check the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the exhaust cam sprocket RH. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

73. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust oil control solenoid LH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E66) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

74

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

74. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 109 — (E66) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

75

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

75. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E66) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

76

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and exhaust oil control solenoid LH connector.

76. CHECK EXHAUST OIL CONTROL SOLENOID LH.

Check the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Replace the exhaust cam sprocket LH. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cam Sprocket

Replace the exhaust oil control solenoid LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Oil Control Solenoid

77. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor.

4.

Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor.

5.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector, and between ECM connector and the manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — (B3) No. 1:

(B134) No. 54 — (B3) No. 2:

(B134) No. 53 — (B3) No. 3:

(B134) No. 43 — (B3) No. 4:

(E158) No. 58 — (E21) No. 1:

(E158) No. 69 — (E21) No. 2:

(E158) No. 41 — (E21) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

78

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

78. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THE MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR, AND ECM AND THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 32 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 41 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 43 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 53 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 69 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor or the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor If the fault occurs after servicing, continue the diagnosis. 111

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector

79. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

80

Replace the defective engine coolant temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor If the fault occurs after servicing, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) If the fault still occurs after replacing the ECM, continue the diagnosis. 122

80. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect connectors from ECM, engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet), and ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet).

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 58 — (E171) No. 1:

(E158) No. 55 — (E171) No. 2:

(E158) No. 58 — (E172) No. 1:

(E158) No. 59 — (E172) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

81

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) or engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector. If the fault occurs after servicing, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) If the fault still occurs after replacing the ECM, continue the diagnosis. 122

81. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 55 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 59 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

82

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector or engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet) connector. If the fault occurs after servicing, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) If the fault still occurs after replacing the ECM, continue the diagnosis. 122

82. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)] and [Barometric Pressure].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)] −25 — 25%? And is the value of [Barometric Pressure] 80 kPa or more?

85

83

83. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

2.

Start the engine.

Does the engine start?

84

85

84. CHECK IDLE SPEED.

Check the idle speed.

Is the idle speed stable?

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor If the fault occurs after servicing, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) If the fault still occurs after replacing the ECM, continue the diagnosis. 122

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector If the fault occurs after servicing, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM) If the fault still occurs after replacing the ECM, continue the diagnosis. 122

85. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

86

92

86. CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] and [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Freeze Frame Data

Is the value in [Fuel Rail Pressure A] synchronized with the one in [Commanded Fuel Rail Pressure A] in all freeze frame data?

87

Check the high-pressure fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>High Pressure Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

87. CHECK SPARK PLUG.

Check all spark plugs on all cylinders. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

88

- When spark plugs in some cylinders are faulty: Replace the faulty spark plugs of the cylinders, then check the ignition system and fuel system in the faulty cylinders. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug If the fault occurs after servicing, continue the diagnosis. 122

- When all spark plugs in all cylinders are faulty: Replace faulty spark plugs in all cylinders. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug If the fault occurs after servicing, continue the diagnosis. 122

88. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Check for the condition of fault occurrence.

Does the fault occur only within approx. 15 to 120 minutes after the engine is stopped?

90

- When the fault occurs in two or three minutes or a long time after the engine is stopped: 89

- When the fault occurrence pattern is inconsistent: 122

89. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure five minutes after the engine is stopped. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

If the engine does not start, measure the fuel pressure five minutes after cranking is completed.

Is the measured value 147 kPa (1.5 kg/cm2, 21 psi) or more?

122

Replace the pressure regulator. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Filter

90. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.

Check the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

91

Replace the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve

91. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
1.

After the engine is stopped, scavenge inside of the intake manifold by applying compressed air.

2.

Measure the HC concentration inside the intake manifold 15 minutes after scavenging is completed.

Remove the vacuum hose between intake manifold and purge solenoid valve and perform the measurement. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>General Description>COMPONENT > FUEL PIPE

Is the HC concentration less than 4000 ppm?

122

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

92. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.

Check fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Check fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

If the fault occurs after servicing, continue the diagnosis. 122

Replace the fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump

93. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

Check fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

94

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

94. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from ECM and fuel injectors.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

95

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

95. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — Engine ground:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — Engine ground:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — Engine ground:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — Engine ground:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

96

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and fuel injector connector.

96. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

97

97. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the camshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

98. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of crankshaft position sensor.

Is the crankshaft position sensor installed correctly?

99

Install the crankshaft position sensor correctly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

99. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of camshaft position sensor.

Is the camshaft position sensor installed correctly?

100

Install the camshaft position sensor correctly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

100. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

101

Repair the power supply circuit.

101. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

(E158) No. 68 — (E10) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

102

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

102. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

103

Repair short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

103. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the intake camshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between intake camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E35) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E36) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

104

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and intake camshaft position sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

104. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 77 — (E35) No. 2:

(E158) No. 51 — (E35) No. 3:

(E158) No. 78 — (E36) No. 2:

(E158) No. 51 — (E36) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

105

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor connector.

105. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between intake camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E35) No. 2 — Engine ground:

(E36) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

106

Repair short circuit to ground in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor connector.

106. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust camshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between exhaust camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E62) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E65) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

107

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

107. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 65 — (E62) No. 2:

(E158) No. 51 — (E62) No. 3:

(E158) No. 64 — (E65) No. 2:

(E158) No. 51 — (E65) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

108

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector.

108. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between exhaust camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E62) No. 2 — Engine ground:

(E65) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

109

Repair short circuit to ground in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector.

109. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

110

110. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the camshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

111. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

112

Replace the defective engine coolant temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

112. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure during cranking or five minutes after the engine is stopped. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the fuel pressure during cranking 325 — 450 kPa (3.3 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 47 — 66 psi), and is the fuel pressure five minutes after engine stop 147 kPa (1.5 kg/cm2, 21 psi) or more?

113

121

113. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the value of [Long Term Fuel Trim (B1)] fall within a range of −15 — 15%?

114

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

114. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Start the engine and check the idling speed.

Is the idling speed stable all time?

It is possible that the fault comes from fuel. Replace fuel. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel

115

115. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of crankshaft position sensor.

Is the crankshaft position sensor installed correctly?

116

Install the crankshaft position sensor correctly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

116. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

117

Repair the power supply circuit.

117. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

(E158) No. 68 — (E10) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

118

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

118. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

119

Repair short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

119. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE.

Check the compression pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Compression>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

120

Check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

120. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

Check the valve timing. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly When the valve timing is normal, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

121. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.

Check fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Check fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

Replace the fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump

122. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

Measure the fuel pressure during cranking or five minutes after the engine is stopped. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the fuel pressure during cranking 325 — 450 kPa (3.3 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 47 — 66 psi), and is the fuel pressure five minutes after engine stop 147 kPa (1.5 kg/cm2, 21 psi) or more?

123

130

123. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Long Term Fuel Trim-Bank1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the value of [Long Term Fuel Trim-Bank1] fall within a range of −15 — 15%?

124

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

124. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.

Start the engine and check the idling speed.

Is the idling speed stable all time?

It is possible that the fault comes from fuel. Replace fuel.

125

125. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of crankshaft position sensor.

Is the crankshaft position sensor installed correctly?

126

Install the crankshaft position sensor correctly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

126. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

127

Repair the power supply circuit.

127. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

(E158) No. 68 — (E10) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

128

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

128. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

129

Repair short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

129. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

130. CHECK OF FUEL PUMP.

Check fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

131

Replace the fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump

131. CHECK FUEL PUMP SYSTEM.

Check fuel pump circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

Is the check result OK?

132

Repair the fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

132. CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.

Check the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

133

Replace the purge control solenoid valve. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Purge Control Solenoid Valve

133. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
1.

After the engine is stopped, scavenge inside of the intake manifold by applying compressed air.

2.

Measure the HC concentration inside the intake manifold 15 minutes after scavenging is completed.

Remove the vacuum hose between intake manifold and purge solenoid valve and perform the measurement. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>General Description>COMPONENT > FUEL PIPE

Is the HC concentration less than 4000 ppm?

134

Replace the fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

134. CHECK INTAKE VALVE.

Check the intake valve. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Head>INSPECTION

Is there any deposit in the intake valve?

Clean the intake valve. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Head

135

135. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

Check the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) and engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

136

Replace the defective engine coolant temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

136. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of crankshaft position sensor.

Is the crankshaft position sensor installed correctly?

137

Install the crankshaft position sensor correctly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

137. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of camshaft position sensor.

Is the camshaft position sensor installed correctly?

138

Install the camshaft position sensor correctly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

138. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the crankshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

139

Repair the power supply circuit.

139. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 66 — (E10) No. 1:

(E158) No. 68 — (E10) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

140

Repair the open circuit in the harness between the ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

140. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between crankshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

141

Repair short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and crankshaft position sensor connector.

141. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the intake camshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between intake camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E35) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E36) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

142

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and intake camshaft position sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

142. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 77 — (E35) No. 2:

(E158) No. 51 — (E35) No. 3:

(E158) No. 78 — (E36) No. 2:

(E158) No. 51 — (E36) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

143

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor connector.

143. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INTAKE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between intake camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E35) No. 2 — Engine ground:

(E36) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

144

Repair short circuit to ground in the harness between ECM connector and intake camshaft position sensor connector.

144. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the exhaust camshaft position sensor.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between exhaust camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E62) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E65) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

145

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between main relay and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

145. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 65 — (E62) No. 2:

(E158) No. 51 — (E62) No. 3:

(E158) No. 64 — (E65) No. 2:

(E158) No. 51 — (E65) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

146

Repair the open circuit in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector.

146. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between exhaust camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground.

Connect all connectors after measurement.

Connector & terminal

(E62) No. 2 — Engine ground:

(E65) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

147

Repair short circuit to ground in the harness between ECM connector and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector.

147. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE.

Check the compression pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Compression>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

148

Check the engine. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes>INSPECTION

148. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

149

149. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION OCCURRENCE.
1.

Replace the camshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor

2.

Check that the fault is removed.

Is the fault removed?

Clear the memory to complete. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

Check the valve timing. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly When the valve timing is normal, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the status enters into any one of the followings.

- Although starter signal input is present in ECM, the engine does not start (diagnosis 1)

- Although starter signal input is present in ECM, starting takes more time than it should (diagnosis 1)

- The engine stops immediately after starting except by operating the ignition switch (diagnosis 2)

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Starter signal | ON

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Elapsed time after starting the engine | 2 s or less

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Engine speed | Less than 500 rpm

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Engine speed | Less than 300 rpm

Time needed for diagnosis:

Diagnosis 1: 2 — 26 s

Diagnosis 2: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P162A STARTER INTERLOCK INTERNAL CIRCUIT
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK ECM GROUND HARNESS.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 67 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 68 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 — 13 V?

2

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and battery terminal

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Replace main relay

  - Replace M/B

2. CHECK ECM GROUND HARNESS.
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Turn the ignition to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 70 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 71 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B134) No. 72 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage less than 1 V?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in ground circuit

  - Loose engine ground terminal

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

3. CHECK DTC.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

2.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

3.

Using Subaru Select Monitor, check the readiness code of [Engine]. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>All Readiness Diagnostic Code(s)

Is DTC P162A displayed as a readiness code?

Check the connector for poor contact and check the harness. Replace the ECM if no fault is found. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the monitor value of the starter interlock inner circuit does not correspond to the expected value.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Inner circuit to inhibit starter drive operation in drive range

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch | ON
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Interlock inner circuit monitor value | Different from expected value

Time needed for diagnosis: 320 ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate even when malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P1C00 BATTERY MONITOR MODULE "A" PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P1C00 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the battery sensor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery Sensor

Even if DTC is detected, it has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when faulty signal of each part is sent from the battery sensor.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

The battery sensor monitors the data of battery voltage, current, temperature, etc. ECM receives these data via LIN communication with the battery sensor.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch | ON

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Receives pulse discharge malfunction | ON
or |
Receives voltage measurement malfunction | ON
or |
Receives current measurement malfunction | ON

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2004 TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2004 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH.
1.

Remove the intake manifold assembly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Intake Manifold Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Check the tumble generator valve.

Is there any dirt or clogging with foreign objects in the tumble generator valve?

Clean the tumble generator valve.

- Replace the tumble generator valve RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve

- The tumble generator valve cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of tumble generator valve motor function.

Judge open fixing malfunction when the opening degree is large even after finishing the tumble generator valve closing driving.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Tumble generator valve “close” signal output time | 1600ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Tumble generator valve opening angle | 71.4 deg or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 3000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2005 TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2005 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE LH.
1.

Remove the intake manifold assembly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Intake Manifold Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Check the tumble generator valve.

Is there any dirt or clogging with foreign objects in the tumble generator valve?

Clean the tumble generator valve.

- Replace the tumble generator valve LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve

- The tumble generator valve cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P2004. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2004 TGV CONTROL STUCK OPEN BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2006 TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2006 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE RH.
1.

Remove the intake manifold assembly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Intake Manifold Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Check the tumble generator valve.

Is there any dirt or clogging with foreign objects in the tumble generator valve?

Clean the tumble generator valve.

- Replace the tumble generator valve RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve

- The tumble generator valve cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of tumble generator valve motor function.

Judge close fixing malfunction when the opening degree is small even after finishing the tumble generator valve open driving.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Tumble generator valve “open” signal output time | 1600ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Tumble generator valve opening angle | Less than 71.4 deg

Time needed for diagnosis: 3000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2007 TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE LH.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2007 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE LH.
1.

Remove the intake manifold assembly. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Intake Manifold Assembly>REMOVAL

2.

Check the tumble generator valve.

Is there any dirt or clogging with foreign objects in the tumble generator valve?

Clean the tumble generator valve.

- Replace the tumble generator valve LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve

- The tumble generator valve cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P2006. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2006 TGV CONTROL STUCK CLOSED BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2008 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve actuator RH.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 102 — (E55) No. 5:

(E158) No. 111 — (E55) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 102 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 111 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact in the tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

Is there poor contact of the tumble generator valve actuator RH connector?

Repair the poor contact of tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

- Replace the tumble generator valve actuator RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve Actuator

- The tumble generator valve actuator cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open circuit of tumble generator valve motor.

Judge as NG when the output voltage remains High while tumble generator valve motor is not energized.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (2) | Tumble generator valve |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Tumble generator valve drive duty | 79.17% or less

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Battery voltage × 0.55 V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 1.92 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2009 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 102 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E158) No. 111 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

- Replace the tumble generator valve actuator RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve Actuator

- The tumble generator valve actuator cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of tumble generator valve motor.

Judge as NG when the overcurrent signal is sent from IC after tumble generator valve driving IC diagnosis.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (2) | Tumble generator valve |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Tumble generator valve driving signal | Open or Closed

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Overcurrent signal from tumble generator valve drive IC | ON

Time needed for diagnosis: 0.96 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2011 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve actuator LH.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 101 — (E51) No. 4:

(E158) No. 110 — (E51) No. 5:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 101 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 110 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact in the tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

Is there poor contact of the tumble generator valve actuator LH connector?

Repair the poor contact of tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

- Replace the tumble generator valve actuator LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve Actuator

- The tumble generator valve actuator cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P2008. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2008 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT/OPEN BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2012 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 101 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E158) No. 110 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

- Replace the tumble generator valve actuator LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve Actuator

- The tumble generator valve actuator cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P2009. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2009 TGV CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2016 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [TGV Position Sensor R].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [TGV Position Sensor R] less than 0.2 V?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve actuator RH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve actuator RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E55) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 28 — (E55) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 28 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or the tumble generator valve actuator RH connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

- Replace the tumble generator valve actuator RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve Actuator

- The tumble generator valve actuator cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect open or short circuit of tumble generator valve position sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Tumble generator valve | (2) | Voltage (V) | (3) | Tumble generator valve opening angle (°)

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Output voltage | Less than 0.211V | P2016
Output voltage | Less than 0.211V | P2021

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2017 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [TGV Position Sensor R].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [TGV Position Sensor R] 5 V or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve actuator RH.

3.

Start the engine.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [TGV Position Sensor R].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [TGV Position Sensor R] 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR RH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between tumble generator valve actuator RH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E55) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator RH connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

Is there poor contact of the tumble generator valve actuator RH connector?

Repair the poor contact of tumble generator valve actuator RH connector.

- Replace the tumble generator valve actuator RH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve Actuator

- The tumble generator valve actuator cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect short circuit of tumble generator valve position sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Tumble generator valve | (2) | Voltage (V) | (3) | Tumble generator valve opening angle (°)

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value | DTC
Output voltage | 4.758V or more | P2017
Output voltage | 4.758V or more | P2022

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2021 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [TGV Position Sensor L].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [TGV Position Sensor L] less than 0.2 V?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve actuator LH.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between tumble generator valve actuator LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E51) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 42 — (E51) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 42 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or the tumble generator valve actuator LH connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

- Replace the tumble generator valve actuator LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve Actuator

- The tumble generator valve actuator cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P2016. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2016 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2022 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Engine stall

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [TGV Position Sensor L].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [TGV Position Sensor L] 5 V or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from tumble generator valve actuator LH.

3.

Start the engine.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [TGV Position Sensor L].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [TGV Position Sensor L] 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TUMBLE GENERATOR VALVE ACTUATOR LH CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between tumble generator valve actuator LH connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E51) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and tumble generator valve actuator LH connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

Is there poor contact of the tumble generator valve actuator LH connector?

Repair the poor contact of tumble generator valve actuator LH connector.

- Replace the tumble generator valve actuator LH. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Tumble Generator Valve Actuator

- The tumble generator valve actuator cannot be disassembled.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P2017. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2017 TGV POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
yes

7

no

6

6. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
no

8

yes
7. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

8. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

9

9. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

10

10. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
11. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
12. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
13. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
14. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
no

16

yes
15. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
yes

17

no

16

16. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

18

17. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR USING REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

18

18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2096 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and coupling connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — (B379) No. 3:

(E158) No. 4 — (B379) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 4 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

5. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

7

6

6. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.95 V or more?

7

8

7. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B379) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 8 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. After repair, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

8. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?

Repair the exhaust system. EXHAUST(H4DO)>General Description

9

9. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

10

10. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

1.

Connect the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

2.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

11

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

11. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 75°C (167°F) or more?

12

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

12. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mass Air Flow].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of intake air amount 2 — 5 g/s (0.26 — 0.66 lb/min)?

13

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

13. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Open the front hood.

6.

Measure the ambient temperature.

7.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Intake Air Temp.].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Subtract ambient temperature from [Intake Air Temp.]. Is the obtained value −10 — 50°C (−18 — 90°F)?

14

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

14. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1.

Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum)

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] 0.49 V or more?

15

16

15. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1.

Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3000 rpm.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] 0.25 V or less?

17

16

16. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.

Check the rear oxygen sensor connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

18

17. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR USING REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL.
1.

Warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F) and leave it at idling for 5 minutes or more.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] kept at 0.25 V or less for 5 minutes or more?

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

18

18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — (B19) No. 3:

(B134) No. 44 — (B19) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

19

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B19) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 0.2 — 0.5 V?

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of fuel system from the size of the sub feedback learning value.

Control the sub feedback learning and judge as NG when the learning value is in the lean zone.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Sub feedback | In operation
Amount of intake air | 10g/s (0.35oz/s) or more
Load change every 0.5 engine revs. | Less than 0.02g/rev (0oz/rev)
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more
Integrated intake air amount during stoichiometric | 320g (11.29oz) or more
Increased fuel amount compensation | No compensation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sub feedback learning value | Less than −0.038

Time needed for diagnosis: 1s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
yes

7

no

6

6. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
no

8

yes
7. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

8. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

9

9. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

10

10. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
11. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
12. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
13. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
14. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
no

16

yes
15. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
yes

17

no

16

16. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

18

17. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR USING REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

18

18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2097 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and coupling connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — (B379) No. 3:

(E158) No. 4 — (B379) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 4 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

5. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

7

6

6. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.95 V or more?

7

8

7. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B379) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 8 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. After repair, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

8. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?

Repair the exhaust system. EXHAUST(H4DO)>General Description

9

9. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

10

10. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

1.

Connect the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

2.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

11

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

11. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 75°C (167°F) or more?

12

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

12. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mass Air Flow].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mass Air Flow] 2 — 5 g/s (0.26 — 0.66 lb/min)?

13

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

13. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Open the front hood.

6.

Measure the ambient temperature.

7.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Intake Air Temp.].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Subtract ambient temperature from [Intake Air Temp.]. Is the obtained value −10 — 50°C (−18 — 90°F)?

14

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

14. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1.

Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum)

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] 0.49 V or more?

15

16

15. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1.

Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3000 rpm.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] 0.25 V or less?

17

16

16. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the rear oxygen sensor connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

18

17. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR USING REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL.
1.

Warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F) and leave it at idling for 5 minutes or more.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the voltage of [Oxygen sensor #12] kept at 0.8 V or more for 5 minutes or more?

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

18

18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — (B19) No. 3:

(B134) No. 44 — (B19) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

19

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B19) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 0.2 — 0.5 V?

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of fuel system from the size of the sub feedback learning value.

Sub feedback learning is being performed. When the learning value goes to the rich side, judge as NG.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage
(1) | Atmosphere | (2) | Exhaust gas | (3) | Electromotive force

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Sub feedback | In operation
Amount of intake air | 10g/s (0.35oz/s) or more
Load change every 0.5 engine revs. | Less than 0.02g/rev (0oz/rev)
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more
Integrated intake air amount during stoichiometric | 320g (11.29oz) or more
Increased fuel amount compensation | No compensation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sub feedback learning value | 0.033 or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 1s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

- Engine stall

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
10. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

11

11. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
12. CHECK HARNESS FOR ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
13. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
14. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
15. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 29 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 29 — (E158) No. 44:

(E158) No. 43 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 43 — (E158) No. 44:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 4 — Engine ground:

(E57) No. 6 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 200 kΩ or more?

3

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 29 — (E57) No. 6:

(E158) No. 30 — (E57) No. 3:

(E158) No. 43 — (E57) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

5

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E57) No. 6 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

6

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — (E158) No. 29:

(E158) No. 27 — (E158) No. 43:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

7

Repair the short circuit between lines in harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

7. CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.
1.

Connect all connectors.

2.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

3.

Stop the engine, and then turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Main-Throttle Sensor].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Main-Throttle Sensor] 0.81 — 0.87 V?

8

Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

8. CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Sub-Throttle Sensor].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Sub-Throttle Sensor] 1.64 — 1.7 V?

9

Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

9. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 83 — (E57) No. 1:

(E158) No. 92 — (E57) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

10

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

10. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E57) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

11

11. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 1 — Engine ground:

(E57) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

12

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

12. CHECK HARNESS FOR ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 1 — (E57) No. 2:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

13

Repair the short circuit in harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

13. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 70 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 71 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 72 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

14

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

14. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control terminals.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance 50 Ω or less?

15

Replace the electronic throttle control. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

15. CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL.

Move the throttle valve to the fully opened and fully closed positions with fingers.

Check that the valve returns to the specified position when releasing fingers.

Does the valve return to the specified position? Standard value: 3 mm (0.12 in) from fully closed position

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the electronic throttle control. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the motor current becomes large or drive circuit is heated.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6.2V or more
Electronic throttle control MOSFET output | ON

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Overcurrent signal from the electronic throttle control drive IC | ON

Time needed for diagnosis: 512ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

- Engine stall

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2102 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>REMOVAL

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the electronic throttle control power is not supplied even when ECM sets the electronic throttle control power supply SW (MOSFET) to ON.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 11V or more
Electronic throttle control MOSFET output | ON

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Motor power voltage | 5V or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 352ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2103 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)>REMOVAL

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the electronic throttle control power is supplied even when ECM sets the electronic throttle control power supply SW (MOSFET) to OFF.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more
Electronic throttle control MOSFET output | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Motor power voltage | 5V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 600ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR "A" MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when full close point learning cannot conducted or abnormal value is detected.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (3) | Motor | (4) | Throttle position sensor
(2) | Drive circuit |  |  |  |

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis at full closed point learning.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Minimum stop position | Less than 10.036° or More than 19.964°
or
|Throttle opening angle when the ignition switch is ON − Throttle minimum stop position| | Less than 1.07°

Time needed for diagnosis: 8ms — 80ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2119 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL THROTTLE BODY RANGE/PERFORMANCE

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR "A" CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the target opening angle and actual opening angle is mismatched or the current to motor is the specified duty or more for specified time continuously.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Motor | (3) | Engine control module (ECM) | (4) | Drive circuit
(2) | Throttle position sensor |  |  |  |

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6.2V or more
Electronic throttle control MOSFET output | ON

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG if the criteria below are met.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output duty to drive circuit | 95% or more

Time needed for diagnosis:

Engine speed less than 500rpm: 5000ms

Engine speed 500rpm or more: 2000ms

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Difference between target opening angle and actual opening angle | Within NG range of Details of judgment value

Time needed for diagnosis:

Engine speed less than 500rpm: 5000ms

Engine speed 500rpm or more: Refer to Details of judgment time.

Details of judgment value

(X1) | 6.915° | (X3) | 15.785° | (X5) | 21.285°
(X2) | 11.565° | (X4) | 21.285° |  |
(Y1) | 4.65° | (Y3) | 5.5° | (Y5) | 8.68°
(Y2) | 4.22° | (Y4) | 8.68° |  |

Details of Judgment time

(X1) | 8.049999237° | (X3) | 14.5° | (X4) | 23.5°
(X2) | 9.5° |  |  |  |
(Y1) | 1000ms | (Y3) | 304ms | (Y4) | 248ms
(Y2) | 400ms |  |  |  |

Judgment time when actual opening angle < target opening angle is always 1000 milliseconds.

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the accelerator pedal position sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 51 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 66 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 66 — (B134) No. 50:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B315) No. 6 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Accelerator Pedal

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the ECM if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (3) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal | (4) | Accelerator pedal position sensor
(2) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sensor 1 input voltage | Less than 0.306V

Time needed for diagnosis: 100ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the accelerator pedal position sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 55 — (B315) No. 5:

(B134) No. 66 — (B315) No. 6:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B315) No. 5 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B315) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 51 — (B134) No. 66:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Repair the poor contact of accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly if defective. SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Accelerator Pedal

Repair the short circuit between lines in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (3) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal | (4) | Accelerator pedal position sensor
(2) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sensor 1 input voltage | 4.76V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 32ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the accelerator pedal position sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 52 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 64 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B315) No. 3 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Accelerator Pedal

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the ECM if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 2.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (3) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal | (4) | Accelerator pedal position sensor
(2) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sensor 2 input voltage | Less than 0.306V

Time needed for diagnosis: 100ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (LINE-TO-LINE SHORT).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the accelerator pedal position sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 64 — (B315) No. 3:

(B134) No. 65 — (B315) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

2

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B315) No. 2 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B315) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (LINE-TO-LINE SHORT).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 52 — (B134) No. 64:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Repair the poor contact of accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly if defective. SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Accelerator Pedal

Repair the short circuit between lines in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 2.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (3) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal | (4) | Accelerator pedal position sensor
(2) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Sensor 2 input voltage | 4.76V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 100ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A"/"B" VOLTAGE CORRELATION
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control.

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 29 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 29 — (E158) No. 44:

(E158) No. 43 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 43 — (E158) No. 44:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

2. CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE ECM (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 4 — Engine ground:

(E57) No. 6 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 29 — (E57) No. 6:

(E158) No. 30 — (E57) No. 3:

(E158) No. 43 — (E57) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

5

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and engine ground.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E57) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E57) No. 6 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

6

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONNECTOR (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 27 — (E158) No. 29:

(E158) No. 27 — (E158) No. 43:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Repair the poor contact of electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Throttle Body

Repair the short circuit between lines in harness between ECM connector and electronic throttle control connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the signal level of throttle position sensor 1 is different from the throttle position sensor 2.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Throttle position sensor 1 signal | (3) | Throttle position sensor | (4) | Engine control module (ECM)
(2) | Throttle position sensor 2 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Signal difference between two sensors | Within NG range of Details of judgment value

Details of judgment value

(X1) | 2.125° | (X3) | 9° | (X4) | 31.625°
(X2) | 4.25° |  |  |  |
(Y1) | 4.461° | (Y3) | 7.586° | (Y5) | 11.711°
(Y2) | 5.461° | (Y4) | 9.711° |  |

Time needed for diagnosis: 212ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D"/"E" VOLTAGE CORRELATION
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Improper idling

- Poor driving performance

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR OUTPUT.
yes

3

no

2

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR OUTPUT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR OUTPUT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

Main accelerator pedal position sensor signal

(B134) No. 66 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal

(B134) No. 64 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the difference in measured values for the main accelerator pedal position sensor signal and the sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal 0 V?

3

2

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR OUTPUT.

Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B315) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

(B315) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the difference in measured values for the main accelerator pedal position sensor signal and the sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal 0 V?

Replace the accelerator pedal. SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Accelerator Pedal

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B315) No. 2 — Chassis ground:

(B315) No. 5 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and accelerator pedal position sensor connector

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Judge as NG when the signal level of accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is different from the accelerator pedal position sensor 2.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (3) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal | (4) | Accelerator pedal position sensor
(2) | Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 6V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Signal difference between two sensors | Within NG range of Details of judgment value

Details of judgment value

(X1) | 0.6° | (X3) | 2° | (X4) | 4°
(X2) | 1.2° |  |  |  |
(Y1) | 1.465° | (Y3) | 1.663° | (Y5) | 3.116°
(Y2) | 1.597° | (Y4) | 2.455° |  |

Time needed for diagnosis: 116ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2183 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

Coolant temperature rises slowly

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2183 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet).

3.

Measure the resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) terminals when the engine is cold and after warmed up.

Terminals

No. 1 — No. 2:

Is the resistance of engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) different between when engine is cold and after warmed up?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the malfunction of the engine coolant temperature sensor 2 characteristics.

After the engine starts for the first time after the specified period of soaking time has elapsed, diagnose by correlation between engine coolant temperature sensor 1 value, engine coolant temperature sensor 2 value and engine oil temperature sensor value.

Judge as NG when the differences are both above the specified value by comparing between engine coolant temperature 1 and engine coolant temperature 2, engine coolant temperature 2 and engine oil temperature.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Soaking time | 21600s or more
Block heater judgment | Completed
Block heater operation | Not in operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after the engine starts after a certain period of soaking time.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 at first engine start − Engine oil temperature at first engine start| | More than 10°C (18°F)
|Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 at first engine start − Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 at first engine start| | More than 10°C (18°F)

Time needed for diagnosis: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2184 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Coolant temperature rises slowly

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET) CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 2].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 2] 120°C (248°F) or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET) CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet).

4.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 55 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet).

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.351V

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2185 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Coolant temperature rises slowly

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET) CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET) CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 2].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 2] −40°C (−40°F) or less?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM or engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM or engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET) CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connectors from the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet).

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 55 — (E171) No. 2:

(E158) No. 58 — (E171) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INLET) CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 55 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) connector.

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet side). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet).

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Resistance value (kΩ) | (B) | Temperature (°C (°F)) |  |
(1) | Engine coolant temperature sensor (inlet) |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 4.695V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2195 A/F /O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
yes

5

no

4

4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and coupling connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 4 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

3

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

3. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

5

4

4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.95 V or more?

5

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

5. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E158) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 8 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. After repair, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect that λ value remains lean.

Judge as NG when lambda value is determined as abnormal in accordance with driving conditions such as intake air amount, rear oxygen sensor estimated element temperature, main feedback control, and with front oxygen (A/F) sensor λ value.

λ value = Actual air fuel ratio/Theoretical air fuel ratio
λ > 1: Lean
λ < 1: Rich

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Rich | (D) | Lean
(B) | Air fuel ratio |  |  |  |
(1) | Exhaust gas | (2) | Zirconia element oxygen |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Main feedback | In operation
Amount of intake air | 6g/s (0.21oz/s) or more
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
λ value Output voltage value of rear oxygen sensor | More than 1.15 More than 0.55V

Time needed for diagnosis: 10000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2196 A/F /O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 1
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and coupling connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — (B379) No. 3:

(E158) No. 4 — (B379) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Is there poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?

Repair the poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect that λ value remains rich.

Judge as NG when lambda value is determined as abnormal in accordance with driving conditions such as intake air amount, rear oxygen sensor estimated element temperature, main feedback control, and with front oxygen (A/F) sensor λ value.

λ value = Actual air fuel ratio/Theoretical air fuel ratio
λ > 1: Lean
λ < 1: Rich

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Rich | (D) | Lean
(B) | Air fuel ratio |  |  |  |
(1) | Exhaust gas | (2) | Zirconia element oxygen |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Main feedback | In operation
Amount of intake air | 6g/s (0.21oz/s) or more
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
λ value Output voltage value of rear oxygen sensor | Less than 0.85 Less than 0.15V

Time needed for diagnosis: 10000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P219C CYLINDER 1 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Engine stall

- Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
yes

6

no

5

5. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
no

7

yes
6. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

7. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

8

8. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

9

9. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
11. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
12. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
13. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
no

15

yes
14. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
yes

16

no

15

15. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

17

16. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR USING REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

17

17. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

19

19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
20. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
21. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
22. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

23

23. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

24

24. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

25

25. CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

26

26. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

27

27. CHECK MISFIRE SYMPTOM.
yes

30

no

28

28. CHECK DTC.
yes

31

no

29

29. CHECK DTC.
yes

32

no

33

30. CHECK CYLINDER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

31. CHECK #1 AND #3 CYLINDER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

32. CHECK #2 AND #4 CYLINDER.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

33. CYLINDER AT RANDOM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and coupling connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — (B379) No. 3:

(E158) No. 4 — (B379) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 4 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

6

5

5. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.95 V or more?

6

7

6. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.

Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B379) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(B379) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 8 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. After repair, replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

7. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?

Repair the exhaust system. EXHAUST(H4DO)>General Description

8

8. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

9

9. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

Place “NO OPEN FLAMES” signs near the working area.

- Be careful not to spill fuel.

- Before attaching/detaching a fuel pressure gauge, release the fuel pressure.

1.

Connect the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.

2.

Measure the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

Is the measured value 350 — 450 kPa (3.5 — 4.6 kg/cm2, 50 — 66 psi)?

10

Check the fuel pump and fuel delivery line. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump>INSPECTION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines>INSPECTION

10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Engine Coolant Temperature 1].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Engine Coolant Temperature 1] 75°C (167°F) or more?

11

Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor (outlet). FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

11. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Warm up the engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Mass Air Flow].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Mass Air Flow] 2 — 5 g/s (0.26 — 0.66 lb/m)?

12

Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

12. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1.

Warm up the engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F).

2.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

3.

Turn the A/C switch to OFF.

4.

Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

5.

Open the front hood.

6.

Measure the ambient temperature.

7.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Intake Air Temp.].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Subtract ambient temperature from [Intake Air Temp.]. Is the obtained value −10 — 50°C (−18 — 90°F)?

13

Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor

13. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1.

Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum)

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] 0.49 V or more?

14

15

14. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1.

Warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3000 rpm.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] 0.25 V or less?

16

15

15. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.

Check the rear oxygen sensor connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

17

16. CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR USING REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL.
1.

Warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature exceeds 75°C (167°F) and leave it at idling for 5 minutes or more.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Oxygen sensor #12].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Oxygen sensor #12] kept at 0.25 V or less for 5 minutes or more?

Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor

17

17. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — (B19) No. 3:

(B134) No. 44 — (B19) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

18

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B19) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 0.2 — 0.5 V?

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

19

19. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders.

4.

Measure the resistance between fuel injector connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#1 (E5) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

20

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

20. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

21

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

21. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.

Check the fuel injector on faulty cylinder. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

22

Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

22. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

Check the installation condition of the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor.

Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed?

Tighten the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Camshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Crankshaft Position Sensor>INSTALLATION

23

23. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE.

Check the crankshaft position sensor plate.

Is the crankshaft position sensor plate rusted or does it have broken teeth?

Replace the crankshaft position sensor plate. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Cylinder Block

24

24. CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING CHAIN.

Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align the alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block.

ST18252AA000

CRANKSHAFT SOCKET

Is the timing chain dislocated from its proper position?

Correct the installation condition of timing chain. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Timing Chain Assembly

25

25. CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

2.

Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at 60 km/h (37.3 MPH) or more for 10 minutes or more.

Use special care with the traffic condition on the public road and prioritize safety driving.

Refill the fuel before driving so that the fuel level meter indicates above “Lower” level.

Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate or blink?

- Repair the following item.

  - Poor contact of ignition coil connector

  - Poor contact of fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

26

26. CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

Check the installing condition of the air intake system.

Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?

Repair the air intake system. INTAKE (INDUCTION)(H4DO)>General Description

27

27. CHECK MISFIRE SYMPTOM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is there only one DTC displayed? (Current malfunction)

30

28

28. CHECK DTC.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Are DTC P0301 and P0303 displayed? (Current malfunction)

31

29

29. CHECK DTC.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Are DTC P0302 and P0304 displayed? (Current malfunction)

32

33

30. CHECK CYLINDER.

Check the following items for cylinder.

- Spark plug

- Ignition coil

- Fuel injector

- Compression pressure

- Skipping timing chain teeth

Is there any fault in the cylinder?

Repair or replace faulty parts.

Go to DTC P0171. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1

31. CHECK #1 AND #3 CYLINDER.

Check the following items for the bank RH (cylinder #1, #3).

- Spark plug

- Ignition coil

- Fuel injector

- Compression pressure

- Skipping timing chain teeth

Are there any faults in #1 and #3 cylinders?

Repair or replace faulty parts.

Go to DTC P0171. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1

32. CHECK #2 AND #4 CYLINDER.

Check the following items for the bank LH (cylinder #2, #4).

- Spark plug

- Ignition coil

- Fuel injector

- Compression pressure

- Skipping timing chain teeth

Are there any faults in #2 and #4 cylinders?

Repair or replace faulty parts.

Go to DTC P0171. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1

33. CYLINDER AT RANDOM.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Check the idling condition.

Is the engine idle rough?

Go to DTC P0171. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary open or short circuit of harness or temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

To detect malfunctions, the diagnostic uses a predictive model, individual cylinder fuel control, and the primary oxygen sensor measurement. The diagnostic does not directly attempt to separate the primary oxygen sensor measurement into individual cylinder contributions, but uses a predictive model to do so. Individual cylinders STFT are independently adjusted to obtain the moving 720 degree average lambda of all four cylinders using feedback from primary oxygen sensor. If any individual cylinder’s STFT is different than the average of the other cylinder’s STFT by a calibratable amount, that cylinder will be identified as failing.

Monitor Method

This diagnostic monitor performs a functional check of the fuel system to determine an air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance, as required by the regulations in Section (e)(6.2.1)(c). This method uses a parameter called “imbalance value” which is calculated for each cylinder. The “imbalance value” is the difference between the individual STFT of the specific cylinder and the average value of the individual STFT of the other three cylinders. These imbalance values are compared to each other in order to determine the “imbalanced cylinder”, which is the cylinder with the maximum “imbalance value”. A diagnostic value is calculated for the “imbalanced cylinder”. When this diagnostic value is more than the predetermined threshold (lean malfunction) or less than the predetermined threshold (rich malfunction), a DTC for the most imbalanced cylinder is determined.

DTC for “Imbalanced cylinder” is following.

DTC P219C: Cylinder 1 Air-Fuel Ratio Imbalance

DTC P219D: Cylinder 2 Air-Fuel Ratio Imbalance

DTC P219E: Cylinder 3 Air-Fuel Ratio Imbalance

DTC P219F: Cylinder 4 Air-Fuel Ratio Imbalance

Malfunction Criteria

Rich malfunction (negative) Diagnostic value < Threshold

or

Lean malfunction (positive) Diagnostic value > Threshold

Diagnostic value = “Imbalance value n” of the “Imbalanced cylinder”

(n: Cylinder number (#1 or #2 or #3 or #4))

- Imbalance value n = iSTFTn — Average (other 3 iSTFTs)

  For example: Imbalance value #1 = iSTFT # 1 — (iSTFT # 2+ iSTFT # 3 + iSTFT # 4) /3.

- Imbalanced cylinder: The cylinder with maximum (ABS (Imbalance value #1, #2, #3, #4)) is selected

- iSTFT: Individual cylinder STFT (Refer to the following about the detail)

Individual Cylinder STFT (iSTFT n (k))

Individual cylinder STFT (= iSTFT n (k)) are calculated by integral control and individual cylinder λ deviation u(k) converges to target (no deviation).

iSTFT n (k) = iSTFT n (k-1) + C(tgt−u(k))

iSTFT n (k) = Individual cylinder STFT

u(k): Estimated individual cylinder λ deviation∗

tgt: Target (No deviation = zero)

C: Control gain (negative value)

∗individual cylinder λ deviation: u(k)

= Individual cylinderλ - averageλ during 720°CA

Estimated individual cylinder λ deviation “u(k)” is calculated by model (as described below).

Estimation Model for individual cylinder λ deviation (u(k))

Subaru developed a model for estimating individual cylinder λ deviation∗ by the output signal of the primary oxygen sensor (mounted on the collector section of the exhaust manifold). This estimation model makes it possible to control cylinder A/F individually. The estimation model is designed as follows.

Model equations for individual cylinder λ deviation (u(k))

“u(k-1)”: Estimated individual cylinder λ deviation is calculated by the following model.

a1~4, b1~4: Model parameters calibrated by primary oxygen sensor output λ and ‘measured’ individual cylinder λ. (These parameters are calibrated and fixed prior to production. However these models are calculating the predicted λ of each cylinder during real world driving.)

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Integrated time since compensation value status for each cylinder (refer to the Table) has turned to “In operation”∗ | 400time(s) (12.8 s) or more

∗: Time is calculated cumulatively. (If the secondary parameters are not satisfied for the compensation value status of each cylinder, the integrated time will not be reset.)

Table (status of each cylinder correction value)

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Main feedback | In operation
Engine speed | 1000rpm — 4000rpm
Engine load | 0.7g/rev (0.02oz/rev) or more
Amount of intake air | 10g/s (0.35oz/s) or more
or
Main feedback | In operation
Engine speed | 1000rpm — 4000rpm
Engine load | 0.6g/rev (0.02oz/rev) or more
Amount of intake air | 25g/s (0.88oz/s) or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Imbalance value n for imbalance cylinder | More than 0.2 or Less than −0.5
Imbalance value n = i correction value n - average value (i correction value n of other three cylinders) i compensation value n = Compensation value for each cylinder Imbalance cylinder: Maximum value of cylinder (absolute value (imbalance value n)) (n: any of cylinder numbers (#1, #2, #3, #4)) |

Time needed for diagnosis: 300time(s)

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P219D CYLINDER 2 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P219C. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P219C CYLINDER 1 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P219E CYLINDER 3 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P219C. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P219C CYLINDER 1 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P219F CYLINDER 4 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE

For the diagnostic procedure and detection standard, refer to DTC P219C. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P219C CYLINDER 1 AIR-FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2270 O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK LEAN BANK 1 SENSOR 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the rear oxygen sensor connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — (B19) No. 3:

(B134) No. 44 — (B19) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B19) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 0.15 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

4

4. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Check the following items.

- Looseness and improper fitting of exhaust system parts

- Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts

- Damage (crack, hole etc.) between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor

Is there any fault in exhaust system?

Repair or replace faulty parts.

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the stuck of rear oxygen sensor voltage in lean state.

When rear oxygen sensor voltage remains below the threshold value for predetermined time, diagnosis interrupts target air fuel ratio for control and raises output voltage.

Judge as NG detecting the stuck in lean state when rear oxygen sensor voltage remains below the threshold value even after the interrupt control.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Sub feedback | In operation
Amount of intake air | 10g/s (0.35oz/s) or more
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more
Enable conditions at interrupt control are as follows |
Continuous time when rear oxygen sensor output voltage is less than 0.55 V | 5000 ms or more
Air fuel ratio reduced from target air fuel ratio | Value from Map

Map

Output voltage of rear oxygen sensor (V) | 0.000 | 0.150 | 0.200 | 0.400 | 0.600 |  |
Air fuel ratio reduced from target air fuel ratio (%) | 8 | 8 | 4 | 4 | 4 |  |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage of rear oxygen sensor | Less than 0.55V

Time needed for diagnosis: 15 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2271 O2 SENSOR SIGNAL BIASED/STUCK RICH BANK 1 SENSOR 2
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the rear oxygen sensor connector.

Has water entered the connector?

Completely remove any water inside.

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — (B19) No. 3:

(B134) No. 44 — (B19) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 33 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and rear oxygen sensor connector.

4. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.

Check the following items.

- Looseness and improper fitting of exhaust system parts

- Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts

- Damage (crack, hole etc.) between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor

Is there any fault in exhaust system?

Repair or replace faulty parts.

Replace the rear oxygen sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Rear Oxygen Sensor

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the stuck of rear oxygen sensor voltage in rich state.

Detect the stuck in rich state and judge as NG if rear oxygen sensor voltage remains above the threshold value for predetermined time.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Electromotive force | (C) | Lean | (E) | Theoretical air fuel ratio
(B) | Air fuel ratio | (D) | Rich | (F) | Comparative voltage

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Fuel cut elapsed time | 5000ms or more
Estimated temperature of the rear oxygen sensor element | 500°C (932°F) or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage of rear oxygen sensor | More than 0.15V

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2401 EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 10 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

3

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

  In this case, temporary open or short circuit of harness or temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause.

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.

Measure the voltage between the leak check valve assembly connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the leak check valve assembly.

4.

Measure the resistance between leak check valve assembly and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 4 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and leak check valve assembly connector.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 10 — (R400) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

6

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

6. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.

Check the vacuum pump of the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly>INSPECTION > CHECK VACUUM PUMP

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact in the leak check valve assembly connector.

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the vacuum pump in leak check valve assembly.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch or soaking timer | ON
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Vacuum pump drive signal in the leak check valve assembly | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Voltage detected by vacuum pump in the leak check valve assembly | 3 V or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2402 EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the leak check valve assembly.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between leak check valve assembly and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and leak check valve assembly connector.

2

2. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the vacuum pump of the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly>INSPECTION > CHECK VACUUM PUMP

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact in the leak check valve assembly connector.

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of the vacuum pump in leak check valve assembly.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch or soaking timer | ON
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Vacuum pump drive signal in the leak check valve assembly | ON

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Current detected by vacuum pump in the leak check valve assembly | 6 A or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2404 EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP SENSE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY PUMP.
yes

6

no

3

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

6. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY SWITCHING VALVE.
yes

10

no

7

7. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

10. CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2404 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY PUMP.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [ELCM pump] of [Active Test] and operate the vacuum pump of the leak check valve assembly.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to the Active Test. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Does the vacuum pump of the leak check valve assembly operate?

6

3

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the leak check valve assembly.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between the leak check valve assembly connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 10 — (R400) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

5

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 10 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and leak check valve assembly connector.

6. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY SWITCHING VALVE.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [ELCM switching valve] of [Active Test] and operate the switching valve of the leak check valve assembly.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to the “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Does the switching valve of the leak check valve assembly operate?

10

7

7. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the leak check valve assembly.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between the leak check valve assembly connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

8

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

8. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 11 — (R400) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

9

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

9. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 11 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and leak check valve assembly connector.

10. CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.

Perform the corresponding inspection mode. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Inspection Mode

Is DTC P2404 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0455. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC P0455 EVAP SYSTEM (CPC) LEAK DETECTED (LARGE LEAK)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2419 EVAP SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 11 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

2

3

2. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

  In this case, temporary open or short circuit of harness or temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause.

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.

Measure the voltage between the leak check valve assembly connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the leak check valve assembly.

4.

Measure the resistance between leak check valve assembly and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 1 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

5

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and leak check valve assembly connector.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 11 — (R400) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

6

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

6. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.

Check the switching valve of the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly>INSPECTION > CHECK SWITCHING VALVE

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact in the leak check valve assembly connector.

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the leak check valve assembly switching valve.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch or soaking timer | ON
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Switching valve drive signal in leak check valve assembly | OFF

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Voltage measured by switching valve in leak check valve assembly | 3 V or less

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2420 EVAP SYSTEM SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the leak check valve assembly.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between leak check valve assembly and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and leak check valve assembly connector.

2

2. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Check the switching valve of the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly>INSPECTION > CHECK SWITCHING VALVE

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact in the leak check valve assembly connector.

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of the switching valve in leak check valve assembly.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch or soaking timer | ON
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Switching valve drive signal in leak check valve assembly | ON

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Current measured by switching valve in leak check valve assembly | 6 A or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 2500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P24B9 EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P24B9 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values of [Evap System Vapor Pressure] and [Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure] to compare with actual atmospheric pressure.

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the difference with the actual atmospheric pressure 2.53 kPa (18.98 mmHg, 0.75 inHg, 0.37 psi) or more?

- Replace the part that showed larger deviation from the actual atmospheric pressure than the other.

  - If deviations in value for [Absolute Evap Sys. Pressure] is larger: Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

  - If deviations in value for [Mani. Absolute Pressure] is larger: Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect output characteristics malfunction of the pressure sensor in the leak check valve assembly.

- Diagnosis 1 (at ignition switch ON): Judge as NG when the pressure sensor output value in the leak check valve assembly is largely different from the intake manifold pressure when the ignition switch is ON.

- Diagnosis 2 (during Auto Start Stop): Judge as NG when the pressure sensor output value in the leak check valve assembly is largely different from the intake manifold pressure.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION
Diagnosis 1

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Elapsed time after ignition switch is turned to ON | 500ms or more and Less than 60000ms
Soaking time | 60s or more
Vacuum pump in the leak check valve assembly | Not in operation
Switching valve in the leak check valve assembly | Open
Purge control | Not in operation

Diagnosis 2

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Elapsed time after Auto Start Stop control | 5000ms or more
Purge control | Not in operation

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

- Diagnosis 1: Perform the diagnosis only once at ignition switch ON.

- Diagnosis 2: Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value (diagnosis 1)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Pressure sensor output value in leak check valve assembly − Intake manifold pressure (absolute pressure) when ignition switch is ON| | 5.9kPa (44.6mmHg, 1.8 inHg) or more

Judgment value (diagnosis 2)

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Pressure sensor output value in leak check valve assembly − Intake manifold pressure (absolute pressure)| | 5.9kPa (44.6mmHg, 1.8 inHg) or more

Time needed for diagnosis

Diagnosis 1: 320ms

Diagnosis 2: 320ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P24BA EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Barometric Pressure].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value in [Barometric Pressure] 34 kPa (255 mmHg, 10 inHg) or less?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the leak check valve assembly.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between the leak check valve assembly connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R400) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 62 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and leak check valve assembly connector.

4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of leak check valve assembly connector.

Is there poor contact in the leak check valve assembly connector?

Repair the poor contact in the leak check valve assembly connector.

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of the pressure sensor in leak check valve assembly.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (4) | Vacuum pump | (7) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (5) | Drain filter | (8) | Fuel tank
(3) | Pressure sensor | (6) | Purge control solenoid valve | (9) | Canister

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch or soaking timer | ON
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.967V

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P24BB EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

4

4. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Barometric Pressure].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Barometric Pressure] 125 kPa (938 mmHg, 36.9 inHg) or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the leak check valve assembly.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 54 — (R400) No. 8:

(B134) No. 62 — (R400) No. 7:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and the leak check valve assembly connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

3. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM and the leak check valve assembly connector.

Is there poor contact in ECM and the leak check valve assembly connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM and the leak check valve assembly connector.

4

4. CHECK LEAK CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY.

Check the pressure sensor of the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly>INSPECTION > CHECK PRESSURE SENSOR

Is the check result OK?

Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM connector and leak check valve assembly connector.

Replace the leak check valve assembly. EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES)(H4DO)>Leak Check Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the pressure sensor in leak check valve assembly.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Leak check valve ASSY | (5) | Vacuum pump | (8) | Intake manifold
(2) | Switching valve | (6) | Drain filter | (9) | Fuel tank
(3) | Reference orifice (0.02 inch orifice) | (7) | Purge control solenoid valve | (10) | Canister
(4) | Pressure sensor |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch or soaking timer | ON
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 4.128V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 1000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2530 IGNITION SWITCH RUN POSITION CIRCUIT
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

Improper idling

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.

Check the connecting condition of ECM connector.

Is the ECM connector correctly connected?

2

Connect the ECM connector correctly.

2. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground while wiggling the harness between ECM connector and F/B connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 56 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 8 V or more all the time?

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, the following items may be the cause of fault.

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

  - Poor contact of F/B connector

  - Poor contact of IG2 relay

- Repair the following item.

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B and F/B connector

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between F/B connector and ECM connector

  - Poor contact of F/B connector

  - Defective IG2 relay

  - Poor contact of IG2 relay

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect instantaneous open in ignition switch input circuit to ECM.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

ECM monitors the voltage of the ignition switch input circuit. Judge as ignition switch ON when the voltage is the specified value or more.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9V or more
Engine speed | 500rpm or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established within the predetermined time.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Number of instantaneous opens in ignition switch input circuit | 5time(s) or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 5000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2610 ECM/PCM ENGINE OFF TIMER PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P2610 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

- Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

- The soak timer IC is built into the ECM.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of soaking timer IC by the five diagnoses below.

Monitor Number | Explanation | Time required for diagnosis
Monitor #1 <Timer diagnosis> | Perform diagnosis of the soaking timer IC accuracy | 128 ms
Monitor #2 <Full count diagnosis> | Perform diagnosis of the soaking timer IC counter function | 128 ms
Monitor #3 <Soaking timer IC setting diagnosis> | Perform diagnosis of communication between ECM and soaking timer IC | 128 ms
Monitor #4 <Timer diagnosis (during soaking)> | Perform diagnosis of the soaking timer IC accuracy during soaking | None
Monitor #5 <Wake-up diagnosis> | Perform diagnosis of wake-up function | None

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

The soak timer IC is built into the ECM.

EXECUTION CONDITION
Monitor#1 <Timer diagnosis>

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch | OFF
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Elapsed time after starting the engine | More than 19 s and Less than 61439 s

Monitor#2 <Full count diagnosis>

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch | OFF
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
Counter in ECM | 4 s or more

Monitor#3 <Soaking timer IC setting diagnosis>

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch | OFF
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

Monitor#4 <Timer diagnosis (during soaking)>

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch | OFF
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

Monitor#5 <Wake-up diagnosis>

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Ignition switch | ON
Time in the soaking timer IC | More than 3600s

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis only once when the ignition switch is OFF and when the ignition switch is ON after the soaking of one hour or more.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Monitor#1 <Timer diagnosis>

Start the count up operation of counters in ECM and in soaking timer IC when the engine is started.

Judge as timer malfunction if the difference between the counter in ECM and counter in soaking timer IC exceeds the allowable limit when the ignition switch is OFF.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
|Counter in ECM − Counter in soaking timer IC| / Counter in ECM | More than 0.24

Monitor#2 <Full count diagnosis>

Reset the counter in soaking timer IC and start the count up operation.

Judge as full count diagnosis malfunction if counter in soaking timer IC is not the specified value after 4 seconds.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Counter in soaking timer IC | Not equal to 65535 counts

Monitor#3 <Soaking timer IC setting diagnosis>

When setting the activation setting time to soaking timer IC, compare the writing value to soaking timer IC with read out value. Judge as malfunction if the values do not match 3 times in a row.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Writing value and read out value when setting the soaking timer | Unmatch

Monitor#4 <Timer diagnosis (during soaking)>

Wake-up at the predetermined interval until 5, 7 or 9.5 hours have passed after the ignition switch is OFF, and compare the counter in soaking timer IC with the counter in ECM.

Judge as malfunction if the counter in soaking timer IC is counted up to maximum value when the counter in ECM is 1636 ms, or if the counter in soaking timer IC is not counted up to maximum value when the counter in ECM is 2456 ms.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Counter in ECM | 1636 ms or less
Counter in soaking timer IC | 65535 counts
or
Counter in ECM | 2456 ms or more
Counter in soaking timer IC | Not equal to 65535 counts

Monitor#5 <Wake-up diagnosis>

Store the number of wake-up activation when the ECM wakes up by the soaking timer IC.

Next time when the ignition switch is ON, if the number of wake-up activation does not reach the predetermined value even though the counter in soaking timer IC operates 1 hour or more, judge as wake-up malfunction.

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Number of wake-up | Not equal to wake-up indication count

Time needed for diagnosis:

Monitor#1: 0.128 s

Monitor#2: 0.128 s

Monitor#3: 0.128 s

Monitor#4: Less than 1 s

Monitor#5: Less than 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P2682 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Coolant temperature rises slowly

- Poor acceleration

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY MOTOR.
yes

4

no

3

3. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY MOTOR.
yes

6

no

5

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

6

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR HARNESS (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P2682 displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY MOTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 82 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E158) No. 91 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

4

3

3. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY MOTOR.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 82 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 91 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

6

5

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the thermo-control valve assembly.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 82 (+) — Engine ground (−):

(E158) No. 91 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

6

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the thermo-control valve assembly.

2.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 82 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 91 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

6

Repair the short circuit to ground in the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

6. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR HARNESS (SHORT BETWEEN LINES).

Measure the resistance between thermo-control valve assembly connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E164) No. 4 — (E164) No. 5:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Replace the thermo-control valve assembly. COOLING(H4DO)>Thermo Control Valve Assembly

Repair the short between lines in the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect short circuit in the thermo-control valve assembly motor.

Judge as NG when the overcurrent signal is sent from the driving IC after thermo-control valve driving IC diagnosis.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (2) | Thermo-control valve |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 8V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Overcurrent signal is sent from the thermo-control valve driving IC | ON

Time needed for diagnosis: 2560ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P26A3 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Coolant temperature rises slowly

- Poor acceleration

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY MOTOR.
no

3

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

3. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY OPENING ANGLE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY OPENING ANGLE SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY MOTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between ECM connectors.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 82 — (E158) No. 91:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

2

3

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from the thermo-control valve assembly.

2.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 82 — (E164) No. 5:

(E158) No. 91 — (E164) No. 4:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

Replace the thermo-control valve assembly. COOLING(H4DO)>Thermo Control Valve Assembly

3. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY OPENING ANGLE SENSOR.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, select [Coolant Circulation Valve Control] of [Active Test].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to the “Active Test”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

2.

Adjust the target value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Control] to set the value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Target Angle] to 83.5 deg.

3.

Read the value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle].

Is the value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle] between 78.2 deg — 88.8 deg within seven seconds after setting [Coolant Circulation Valve Target Angle]?

4

Replace the thermo-control valve assembly. COOLING(H4DO)>Thermo Control Valve Assembly

4. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY OPENING ANGLE SENSOR.
1.

Adjust the target value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Control] to set the value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Target Angle] to −78.6 deg.

2.

Read the value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle].

Is the value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle] between −73.3 deg — −83.9 deg within seven seconds after setting [Coolant Circulation Valve Target Angle]?

Even if DTC is detected, the thermo-control valve assembly has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

Replace the thermo-control valve assembly. COOLING(H4DO)>Thermo Control Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the stuck or slow response of the thermo-control valve.

Judge as NG when the thermo-control valve actual opening angle does not reach the target opening angle within the predetermined time.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
| (Thermo-control valve target opening angle n − Thermo-control valve target opening angle n − 1) | | Less than 5.3°
Establishing time for above conditions | 500ms or more
Engine speed | More than 500rpm

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis when starting the engine.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD
Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Thermo-control valve target opening angle − Thermo-control valve actual opening angle | Less than −5.3° or More than 5.3°

Time needed for diagnosis: 6500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cycles.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P26A5 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.

Trouble symptom:

- Coolant temperature rises slowly

- Poor acceleration

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

2

2. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY OPENING ANGLE SENSOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY OPENING ANGLE SENSOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than P26A5 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY OPENING ANGLE SENSOR.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

2.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait for at least 3 minutes.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Read the temporary code using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P26A5 displayed? (Temporary code)

3

Even if DTC is detected, the thermo-control valve assembly has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

3. CHECK THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY OPENING ANGLE SENSOR.
1.

Start the engine and warm up completely.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait for at least 3 minutes.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC P26A5 displayed? (Past malfunction)

Replace the thermo-control valve assembly. COOLING(H4DO)>Thermo Control Valve Assembly

Even if DTC is detected, the thermo-control valve assembly has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the output property abnormality of the thermo-control valve assembly opening angle sensor.

Judge as NG if the value of the thermo-control valve assembly opening angle sensor is outside the standard value when the thermo-control valve is at the full-open position.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(1) | Engine control module (ECM) | (3) | 5 V | (4) | CPU
(2) | Thermo-control valve ASSY (valve opening angle sensor) |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9V or more
Engine coolant temperature when the ignition switch is OFF | 8°C (46.4°F) or more
[{Ignition switch | OFF
thermo-control valve drive signal | Open
| Thermo-control valve angle (n) − Thermo-control valve angle (n − 1)|} | Less than 0.6°
Time described above] | 1.2 sec or more
or
Battery voltage | 10.9V or more
Engine coolant temperature when the ignition switch is OFF | 8°C (46.4°F) or more
(Ignition switch | OFF
Time described above) | 60000ms or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis when the ignition switch is OFF.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Thermo-control valve opening angle sensor output voltage when the thermo-control valve is fully opened | Less than 4.127V or More than 4.469V

Time needed for diagnosis: 512ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P26A6 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Coolant temperature rises slowly

- Poor acceleration

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle] approx. −95 deg or less?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the thermo-control valve assembly.

4.

Measure the resistance between ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 17 — (E164) No. 3:

(E158) No. 41 — (E164) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 17 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 41 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between thermo-control valve assembly connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E164) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 — 5.5 V?

5

Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

5. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check the connection status of ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector or thermo-control valve assembly connector?

Repair poor contact of ECM connector or thermo-control valve assembly connector.

Replace the thermo-control valve assembly. COOLING(H4DO)>Thermo Control Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the open or short circuit of the thermo-control valve assembly opening angle sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Sensor output (V) | (B) | Valve angle (deg) |  |
(1) | Thermo control valve assembly |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
No |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | Less than 0.283V

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC P26A7 ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE "A" POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Trouble symptom:

- Coolant temperature rises slowly

- Poor acceleration

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DATA MONITOR.
1.

Start the engine.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is the value of [Coolant Circulation Valve Actual Angle] approx. 94 deg or more?

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from the thermo-control valve assembly.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between thermo-control valve assembly connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E164) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?

Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND THERMO-CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E164) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

4. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check the connection status of ECM connector and thermo-control valve assembly connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector or thermo-control valve assembly connector?

Repair poor contact of ECM connector or thermo-control valve assembly connector.

Replace the thermo-control valve assembly. COOLING(H4DO)>Thermo Control Valve Assembly

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect the short circuit of the thermo-control valve assembly opening angle sensor.

Judge as NG if out of specification.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(A) | Sensor output (V) | (B) | Valve angle (deg) |  |
(1) | Thermo control valve ASSY |  |  |  |

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
None |

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Output voltage | 4.469V or more

Time needed for diagnosis: 500ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0073 CONTROL MODULE COMMUNICATION BUS OFF

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of CAN communication.

Judge as NG when CAN communication failure has occurred.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(Common Specifications)

CAN Protocol 2.0B (Active)

Frame Format: 11 Bit ID Frame (Standard Frame)

Conforms to ISO11898

Communication Speed: 500 kbps

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after starting the engine.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
CAN bus condition | Bus off

Time needed for diagnosis: 1 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0077 LIN COMMUNICATION BUS "ECM/PCM" OFF
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND BATTERY SENSOR, GENERATOR, ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER AND DC/DC CONVERTER CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND BATTERY SENSOR, GENERATOR, ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER AND DC/DC CONVERTER CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND BATTERY SENSOR, GENERATOR, ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER AND DC/DC CONVERTER CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC U0077 displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

  In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND BATTERY SENSOR, GENERATOR, ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER AND DC/DC CONVERTER CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from battery sensor.

4.

Disconnect the connector from the generator.

5.

Disconnect the connector from the DC/DC converter 1.

6.

Disconnect the connector from the DC/DC converter 2. (Model with power amplifier)

7.

Disconnect the connector from the active grille shutter.

8.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and battery sensor connector, generator connector, active grille shutter connector, DC/DC converter 1, and DC/DC converter 2 (model with power amplifier).

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 17 — (B9) No. 3:

(B134) No. 17 — (F26) No. 1:

(B134) No. 17 — (B63) No. 3:

(B134) No. 17 — (B562) No. 9:

Model with power amplifier; (B134) No. 17 — (B630) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and battery sensor connector

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and generator connector

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and active grille shutter connector

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and DC/DC converter 1 connector

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and DC/DC converter 2 connector (model with power amplifier)

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

3. CHECK WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND BATTERY SENSOR, GENERATOR, ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER AND DC/DC CONVERTER CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 17 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and battery sensor connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and generator connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and active grille shutter connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and DC/DC converter 1 connector

  - Short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and DC/DC converter 2 connector (model with power amplifier)

4. CHECK WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND BATTERY SENSOR, GENERATOR, ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER AND DC/DC CONVERTER CONNECTOR (SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 17 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage less than 1 V?

5

- Repair the following item.

  - Short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and battery sensor connector

  - Short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and generator connector

  - Short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and active grille shutter connector

  - Short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and DC/DC converter 1 connector

  - Short circuit to power supply in harness between ECM connector and DC/DC converter 2 connector (model with power amplifier)

5. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Connect all connectors.

3.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, perform the clear memory of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Clear memory

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC U0077 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Replace the ECM. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Engine Control Module (ECM)

- Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

  In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of LIN communication.

Judge as NG when the data sent/received via LIN communication is abnormal.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

LIN communication is used to send/receive data between ECM, battery sensor, generator, active grille shutter and DC/DC converter.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
LIN bus condition | Bus off

Time needed for diagnosis: 1.28 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0101 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of CAN communication.

Judge as NG when CAN communication failure between TCM, VDC CM and combination meter has occurred.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(Common Specifications)

CAN Protocol 2.0B (Active)

Frame Format: 11 Bit ID Frame (Standard Frame)

Conforms to ISO11898

Communication Speed: 500 kbps

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after starting the engine.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
ID received from control module connected to CAN | None

Time needed for diagnosis: 500 ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0122 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC U0101. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0101 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0155 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) CONTROL MODULE

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC U0101. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0101 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0284 LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER MODULE "A"
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER POWER SUPPLY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER CONNECTOR AND GROUND (OPEN).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC U0284 displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

- The circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

- In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

2. CHECK DTC.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC other than U0284 displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

3

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the battery. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

3.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

4.

Disconnect the connector from the active grille shutter.

5.

Measure the resistance between active grille shutter connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B63) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and active grille shutter connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER CONNECTOR (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and active grille shutter connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 17 — (B63) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

5

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM and active grille shutter connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

5. CHECK ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Connect the battery. REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

2.

Measure the voltage between active grille shutter connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B63) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):

Is the voltage 9 V or more?

6

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between active grille shutter connector and M/B

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ACTIVE GRILLE SHUTTER CONNECTOR AND GROUND (OPEN).

Measure the resistance of harness between active grille shutter connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B63) No. 4 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?

Replace the active grille shutter. COOLING(H4DO)>Active Grille Shutter

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between active grille shutter connector and ground

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of LIN communication.

Judge as NG if LIN communication failure has occurred with the active grille shutter.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(Common Specifications)

Communication protocol: LIN 2.0

Communication speed: 19.20 kbps

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Data from control modules connected to LIN | None

Time needed for diagnosis: 3000ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0402 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM TCM

For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of CAN communication.

Judge as NG when data received from TCM, VDC CM and combination meter is not normal.

2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(Common Specifications)

CAN Protocol 2.0B (Active)

Frame Format: 11 Bit ID Frame (Standard Frame)

Conforms to ISO11898

Communication Speed: 500 kbps

3. EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis continuously after starting the engine.

5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Data from control modules connected to CAN | No change

Time needed for diagnosis: 500 ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Illuminates as soon as a malfunction occurs.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0416 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM VEHICLE DYNAMICS CONTROL MODULE

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC U0402. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0402 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM TCM

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U0423 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER CONTROL MODULE

- For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

- For the detection standard, refer to DTC U0402. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)>DTC U0402 INVALID DATA RECEIVED FROM TCM

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U1712 LOST LIN COMMUNICATION WITH BATTERY "1" MONITOR MODULE
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND BATTERY SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND BATTERY SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC U1712 displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

The circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

2. CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.

Check the connecting condition of ECM connector.

Is the ECM connector correctly connected?

3

Connect the ECM connector correctly.

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND BATTERY SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the ground terminal from battery sensor.REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

3.

Disconnect the connector from battery sensor.

4.

Disconnect the positive terminal of battery.

5.

Measure the resistance of the harness between battery positive cable terminal and battery sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

Positive cable terminal — (B9) No. 1:

Positive cable terminal — (B9) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

4

Repair the open circuit in harness between battery positive cable terminal and battery sensor connector.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND BATTERY SENSOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and battery sensor connector.

Connector & terminal

(B9) No. 3 — (B134) No. 17:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector or battery sensor connector.

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and battery sensor connector.

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of LIN communication.

Judge as NG when LIN communication failure has occurred with the battery sensor.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

(Common Specifications)

Communication protocol: LIN 2.0

Communication speed: 19.2 kbps

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Always perform the diagnosis continuously.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

If the duration of time while the following conditions are met is longer than the time indicated, judge as NG.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Data received from control modules connected to LIN | No change or Checksum error

Time needed for diagnosis: 2 s

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate.

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC U171F LOST LIN COMMUNICATION WITH GENERATOR
1. —

DTC detecting condition:

Immediately at fault recognition

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

1. CHECK DTC.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
3. CHECK VOLTAGE OF GENERATOR B TERMINAL.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND GENERATOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Is DTC U171F displayed? (Current malfunction)

2

Even if DTC is detected, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again.

2. CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.

Check the connecting condition of ECM connector.

Is the ECM connector correctly connected?

3

Connect the ECM connector correctly.

3. CHECK VOLTAGE OF GENERATOR B TERMINAL.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the ground terminal from battery sensor.REPAIR CONTENTS>NOTE > BATTERY

3.

Measure the voltage of the generator B terminal.

Connector & terminal

Generator B terminal — Engine ground:

Is the voltage battery voltage?

4

Check the generator B terminal harness and fuse.

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNECTOR AND GENERATOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Disconnect the LIN communication connector from the generator.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and generator LIN communication connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 17 — (F26) No. 1:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

Check the connector for poor contact and check the harness again. If no fault is found, replace the generator. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Generator

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and generator

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

General description
OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunction of LIN communication.

Judge as NG if LIN communication failure has occurred with the generator.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

LIN communication is a network used for sending/receiving data between the control modules connected by LIN communication system.

EXECUTION CONDITION

Secondary parameters | Execution condition
Battery voltage | 10.9 V or more
LIN communication schedule | Normal schedule

GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE

Perform the diagnosis every time after the enable conditions have been established.

DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Judge as NG when the following conditions are established.

Judgment value

Malfunction Criteria | Threshold Value
Data received from control modules connected to LIN | No change or Checksum error
or |
Internal malfunction flag of generator (communication failure warning) | ON

Time needed for diagnosis: 2048ms

Malfunction indicator light illumination: Does not illuminate even when malfunction occurs. (Charge warning light illuminates)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostics with Phenomenon
LIST
1. LIST

Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Symptoms and causes

Item | Reference
Engine does not start Perform the diagnosis in the numerical order on the right. | 1. Check fuel level | Check the fuel level.
2. Check immobilizer | With Telematics: TELEMATICS SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>INSPECTION > ENGINE WILL NOT START
Without Keyless Access with Push Button Start: IMMOBILIZER (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure
With Keyless Access with Push Button Start: KEYLESS ACCESS WITH PUSH BUTTON START(DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure
3. Check ECM power supply and ground line | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
4. Inspection of starter motor circuit | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT
5. Inspection of ignition control system | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM
6. Inspection of fuel pump circuit | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
7. Inspection of fuel injector circuit | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Brake override does not operate | Check brake override system | ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>CHECK BRAKE OVERRIDE SYSTEM

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostics with Phenomenon
CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

1. CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION STATUS.

Check for the generating condition of starting failure.

Is this a starting failure during Auto Start Stop?

Check the Auto Start Stop. AUTO START STOP (DIAGNOSTICS)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure

2

2. CHECK MAIN RELAY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Remove the main relay.

3.

Check the main relay. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Main Relay>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

3

Replace the main relay. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Main Relay

3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM.
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 69 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 70 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 71 — Engine ground:

(B134) No. 72 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and engine ground

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

4. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

(B134) No. 56 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

5

Repair the open or ground short in the harness of power supply circuit.

5. CHECK M/B (MAIN RELAY) INPUT VOLTAGE.

Measure the voltage between M/B (main relay) terminal and engine ground.

Terminals

No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

6

Repair the open or ground short in the harness of power supply circuit.

6. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Install the main relay.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 12 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

7

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and M/B (main relay) terminal.

7. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Measure the voltage between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 67 (+) — Engine ground (–):

(B134) No. 68 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Check the starter motor circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and M/B (main relay)

  - Poor contact of M/B (main relay)

  - Poor contact of ECM connector

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostics with Phenomenon
STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. MODEL WITHOUT PUSH BUTTON START

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

1. CHECK BATTERY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.
no

4

yes
3. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

4. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR STARTER MOTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND IGNITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK IGNITION SWITCH.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
7. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF IG2 RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK IG2 RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK IG2 RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
10. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER CUT RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
11. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER CUT RELAY).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
12. CHECK STARTER CUT RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
13. CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
14. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
15. CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
16. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
17. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
18. CHECK STARTER RELAY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK BATTERY.

Check the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

Is the check result OK?

2

Charge or replace the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

2. CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.

Check the starter motor operation.

Does the starter motor operate?

3

4

3. CHECK DTC.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Are any DTCs displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Check ignition control system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

4. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR STARTER MOTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from starter motor.

3.

Measure the voltage between starter motor connector and engine ground with the ignition switch set to START position.

Connector & terminal

(F162) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Check the starter motor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter

5

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND IGNITION SWITCH CONNECTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ignition switch.

3.

Measure the voltage between ignition switch connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(i58) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

(i58) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

6

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open or short circuit to ground in harness between battery and ignition switch connector

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Poor contact of F/B connector

  - Replacement of F/B

  - Replace M/B

6. CHECK IGNITION SWITCH.

Measure the resistance between ignition switch terminals after turning the ignition switch to START position.

Terminals

No. 4 — No. 1:

No. 5 — No. 7:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

7

Replace the ignition switch. SECURITY AND LOCKS>Ignition Key Lock>REPLACEMENT

7. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF IG2 RELAY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Remove the IG2 relay.

3.

Connect the connector to ignition switch.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

5.

Measure the voltage between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B56) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

(i137) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

8

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open harness between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and ignition switch connector

  - Open circuit of the harness between M/B and F/B (IG2 relay) connector

8. CHECK IG2 RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance in harness between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B158) No. 3 — Chassis ground:

(i136) No. 6 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

9

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit of the harness between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and chassis ground

  - Poor contact of J/C

9. CHECK IG2 RELAY.

Check the IG2 relay. SECURITY AND LOCKS>Relay and Fuse>INSPECTION > CHECK RELAY

Is the check result OK?

10

Replace the IG2 relay. SECURITY AND LOCKS>Relay and Fuse>LOCATION

10. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER CUT RELAY.
1.

Remove the starter cut relay.

2.

Install the IG2 relay.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between M/B (starter cut relay) terminals No. 1 and No. 2 and engine ground.

Terminals

No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

11

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between SBF‐3 and M/B (starter cut relay)

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B (starter cut relay) and F/B (IG2 relay) connector

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Poor contact of F/B connector

  - Replacement of F/B

  - Replace M/B

11. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER CUT RELAY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter cut relay) terminal No. 4.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 24 — No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

12

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter cut relay)

  - Replace M/B

12. CHECK STARTER CUT RELAY.

Check the starter cut relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

13

Replace the starter cut relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>LOCATION

13. CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
1.

Place the select lever in “P” range and “N” range.

2.

Disconnect the connector from inhibitor switch.

3.

Measure the resistance between inhibitor switch terminals.

Terminals

No. 6 — No. 9:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

14

Replace the inhibitor switch. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION(TR580)>Inhibitor Switch

14. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and inhibitor switch connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 39 — (T7) No. 6:

(B134) No. 50 — (T7) No. 9:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

15

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and inhibitor switch connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

15. CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL.
1.

Connect all relays and connectors to their proper positions.

2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

4.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Neutral Position Switch].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Is [Neutral] displayed?

16

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

16. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Remove the starter relay.

3.

Install the starter cut relay.

4.

Connect the connector to ECM.

5.

Turn the ignition switch to START position, and measure the voltage between M/B (starter relay) terminal No. 1 and No. 2 and engine ground.

Terminals

No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

17

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B (starter relay) and M/B (starter cut relay)

  - Open circuit of the harness between M/B (starter relay) and F/B (IG2 relay) connector

17. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter relay) terminal No. 4.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 2 — No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

18

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter relay)

  - Replace M/B

18. CHECK STARTER RELAY.

Check the starter relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit of harness between M/B (starter relay) and starter motor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

Replace the starter relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>LOCATION

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

2. MODEL WITH PUSH BUTTON START

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

1. CHECK BATTERY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
2. CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.
no

4

yes
3. CHECK DTC.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

4. CHECK PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
5. CHECK PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
6. CHECK START SWITCH SIGNAL.
yes

10

no

7

7. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KEYLESS ACCESS CM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
8. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KEYLESS ACCESS CM.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
9. CHECK START SWITCH SIGNAL.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

10. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR STARTER MOTOR.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

11

11. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF IG2 RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
12. CHECK IG2 RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
13. CHECK IG2 RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
14. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER CUT RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
15. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER CUT RELAY).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
16. CHECK STARTER CUT RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
17. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY.
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY).
no

Perform the instructed procedures.

yes
19. CHECK STARTER RELAY.
yes

Perform the instructed procedures.

no

Perform the instructed procedures.

1. CHECK BATTERY.

Check the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

Is the check result OK?

2

Charge or replace the battery. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Battery

2. CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.

Check the starter motor operation.

Does the starter motor operate?

3

4

3. CHECK DTC.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool, read the DTC of [Engine Control System]. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Are any DTCs displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Check ignition control system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

4. CHECK PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.

Press the push button ignition switch twice with the ignition OFF (ACC OFF).

Release the brake pedal.

Does the ignition turn to ON?

5

Check the push button start system. KEYLESS ACCESS WITH PUSH BUTTON START(DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>LIST

5. CHECK PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.
1.

Depress the brake pedal.

Shift the select lever to “P” range.

2.

Check the push button ignition switch indicator.

Does the indicator turn to green?

6

Check the push button start system. KEYLESS ACCESS WITH PUSH BUTTON START(DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>LIST

6. CHECK START SWITCH SIGNAL.
1.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the waveform in [Starter Switch].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

2.

Press the push button ignition switch once with the brake pedal depressed.

Does a waveform occur in [Starter Switch]?

10

7

7. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KEYLESS ACCESS CM.
1.

Turn the ignition to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from the keyless access CM.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and keyless access CM.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 25 — (i75) No. 23:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit of harness between ECM connector and keyless access CM connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Poor contact of J/C

8. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KEYLESS ACCESS CM.

Measure the resistance between the ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 25 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

9

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM connector and keyless access CM connector.

9. CHECK START SWITCH SIGNAL.
1.

Connect the connector to ECM.

2.

Connect the connector to the keyless access CM.

3.

Read the waveform of start switch signal using an oscilloscope.

4.

Press the push button ignition switch once with the brake pedal depressed.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 25 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

Does waveform of the start switch signal occur?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Repair the poor contact of keyless access CM connector.

10. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR STARTER MOTOR.
1.

Turn the ignition to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from starter motor.

3.

Place the select lever in “P” range or “N” range.

4.

Press the push button ignition switch once with the brake pedal depressed.

5.

Measure the voltage between the starter motor connector and the engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(F162) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Check the starter motor. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter

11

11. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF IG2 RELAY.
1.

Turn the ignition to OFF.

2.

Remove the IG2 relay.

3.

Turn the ignition to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B56) No. 8 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

(i137) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

12

- Check the following item and repair or replace if necessary.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and power supply circuit

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and keyless access CM connector

  - Blown out of fuse

12. CHECK IG2 RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT.
1.

Turn the ignition to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance in harness between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B158) No. 3 — Chassis ground:

(i136) No. 6 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

13

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit of the harness between F/B (IG2 relay) connector and chassis ground

  - Poor contact of J/C

13. CHECK IG2 RELAY.

Check the IG2 relay. SECURITY AND LOCKS>Relay and Fuse>INSPECTION > CHECK RELAY

Is the check result OK?

14

Replace the IG2 relay. SECURITY AND LOCKS>Relay and Fuse>LOCATION

14. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER CUT RELAY.
1.

Remove the starter cut relay.

2.

Install the IG2 relay.

3.

Turn the ignition to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between M/B (starter cut relay) terminal No. 1 and No. 2 and engine ground.

Terminals

No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

15

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between SBF‐3 and M/B (starter cut relay)

  - Open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between M/B (starter cut relay) and F/B (IG2 relay) connector

  - Blown out of fuse

  - Poor contact of F/B connector

  - Replacement of F/B

  - Replace M/B

15. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER CUT RELAY).
1.

Turn the ignition to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter cut relay) terminal No. 4.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 24 — No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

16

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter cut relay)

  - Replace M/B

16. CHECK STARTER CUT RELAY.

Check the starter cut relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

17

Replace the starter cut relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>LOCATION

17. CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY.
1.

Remove the starter relay.

2.

Install the starter cut relay.

3.

Connect the connector to ECM.

4.

While depressing the brake pedal, press the push button ignition switch once, and measure the voltage between M/B (starter relay) terminal No. 1 and No. 2 and engine ground.

Terminals

No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Shift the select lever to “P” range.

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

18

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit in harness between M/B (starter relay) and M/B (starter cut relay)

  - Open circuit of the harness between M/B (starter relay) and F/B (IG2 relay) connector

18. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND M/B (STARTER RELAY).
1.

Turn the ignition to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter relay) terminal No. 4.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 2 — No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

19

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and M/B (starter relay)

  - Replace M/B

19. CHECK STARTER RELAY.

Check the starter relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

- Check the following item and repair if necessary.

  - Open circuit of harness between M/B (starter relay) and starter motor connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

Replace the starter relay. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Starter Relay>LOCATION

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostics with Phenomenon
IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

1. CHECK SPARK PLUG CONDITION.
1.

Remove the spark plug. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug>REMOVAL

2.

Check the spark plug condition. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

2

Replace the spark plug. IGNITION(H4DO)>Spark Plug

2. CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR SPARKS.
1.

Connect the spark plug to ignition coil.

2.

Release the fuel pressure. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel>PROCEDURE > RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE

3.

Contact the spark plug thread portion to engine.

4.

While opening the throttle valve fully, crank the engine to check that spark occurs at each cylinder.

Does spark occur at each cylinder?

Check fuel pump system. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

3

3. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ignition coil.

3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

4.

Measure the voltage between ignition coil connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E31) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

(E32) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

(E33) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

(E34) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

4

- Repair the following item.

  - Open or short to ground in harness of power supply circuit

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

  - Blown out of fuse

4. CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ignition coil connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E31) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E32) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E33) No. 3 — Engine ground:

(E34) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

5

Repair the open circuit in harness between ignition coil connector and engine ground.

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 10 — (E31) No. 2:

(E158) No. 11 — (E32) No. 2:

(E158) No. 12 — (E33) No. 2:

(E158) No. 13 — (E34) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

6

Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(E158) No. 10 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 11 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 12 — Engine ground:

(E158) No. 13 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

7

Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM connector and ignition coil connector.

7. CHECK FOR POOR CONTACT.

Check for poor contact of ECM connector.

Is there poor contact of ECM connector?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the ignition coil. IGNITION(H4DO)>Ignition Coil

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostics with Phenomenon
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

1. CHECK OPERATING SOUND OF FUEL PUMP.

Check if the fuel pump operates for two seconds when turning the ignition switch to ON.

Fuel pump operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor.

Refer to “Active Test” for the procedures. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Active Test

Does the fuel pump emit operating sound?

Check the fuel injector circuit. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostics with Phenomenon>FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

2

2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL PUMP.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Remove the fuel pump access hole lid.

3.

Disconnect the connector from fuel pump.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R58) No. 6 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?

3

Repair the open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.

3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL PUMP.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R58) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Replace the fuel pump. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump

4

4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Remove the fuel pump relay.

3.

Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector.

Connector & terminal

(R58) No. 5 — M/B (fuel pump relay) No. 3:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

5

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(R58) No. 5 — Chassis ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

6

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector.

6. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY.

Check the fuel pump relay. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump Relay>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

7

Replace the fuel pump relay. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Pump Relay

7. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PUMP RELAY (OPEN).
1.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

2.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and fuel pump relay connector.

Connector & terminal

(B134) No. 31 — M/B (fuel pump relay) No. 4:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

8

Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and fuel pump relay connector.

8. CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF FUEL PUMP RELAY.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Measure the voltage between fuel pump relay connector and chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

M/B (fuel pump relay) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

M/B (fuel pump relay) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (–):

Is the voltage 10 V or more?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Repair the open or ground short in the harness of power supply circuit.

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostics with Phenomenon
FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

Wiring diagram:

Engine Electrical System WIRING SYSTEM>Engine Electrical System

- Check or repair only faulty parts.

- Use the check board when measuring the ECM terminal voltage and resistance. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>General Description>PREPARATION TOOL > HOW TO USE CHECK BOARD

1. CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJECTOR.

While cranking the engine, check each fuel injector emits operating sound. Use a sound scope or attach a screwdriver to the injector to listen to sounds for this check.

Does the fuel injector emit operating sound?

Check the fuel pressure. MECHANICAL(H4DO)>Fuel Pressure>INSPECTION

2

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (OPEN).
1.

Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2.

Disconnect the connector from ECM.

3.

Disconnect the connector from fuel injector.

4.

Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E158) No. 96 — (E5) No. 1:

#1 (E158) No. 87 — (E5) No. 2:

#2 (E158) No. 95 — (E16) No. 1:

#2 (E158) No. 86 — (E16) No. 2:

#3 (E158) No. 93 — (E6) No. 1:

#3 (E158) No. 84 — (E6) No. 2:

#4 (E158) No. 94 — (E17) No. 1:

#4 (E158) No. 85 — (E17) No. 2:

Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?

3

- Repair the following item.

  - Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector

  - Poor contact of coupling connector

3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR (SHORT TO GROUND).

Measure the resistance between fuel injector connector and engine ground.

Connector & terminal

#1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#1 (E5) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#2 (E16) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#3 (E6) No. 2 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 1 — Engine ground:

#4 (E17) No. 2 — Engine ground:

Is the resistance 1 MΩ or more?

4

Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.

4. CHECK EACH FUEL INJECTOR.

Check each fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

Repair the poor contact of ECM connector.

Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS)(H4DO)>Fuel Injector

After the faulty parts are repaired or replaced, perform the final check in Basic Diagnostic Procedure. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Basic Diagnostic Procedure>PROCEDURE

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > Diagnostics with Phenomenon
CHECK BRAKE OVERRIDE SYSTEM

Perform this test in a location where the driving can be checked safely, while paying sufficient attention to the vicinity. While driving, the traffic laws and regulations such as speed limit must always be observed.

1. CHECK DTC.
1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON.

2.

Read the DTC of all systems using the Subaru Select Monitor or a general scan tool. COMMON(diag)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

Are any DTCs displayed? (Current malfunction)

Check the appropriate DTC using the “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. LAN SYSTEM (DIAGNOSTICS)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2

2. READ DATA MONITOR.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the value in [Stop Light Switch].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the value of [Stop Light Switch] change according to brake pedal operation?

3

Check the stop light switch and relevant harness, and repair the defective part or replace when necessary. LIGHTING SYSTEM>Stop Light System

3. CHECK BRAKE PEDAL.

Check the brake pedal. BRAKE>Brake Pedal>INSPECTION

Is the check result OK?

4

Adjust or replace the brake pedal. BRAKE>Brake Pedal

4. READ DATA MONITOR.

Using the Subaru Select Monitor, read the values in [Accelerator Pedal Pos.#1] and [Accelerator Pedal Pos.#2].

For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Do the values of [Accelerator Pedal Pos.#1] and [Accelerator Pedal Pos.#2] change according to accelerator pedal operation?

5

Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS(H4DO)>Accelerator Pedal

5. READ DATA MONITOR.

Using Subaru Select Monitor, read the value of [Vehicle Speed] when driving at a constant vehicle speed of 16.1 km/h (10 MPH) or 64.4 km/h (40 MPH).

During the driving test, the traffic laws and regulations such as speed limit must always be observed.

- Use of the data storage function of Subaru Select Monitor allows the data during driving to be stored. The stored data can be checked after the driving.

- For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Common (Diagnostics)”. COMMON(diag)>Data Monitor

Does the value of [Vehicle Speed] change widely?

Check the combination meter. INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO>Combination Meter

In this case, temporary poor contact of connector, temporary open or short circuit of harness may be the cause.

- The value of [Accel. Opening Angle] on the data monitor changes according to the value of accelerator sensor No. 1 voltage ratio. (The values do not become the same. For values, refer to Data monitor.)

- Even if the voltage difference between [Accel. Opening Angle] and the accelerator sensor No. 1 is large and the value of [Accel. Opening Angle] is not consistent, the corresponding control can be considered to be activated if the value of the accelerator sensor No. 1 voltage ratio is consistent. (Use of the data storage function of Subaru Select Monitor allows the data during driving to be stored. The stored data can be checked after the driving.)

- When the customer complains of deceleration feeling when he/she intentionally depresses both the accelerator pedal and the brake pedal, advise them not to depress both pedals. (Example: Operated the brake pedal with the left foot while operating the accelerator pedal)

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO) > General Scan Tool
OPERATION
1. HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL
1.

Prepare a scan tool (general scan tool) required by SAE J1978.

2.

Connect the general scan tool to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver’s side). COMMON(diag)>Data Link Connector

3.

Using the general scan tool, call up each data. General scan tool functions consist of:

(1)

MODE $01: Current powertrain diagnostic data

(2)

MODE $02: Powertrain freeze frame data

(3)

MODE $03: Emission-related powertrain DTC

(4)

MODE $04: Clear/Reset emission-related diagnostic information

(5)

MODE $06: Request on-board monitoring test results for intermittently monitored systems

(6)

MODE $07: Initial emission-related powertrain DTC

(7)

MODE $08: Request control for on-board system, test, and component

(8)

MODE $09: Request vehicle information

(9)

MODE $0A: Emission-related DTC (with Permanent Status)

4.

Read out the data according to repair procedures. (For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.)

For details concerning DTC, refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

2. MODE $01 (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA)

Refer to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output or the powertrain system.

A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.

PID | Data | Unit
$01 | Number of emission-related powertrain DTC, and malfunction indicator light status and diagnosis support information | —
$03 | Fuel system control status | —
$04 | Calculated engine load value | %
$06 | Short term fuel trim | %
$07 | Long term fuel trim | %
$0B | Intake manifold absolute pressure | kPa
$0C | Engine speed | rpm
$0D | Vehicle speed | MPH
$0E | Ignition timing advance | °
$0F | Intake air temperature | Celsius
$10 | Intake air amount | g/s
$11 | Throttle valve opening angle | %
$13 | Air fuel ratio sensor | —
$15 | Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 2) | V and %
$1C | Supporting OBD system | —
$1F | Elapsed time after starting the engine | sec
$21 | Travel distance after the malfunction indicator light illuminates | miles
$24 | A/F value and A/F sensor output voltage (bank 1 sensor 1) | — and V
$2C | Target EGR | %
$2D | EGR deviation | %
$2E | Evaporative purge | %
$2F | Fuel level | %
$30 | Number of warm ups after DTC clear | Time
$31 | Travel distance after DTC clear | miles
$33 | Barometric pressure | kPa
$34 | A/F value and A/F sensor current (bank 1 sensor 1) | — and mA
$3C | Catalyst temperature #1 | Celsius
$41 | Diagnostic monitor of each drive cycle | —
$42 | ECM power voltage | V
$43 | Absolute load | %
$44 | A/F target lambda | —
$45 | Relative throttle opening angle | %
$46 | Ambient temperature | Celsius
$47 | Absolute throttle opening angle 2 | %
$49 | Absolute accelerator opening angle 1 | %
$4A | Absolute accelerator opening angle 2 | %
$4C | Target throttle opening angle | %
$4D | Engine operating time while malfunction indicator lit | min
$4E | Elapsed time after DTC clear | min
$51 | Fuel used | —
$53 | ELCM pressure | kPa
$5A | Relative accelerator opening angle | %
$5C | Engine oil temperature | Celsius
$62 | Actual engine illustrated torque | %
$63 | Engine reference torque | Nm
$65 | Neutral status | —
$67 | Engine inlet/outlet coolant temperature | Celsius
$6D | Fuel pressure and target fuel pressure | kPa
$8E | Engine friction torque | %
$9D | Engine fuel consumption and vehicle fuel consumption | g/s
$9E | Engine exhaust flow | kg/h
$A6 | Vehicle Odometer | km

Refer to general scan tool manufacturer’s operation manual to access current powertrain diagnostic data (MODE $01).

3. MODE $02 (POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA)

Refer to data denoting the operating condition when trouble is detected by on-board diagnosis system.

A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.

PID | Data | Unit
$02 | DTC that caused freeze frame data to be stored | —
$03 | Fuel system control status | —
$04 | Calculated engine load value | %
$06 | Short term fuel trim (bank 1 sensor 1) | %
$07 | Long term fuel trim (bank 1 sensor 1) | %
$0B | Intake manifold absolute pressure | kPa
$0C | Engine speed | rpm
$0D | Vehicle speed | MPH
$0E | Ignition timing advance | °
$0F | Intake air temperature | Celsius
$10 | Intake air amount | g/s
$11 | Throttle valve opening angle | %
$13 | Air fuel ratio sensor | —
$15 | Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 2) | V and %
$1F | Elapsed time after starting the engine | sec
$24 | A/F value and A/F sensor output voltage (bank 1 sensor 1) | — and V
$2C | Target EGR | %
$2D | EGR deviation | %
$2E | Evaporative purge | %
$2F | Fuel level | %
$33 | Barometric pressure | kPa
$34 | A/F value and A/F sensor current (bank 1 sensor 1) | — and mA
$3C | Catalyst temperature #1 | Celsius
$42 | ECM power voltage | V
$43 | Absolute load | %
$44 | A/F target lambda | —
$45 | Relative throttle opening angle | %
$46 | Ambient temperature | Celsius
$47 | Absolute throttle opening angle 2 | %
$49 | Absolute accelerator opening angle 1 | %
$4A | Absolute accelerator opening angle 2 | %
$4C | Target throttle opening angle | %
$5C | Engine oil temperature | Celsius
$65 | Neutral status | —
$67 | Engine inlet/outlet coolant temperature | Celsius
$6D | Fuel pressure and target fuel pressure | kPa

Refer to general scan tool manufacturer’s operation manual to access freeze frame data (MODE $02).

4. MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DTC)

Refer to “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)” for information about data denoting emission-related powertrain DTC. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

5. MODE $04 (CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION)

Refer to the mode used to clear or reset emission-related diagnostic information.

- Refer to the manufacturer’s operation manual for the general scan tool to clear the emission-related diagnostic information (MODE $04).

- Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance. Wait for 10 seconds or more after turning the ignition switch to ON, and then start the engine.

6. MODE $06 (REQUEST ON-BOARD MONITORING TEST RESULTS FOR INTERMITTENTLY MONITORED SYSTEMS)

OPERATION

1.

On [Start] screen, select [OBD requirements to which vehicle or engine is certified].

2.

On [Main Menu] screen, select [Each System].

3.

On [Select System] screen, select [ECM-Engine Control] and then select [Enter].

4.

On [Select Function] screen, select [On-board monitor test result].

Refer to diagnostic value of troubleshooting and data of test limit indicated on the support data bit sequence table. A list of the support data is shown in the table 1.

- SUBARU SELECT MONITOR

  For detailed operation procedures, refer to “Application help”.

- General scan tool

  For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.

- Some items are not displayed according to the specifications.

- List of measurement items for each DTC of “VVT monitor bank 1” and “VVT monitor bank 2”

  A list of the measurement items is shown in the table 2. (Used to check on-board monitor test results of DTC P000A, P000B, P000C, P000D, P0011, P0014, P0016, P0017, P0018, P0019, P0021 and P0024.)

List 1

OBDMID | TID | SID | Diagnostic item
$01 | $84 | $1E | A/F sensor range failure (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$85 | $1E
$91 | $20 | A/F sensor response failure (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$92 | $10
$A3 | $20
$A4 | $10
$AC | $10
$AD | $10
$AE | $10
$AF | $10
$CD | $20
$CF | $20
$02 | $05 | $10 | Oxygen sensor response failure (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
$06 | $10
$07 | $0B | Oxygen sensor drop failure (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
$08 | $0B
$D1 | $10 | Oxygen sensor delay failure (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
$D2 | $10
$21 | $89 | $3B | Catalyst deterioration diagnosis (Bank 1)
$31 | $BE | $17 | EGR system diagnosis (Low flow)
$BF | $17 | EGR system diagnosis (High flow)
$35 | $8B | $9D | VVT monitor bank 1
$8C | $9D
$8D | $9D
$8E | $9D
$D3 | $9D
$D5 | $9D
$D6 | $9D
$36 | $8B | $9D | VVT monitor bank 2
$8C | $9D
$8D | $9D
$8E | $9D
$D3 | $9D
$D5 | $9D
$D6 | $9D
$3C | $C1 | $FE | Evaporative emission control system (0.02 inch leak)
$C2 | $FE
$C3 | $FE
$C4 | $FE
$C5 | $FE
$C6 | $35
$C7 | $FE
$C8 | $FE
$C9 | $FE
$CA | $FE
$3D | $E2 | $FE | ELCM purge flow
$41 | $9B | $14 | A/F sensor heater characteristics failure (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$42 | $E5 | $14 | A/F sensor heater characteristics
$81 | $E6 | $84 | Diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders (one cylinder)
$E7 | $84 | Diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders (two cylinders)
$E8 | $84 | Diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders (three cylinders)
$E9 | $84 | Diagnosis for dispersion between cylinders (four cylinders)
$A1 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (all cylinders)
$0C | $24
$A2 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (#1 cylinder)
$0C | $24
$A3 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (#2 cylinder)
$0C | $24
$A4 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (#3 cylinder)
$0C | $24
$A5 | $0B | $24 | Misfire monitoring (#4 cylinder)
$0C | $24

List 2

OBDMID | TID | SID | Diagnostic item
$35 | $8B | $9D | + | Intake | VVT monitor bank 1 (RH)
$8C | $9D | −
$8D | $9D | + | Exhaust
$8E | $9D | −
$36 | $8B | $9D | + | Intake | VVT monitor bank 2 (LH)
$8C | $9D | −
$8D | $9D | + | Exhaust
$8E | $9D | −

7. MODE $07 (INITIAL EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DTC)

Refer to the data of DTC (pending code) for troubleshooting result about emission in the first time.

8. MODE $08 (REQUEST CONTROL FOR ON-BOARD SYSTEM, TEST, AND COMPONENT)

Perform “Active Test” of the on-board system.

9. MODE $09 (REQUEST VEHICLE INFORMATION)

Refer to the data of the vehicle specification.

10. MODE $0A (EMISSION-RELATED DTC (WITH PERMANENT STATUS))

Refer to “Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)” for information about data denoting emission-related DTC. ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)(H4DO)>Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)